By Cliff Kincaid

March 31, 2024

It was an act of war.

I have posted my new report on the Baltimore bridge collapse, Biden’s War with Iran Comes to Baltimore, and the evidence of cyber warfare.

The evidence is overwhelming that Iran, with the help of Russia and China, disabled the ship. My report documents another attack on a U.S. port, the Port of Houston, in 2021, in which hackers were said to have breached a computer network and a “foreign-state actor” was involved but never identified.

For the last several months, various warnings have been given about cyber-warfare directed against maritime targets. These include a congressional hearing, a speech by the FBI director, indictments of Iranian cyber actors, and the Biden Administration issuing a new Executive Order on “Safeguarding of Vessels, Harbors, Ports, and Waterfront Facilities of the United States” on February 21 – just over a month ago.

In other words, the Biden Administration, and its CIA and FBI, saw this coming.

One month ago, according to several news outlets, the U.S. conducted a cyberattack against an Iranian military ship that had been collecting intelligence on cargo vessels in the Red Sea and the Gulf of Aden. Then, on March 26, a cargo ship crashes into the Francis Scott Key bridge, after mysteriously losing power, causing the collapse of the bridge, loss of life, and an economic catastrophe costing tens of billions of dollars.

Just a coincidence? An accident? Or retaliation?

The vaunted “surveillance state” that is up for review by Congress failed us again. And this explains why most of the media will not even mention the possibility that cyber warfare disabled the cargo ship’s communications and navigational controls. It means that the FBI and CIA are making the same “mistakes” all over again that gave us the 9/11 terrorist attacks, in which al Qaeda terrorists learned how to fly airplanes on American soil and then crashed them into the World Trade Center, killing nearly 3000 people.

Let me tell you about government corruption.

In 1993 I covered the strange death of Clinton White House deputy counsel Vincent Foster, a murder labeled a “suicide” in an Independent Counsel investigation led by a Republican named Kenneth Starr and his assistant, prosecutor Brett Kavanaugh. Foster’s secretary testified he had access to mysterious binders associated with the NSA, the agency that conducts mass surveillance, ostensibly for the purpose of monitoring terrorists and foreign agents. Foster was the man who knew too much.

Evidence demonstrated the existence of a shadowy group of operatives who would intimidate a witness, Patrick Knowlton, with information contradicting the government’s story.

Starr later became a Fox News contributor, a supposed expert on the impeachment campaign against Trump, while Kavanaugh of course was nominated by Trump to the Supreme Court, another indication that the “Swamp” occupies both side of the “partisan divide” and affects both major political parties. It was hard for Trump to escape their influence.

With the assistance of high-powered lawyers such as Ken Starr, sex pervert Jeffrey Epstein protected himself and his network, serving only 13 months in a country-club arrangement at a local jail before eventually going to a federal prison and dying in another “suicide.” He had the best lawyers that money could buy, as well as associates in such eminent organizations as the Council on Foreign Relations and Trilateral Commission.

The book A Convenient Death offers evidence that he used sex to acquire power and influence over others through blackmail. The authors cite Epstein’s relationship with a one-time CIA front company and add that Epstein “openly encouraged speculation that he was involved with intelligence agencies.” The implication is that Epstein used these sexual relationships, including homosexuality, to get what the intelligence agencies wanted out of his targets.

The book by Alana Goodman and Daniel Halper strongly suggests that Epstein was a mastermind of a pedophile network serving the rich and powerful that involved gay blackmail, like the Lavender Mafia in the Roman Catholic Church that protects and rewards pedophile and predator priests.

I have always been based in the Washington, D.C. area. But I moved into the Frederick, Maryland, area, just outside of D.C., and found a new dentist in an office in a building dedicated to Frank R. Olson. That is fascinating. In a secret experiment, known as the CIA’s MK-Ultra mind-control project, he was given LSD by government scientists from Fort Detrick in Maryland, where he was based, and “fell” to his death in New York. The federal government eventually paid his family millions of dollars in damages.

Frank Olson’s name reminds us of the systematic government corruption that has accelerated over the years, culminating in the Russia-gate farce, the failure to hold Red China responsible for the release of the China virus, the Biden presidency, the wars in Europe and the Middle East, and now the cyber-attack on the cargo ship leaving the Port of Baltimore.

These scandals, resulting in death and destruction, could have been avoided if we had honest men and women in charge.

There is an assumption in the coverage of the Baltimore bridge collapse that the federal government will figure out what happened and tell us the truth. But I think a cover-up is already underway, in the same way we saw various federal agencies, including the FBI, CIA, and the NTSB (National Transportation Safety Board), conclude that a mysterious fuel tank explosion brought down TWA 800 in 1996.

That cover-up was for the purpose of protecting President Clinton during an election year. This cover-up is to protect Biden’s presidential campaign as the war with Iran heats up and Americans, military and civilian, are increasingly targeted.

In the crash of TWA Flight 800, which resulted in the deaths of 230 passengers and crew on July 17, 1996, federal “investigators” and the FBI and CIA blamed a fuel tank explosion when eyewitnesses saw missiles hit the plane. To discredit them, the CIA produced a video showing the huge nose-less jet ascending like a rocket, an aeronautical impossibility, supposedly after the fuel tank exploded.

We are in a state of war with Iran but relevant officials, from Biden on down, want the American people to be in the dark. Hence, we can expect officials to raise safety concerns about the ship or even blame a mechanical malfunction, without scrutinizing what the CIA and FBI knew in advance and what the NSA knew and when.

We need your help to continue our investigations.

© 2024 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, In. www.usasurvival.org

© 2024 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

by Rees Lloyd, Attorney

March 31, 2024

“I am convinced that the truest act of courage, the strongest act of manliness, is to sacrifice for others in a totally nonviolent struggle for justice. To be a man is to suffer for others. God help us to be men!” — Cesar Chavez

Cesar Chavez Day is an official State holiday in California, Arizona, New Mexico, and Texas, and is observed in several other States (including Colorado, Michigan, Nevada, Utah, Washington, and Wisconsin) on the anniversary of his birth on March 31, 1927, of an extraordinary American — Cesar Estrada Chavez, the late co-founder and president of the United Farm Workers of America who became a legend in his own time in the Civil Rights Era.

In his honor, his headquarters for the UFW, which he named “La Paz” (“The Peace”), in the Tehachapi Mountains in Keene, CA, on Highway 58 between Bakersfield and Tehachapi, is now officially the U.S. Cesar Chavez National Monument, established by the federal government.

The U.S. Navy, of which he was a WWII veteran, has named a ship for him.

He was posthumously awarded the highest civilian award for service to America, the Medal of Freedom, which was accepted by his widow, Helen Chavez.

Many States, counties, cities, towns, villages, have named streets, schools, libraries and other public buildings in his honor.

But there are many Americans today who are unaware that there is a Cesar Chavez Day (the major media ignore it), or why there should be a holiday honoring him.

There are also malicious myths tainting the life and the memory of Cesar Chavez that need to be repudiated, most particularly the lies that he was not an American but a Mexican national, and that he was a “Communist,” both of which were first promulgated by the John Birch Society. They are utterly false.

I had the honor of working with Cesar Chavez for some twenty years, starting in 1973, when I was a young long haul trucker participating in a nationwide strike of some 100,000 independent truckers in protest against escalating fuel costs —and escalating profits of the big oil companies—in the so-called “Arab Oil Embargo.”

I was helping coordinate the truckers’ nationwide “Shutdown” at the Triple T Truckstop in Tucson, AZ, as a member of the steering committee of the “Truckers For Justice.”

Cesar Chavez mentored me in that strike. It remained non-violent because of Cesar Chavez’ demands in mentoring me that there should be no violence. “Rees, if there is violence, it is your fault,” Cesar Chavez admonished me, insisting: “Violence is a failure of creative intelligence; violence is a failure of creative intelligence.”

After that strike was broken, an alliance between the Truckers For Justice and the United Farm Workers of America was established. During that work, in which we refused to haul non-union (“scab”) lettuce and grapes, Cesar told me I needed to go to law school as I could do more good as a lawyer. His recommendation got me into law school.

I worked with UFW lawyers while in law school, and after graduating and passing the California Bar in 1979, I became one of Cesar Chavez’ lawyers until the day of his death on April 23, 1993, and for the UFW thereafter as called upon. I have remained to this day exclusively a civil rights, workers rights, veterans rights attorney. (I have written in more detail about experiences with Cesar Chavez in an earlier tribute, available here.)

I can attest based on that long “up close and personal” experience that Cesar Chavez was, in his own way, a true American hero; that there are valuable lessons to be learned from his honorable life; and that he is deserving of recognition by all Americans for his service and sacrifice for others, no matter their race, color, or creed.

However, in order to understand that, it is necessary, first, to overcome the lies and myths which continue to distort the truth of who and what Cesar Chavez was.

These are myths by those who hated and maligned him for their own political purposes; and by those who want to exploit who and what he was in order to appropriate him based on race, ethnicity, or nationality for their own political ends.

The most malicious of those myths are, as stated above, first, that he was not an American but a “Mexican” national; and, second, that he was a “Communist.”
These malicious myths were first promulgated, utterly falsely and politically deliberately, by the John Birch Society in the 1960’s. Over sixty years later, they are repeated to this day.

First, as to nationality, the truth is that Cesar Chavez was a native-born American, not a “Mexican.” While proud of his Mexican-American heritage, he was a third-generation American, born on his grandfather’s small ranch in Arizona in the Yuma area. No matter the indisputability of those facts, Wikipedia, for example, on which many students and others rely, informed:“Chavez was born on the Mexico Texas border and therefore has dual citizenship.” Utterly false.

Second, Cesar Chavez was no “Communist.” He was a devoted Catholic Christian. He was attempting, humbly, to live his Christian faith as faithfully as he was able by sacrifice and service for others as taught and exemplified by Jesus the Christ, not Marx the Communist.

Perhaps the best proof, although none should be needed, that Cesar Chavez was not a Communist but a devoted Catholic Christian living his faith, is the fact that the United States Conference of Catholic Bishops (USCCB), in its U.S. Catholic Catechism for Adults, which is taught to all adults seeking to become members of the Catholic Church, chose as the exemplar of living a “life in Christ” and “the principles of the Christian moral life”—Cesar E. Chavez. (See, USCCB Catholic Catechism for Adults, Chapter 24, “Life In Christ-Part Two,” pages 233-234).

Moreover, almost never mentioned by those who hate Cesar Chavez and define him as a “communist” and a “Mexican” rather than an American, is that Cesar Chavez, in 1944 at the age of 17, enlisted in the U.S. Navy in WWII and served for the duration of the war in the Pacific in defense of the country of his birth, the United States of America.

Ironically, those who claim to love Cesar Chavez make themselves accomplices of those who hate him (and them) by obscuring Cesar Chavez’ American birth — and by almost never mentioning that he was an American veteran of WWII. They do this not to honor Cesar, but in order to appropriate Cesar Chavez on race or ethnic grounds as a “Mexican,” “Chicano,” or “Raza” race-based civil rights movement leader rather than as an American hero who should be honored by all Americans — as an American hero.

In regard to that, Cesar Chavez, while proud of his ancestral heritage, always identified himself as a “labor” or “union” leader,” not as a civil rights leader of Mexican-Americans, Chicanos, Latinos, Hispanics, or La Raza.

In fact, in the some twenty years I worked with him, Cesar never defined himself as a “Mexican,” or “Chicano,” “Latino,” etc., and, regarding the identification “La Raza” (“The Race”) he told me he didn’t use it because he considered it racialist.

Thus, those who condemn him as a “Mexican” and “Communist,” and those who claim a possessory interest him as a leader of a race-based “Chicano” or “La Raza” civil rights movement, are both wrong: He defined himself as, and acted as, what he was—a “trade union leader,” and most importantly, a devout Catholic Christian living his faith.

In truth, Cesar Chavez, as he lived his Catholic Christian faith, was the inspiring moral heart of the American labor movement.

He built the first viable farm workers union in American history, the United Farm Workers of America. As president of the UFW, Cesar Chavez represented all farm workers, whatever their race, ethnicity, or nationality.

One example which refutes the myths of both those who hate Chavez and those who appropriate him based on race, and shows the willingness of both to corrupt historical truth to suit their political ends, is Chavez’ acts regarding illegal immigration, which was then and remains now at the center of national controversy and division.

In 1969, Cesar Chavez famously led a march from Indio, CA, to the border. It is portrayed today as primarily a march in protest against discrimination by racist growers oppressing Mexican and other Hispanic farmworkers. That is false historical revisionism.

The primary purpose of the 1969 march to the Mexican border was a protest against the federal government’s failure to secure the border from importation of illegal immigrants who were being used to keep wages and working conditions down and to break strikes and the farmworkers union entirely. Indeed, as UFW members set up picket lines waving “Huelga” (“Strike”) flags, buses would arrive from Mexico to unload strike breakers.

In short, Cesar Chavez’ 1969 march to the Mexican border was for the same purpose that the Minutemen later went to the border in the 70’s and 80’s— to secure the border and demand that the government stop illegal immigration. (It should be noted that the Minutemen were widely condemned as “racists” for doing just what Cesar Chavez did. Was Cesar Chavez a racist?)

In the 1970’s, Cesar Chavez fell out of favor with race-based civil rights groups, white liberals, Leftists including open Socialist and Communist organizations, and liberal media. He was criticized because he adopted the position of calling upon and aiding the then-Immigration And Naturalization Service (INS) to deport strikebreakers illegally in the country.

Among other things, Cesar Chavez testified before Congress about immigration. He testified that illegal immigration had to be stopped, and the border secured, as illegal immigrants were used to hold wages and working conditions down, and to break strikes, defeating efforts of farmworkers to build a union to improve their wages, hours, working conditions, and lives.

Today, Cesar Chavez’ 1969 march from Indio to the border is historically revised to be a protest against racist growers and his Congressional testimony is rarely cited, to satisfy the political ends of race-based la raza groups and non-raza liberals who want to transform him from what he was, i.e., a leader of a labor movement to improve the lives of all farmworkers, to what they want him to be, i.e., a race-based political leader.

Meanwhile, many conservatives continue the original wrong and error of the John Birch Society when it falsely slandered and branded Cesar Chavez as a non-American and a “communist.” That continually repeated malicious lie has alienated not only many Americans, including many Mexican-American and other Hispanics for whom Cesar Chavez is, rightly, a hero, as he should be for all Americans.

In his lifetime, although he became nationally and internationally renown, Cesar Chavez never sought personal fame, wealth, or celebrity. It was all about “La Causa,” the cause, not about him.

Indeed, Cesar Chavez turned down millions of dollars offered for the rights to make a movie of his life, Similarly, he rejected all offers to write an autobiography or for the right to produce an “authorized” biography. All that he would authorize was the “Autobiography of La Causa,” by Jaques Levy, who didn’t “buy” the right but earned it by working in la causa.

Cesar Chavez’ achievement is monumental. Farmworkers, and domestic workers, were exempted from the right to organize into unions provided to all other workers by the National Labor Relations Act. There were no State laws creating a right of farmworkers to support unionization. They could be and were fired and “blacklisted” with impunity by employers who suspected them of supporting a union. Farmworkers were also migrant, moving from employer to employer on the migrant trail during harvesting seasons.

There were more than a hundred attempts to organize migrant farmworkers by major international unions with money, members, and paid full time organizers. All failed. It was thought impossible to organize migrant farmworkers.

Then came Cesar Chavez. He had nothing. No money, no members, no paid staff. Nothing but the belief that the only way to help farmworkers was to build a union in which they could themselves achieve better working conditions — and dignity. He succeeded by touching the hearts of Americans by his non-violent “boycotts” and exposure of the dangerous and miserable working conditions of farm workers.

He, himself, had become a migrant farmworker at the age of ten when the ranch of his grandfather on which he was born was lost on foreclosure in the Depression and taken over by the Bruce Church Corp., largest lettuce grower in Arizona. He had little education, attending some fifty different elementary schools as his family followed the migrant farmworker trail. After his service in the U.S. Navy, he went back to working in the fields. He married his sweetheart, Helen, also a farm worker, in Delano, CA. Together they worked the fields, ultimately having had eight kids.

The story has been told now in many articles, books, documentaries, and a relatively recent movie of how Cesar Chavez, while working as an organizer in Los Angeles, became convinced a union for farmworkers had to be created if working conditions were to be improved. He quit his job. He and Helen loaded up their old station wagon with the kids and a mimeograph machine, and headed to Delano. There, they rented a house, set up the mimeograph machine, and sent out a flyer calling for a house meeting, the first step in creating what would become the United Farm Workers of America.

How did Cesar Chavez succeed where all others had failed? By touching the hearts of Americans and the conscience of the nation by exposing the true working conditions of migrant farmworkers through creative, non-violent acts and actions, including his fasts and boycotts, and by his manifest personal selfless service and sacrifice.

Cesar Chavez did not merely say: “I am convinced that the truest act of courage, the strongest act of manliness, is to sacrifice for others in a totally nonviolent struggle for justice. To be a man is to suffer for others. God help us to be men!”

He lived it. By doing so, he succeeded where so many others failed. He achieved what was thought impossible. He inspired and taught by his example, humbly serving and sacrificing for others, and thereby has enriched the lives not only of farmworkers, but the lives of millions of Americans, of all races, all colors, all creeds, including my own life.

It was Jesus Christ whom Cesar Chavez worshipped, followed, and humbly attempted to emulate by service to others through living his Catholic Christian faith.

I am greatly indebted to Cesar Chavez, especially for the example of his humble, selfless life in service for others. I will always walk in his shadow.

May the God he so faithfully served bless and keep him. May the country he so faithfully served, always remember and honor him.

<— Cesar Chavez and Rees Lloyd are shown at a press conference in Tucson, AZ, announcing the establishment of an Alliance of the United Farm Workers of America and the Truckers For Justice during a nationwide truckers’ shutdown opposing huge increases in the costs of fuel —and oil company profits—during the so-called “Arab Oil Embargo” in 1973.

© 2024 Rees Lloyd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com

by Kathleen Marquardt

March 30, 2024

I’ll make this short – but in no way will you find it sweet unless you are WOKE, stoned out of your friggin’ head, or have been educated in our taxpayer-funded “school” system.

This underhandedness that I am writing about today is in Tennessee, but that is just today. If it hasn’t come up in your state, don’t relax – it’s coming, no matter how Red your state is, no matter that you have Democrats who believe in our 2nd Amendment rights and the government’s responsibility to protect our God-given right to own firearms and protect ourselves and our families.

I just received word that Tennessee Governor Bill Lee (R) has called a Special Session to force the Legislature to enact his proposed Red Flag law. If that isn’t enough hubris from the top guy, sources say other (if you can stomach this), Republicans, i.e., RINOs want to add their gun control measures like mandatory gun safes, “making it a crime where you can be prosecuted if your firearm is stolen from you or your vehicle – possibly making you civilly liable if a thief steals your gun and harms others with it”. Another – yep, we are seeing multiple anti-constitutional proposed laws from Republicans — this one to make it impossible to fill certain prescriptions unless you sign a waiver of your right to purchase firearms.

This isn’t Lee’s first time trying to use a “Special Session” to put through a RED FLAG LAW. Just last year, he pulled one last year. It failed, so I guess he’ll be like the animal rights wackos I used to come up against in legislatures across the country. When I would help a city or state stop some egregious, unnecessary legislation regarding animal welfare, they would remind me, as Wayne Pacelle once said to me at Annapolis, “You are one person, you can’t always be here (I exposed his lies that day). But there are plenty of us; we’ll run you over”. This is a tactic of Left-wing radicals, right out of Rules for Radicals. Perhaps we should add RINOs to the nomenclature of the Left.

Back to where I was: Last year Governor Lee had the same problem. His anti-constitutional Red Flag bill was shot down in the regular session, so he went for a Special Session – that time, it was for an Extreme Risk Protection Order (ERPO), which would have “allowed judges to issue an order of confiscation “ex parte” (without the owner being present) and because it is a civil process he or she would find his or herself without a public defender or any opportunity to defend themselves”. [1]

Now is definitely not the time to be without protection. Every state needs to ensure that it has both a constitutional sheriff and legislature. Our federal government has gone rogue for the most part – and many states are following right behind.

We need to be ever alert and seeing that we lose no further protections of our rights. The best way to do that is to work together. Start (or join) a Freedom Pod in your neighborhood. It takes a number of people to keep track of what is happening and to do something about it.

I was talking to a pastor the other day and asked him what percentage of Americans he thought were Christians. His answer shocked me. He said 5-7% at best. He qualified that those were the sound “Bible-believing” ones. Christians are the ones giving us the moral absolutes the founding fathers used to give us the country that was designed for “we the people”, and not for tyrants. Without a strong Christian voting base, we are watching our country be taken over by global elites who are determined to make 90% of us non-existent – and the rest slaves.

You have a choice now. We have time to save our communities, towns, and maybe our counties. But it will not happen if you don’t stand up. We can do it. We must do it.

Let the lion roar.

© 2024 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koipolloi@protonmail.com

Sources:

[1]  Cancel-culture-governor-using-stealth-to-try-to-put-through-red-flag-gun-confiscation/ statement by Lucinda Sheth

By Steven Yates

March 30, 2024

“The Ultimate Act of Betrayal”

A few days ago news feeds were filled with accounts of the Ohio woman, Kristel Candelario, 32, who’d gone off on a vacation to Puerto Rico for 10 days, stopping in Detroit on her way back, leaving her 16-month-old daughter alone that whole time. The girl, whose name was Jailyn, was dead in her crib from severe dehydration and starvation, as all she’d had to eat or drink for that whole time were a few bottles of milk. She was lying on blankets saturated with urine and feces.

This woman’s daughter died alone, suffering from combined thirst and hunger, doubtless terrified, and finally succumbing. She’d lost seven pounds during her ordeal. Neighbors had reported hearing a baby crying out, but nobody had tried to find out if something was wrong.

Candelario pled guilty to aggravated murder and child endangerment. A forensic pathologist testified during the woman’s trial that a very young child’s worst separation anxiety occurs between the ages of 9 and 18 months. The judge, before pronouncing a sentence of life in prison without the possibility of parole, called what she’d done “the ultimate act of betrayal” of the solid bond between a mother and her child based on “love, trust, and unwavering protection.”

Characters in Stephen King’s novels and short stories have suffered some horrific deaths. This — which really happened! — strikes me as magnitudes worse than almost anything the horror maestro has penned!

Candalario’s vacation was last June. I don’t recall any of the aftermath being reported at the time. Maybe I just missed it.

Through her attorney, she pled struggles with ongoing mental health issues, for which she’d been on medication. One wonders if she enjoyed her vacation, partying indifferently in Puerto Rico with a boyfriend, and then stopping in Michigan to see another boyfriend before returning home to find her lifeless daughter.

The thought running through my mind while reading this account and follow-ups: what would possess a mother to do something like this? Is it humanly possible for one person to be that self-absorbed?

I also thought of revisiting my opposition to the death penalty….

It was interesting to peruse comments sections under these articles. One comment stood out: execute the woman in the same fashion she executed her daughter, by locking her in a cell without food and water for 10 days or however long it took.

No prison would do that, of course, as it would straightforwardly violate the Constitution. But I get the sentiment. It’s a flash of sanity, having brushed up against horrific insanity, reacting to it.

Kaylee Gain

The above case came to my attention on the heels of the story of the black girl in St. Louis, Missouri who pummeled a white girl in a brawl involving several girls outside a high school, pounding her head on a concrete sidewalk until she was unconscious and convulsing.

Kaylee Gain had suffered a fractured skull. Brain bleeding and swelling was diagnosed later.

A video shows the attack in progress! (I decided against linking to it. We’re not going to be voyeurs of that sort of thing here. Anyone who wants to can track the video down; it went viral, after all. Surprise, surprise.)

This happened on March 8. Last I heard, Kaylee was in intensive care and has not regained consciousness. She’s 16; her attacker is 15. The attacker’s name hasn’t been released, but she was arrested, taken into custody, and charged with criminal assault. Her family has provoked outrage by opposing her being tried as an adult.

It’s tempting to play up the racial angle here, but we don’t have to (except to note how black kids tend to be far more vicious than white kids when they fight, if only because they seem to have less impulse control).

For my purposes here I’d prefer to emphasize something else. Fights broke out when I was a kid. Never having been one of the “popular” kids, I got in a few scrapes myself.

But never did anything like this happen. When we were kids and a fight broke out, the victor always stopped the attack when it was clear he’d won.

Fights in today’s high schools and even middle schools are apt to result in serious injuries and even deaths!

Moreover, whereas other kids often took actions to break up fights when I was growing up, in today’s digitally-saturated media environment they’re more likely to film them and upload them to the Internet to see if it goes viral!

Are kids going insane? What’s happened to parenting? Have families disintegrated that badly (especially black families)?

The Mississippi “Goon Squad”

Episode three: six white Mississippi former police officers, self-styled as members of the “Goon Squad,” the name they actually used for themselves, were handed long prison sentences this week for torturing two black men in various ways culminating in shooting one of them in the mouth.

Again, it’s easy to wonder if this case would have received the national coverage it did had the races been reversed, as that wouldn’t fit the official cultural Marxist narrative of oppressed blacks perennially victimized by privileged and empowered whites.

But given the details of the torture, which included stripping them naked and humiliating them with sex toys, again we have to set such matters aside and wonder: did these men completely lose their marbles?

In this post George Floyd era, a white police officer would have to be out of his mind to shoot or even get especially rough with a black man, but obviously it still happens.

I’d argue that this case, like many others where race isn’t even a factor (e.g., white cop shoots unarmed white man), goes beyond such considerations.

Transgenderism

There are plenty of other episodes out there, more modest in the sense that no one got physically harmed as a result, but suggesting a country spiraling towards sociological oblivion, making real victims of ordinary people finding themselves in insane situations. Some are related to the genuinely oppressive wokeness that has spread everywhere.

For example, there’s the woman in Fairbanks, Alaska, a life coach by profession whose membership in a Planet Fitness gym was canceled after she complained that she’d confronted a man shaving in the woman’s locker room. The man had self-identified as a “queer LGB”; this was supposed to excuse him. There’d also been a freaked out looking very young girl in there. Perhaps aged 12.

The gym issued a statement calling itself a “judgment free zone.”

The woman had snapped a photo. That was the excuse used by the gym to cancel her membership, citing a rule against members taking photos or videos of other members in the locker rooms without their permission.

The gym later clarified: the man identified as transgender. The gym cited a slew of rules about “gender identity.”

Transgenderism alone is a sign of how America is going stark, raving nuts.

When I was in college, even leftists would have responded to the idea that men can change into women and women can change into men as completely bonkers.

Now you can be fired from a teaching position at a university for contending that sex is a matter of biology alone, and questioning the current dogma that “gender” is a “social construct” that “privileges” the “patriarchy.”

Transgenderist insanity began to infect corporate America during the last decade.

I happen to have a public health education degree. It took me two years to earn it, back in the 1990s. The program emphasized sex ed, over more sensible topics like nutrition (it did have an exercise physiology division).

Transgenderism was not mentioned once, not in any class, not by any student. While transsexuals had been known to exist, no one considered the phenomenon a politically-grounded identity. It was considered a form of mental illness and treated as such.

At least Planet Fitness has taken a hit, as sane members across the country responded by canceling their own memberships.

Go woke, go broke, as the saying goes.

That’s an exaggeration. Disney and other woke corporations are far from broke. What may be called the deep influence of extreme left identity politics is everywhere, including in businesses that go with the flow, but then probably don’t give politics or culture a second thought if they’re making money.

“Squatters Rights”

The last case I’ll look at is of a woman in Queens, NY, heir to a house worth at least a million, who came home from an extended trip only to discover that “squatters” had taken up residence in her house. She ordered them out and changed the locks to keep them out.

Then she was arrested.

In NYC, people can claim “squatters rights” if they’ve been living on a property for 30 days. Evict a squatter, and the homeowner can be charged with unlawful eviction.

My sources for this story don’t state whether these people were in the U.S. legally or not — no corporate media outlet (not even Fox!) touched that one — but we know that NYC has filled up with illegal aliens during the three-plus Bidenista years we’ve suffered through. We also know that the “Bidenomics” of the New Normal has been a complete disaster unless you’re comfortably in the one percent. (No, what the Dow is doing is not a reflection of what the economy as a whole is doing!)

The owner of the house says she is selling it and moving with her family away from NYC.

Inheriting property is the only reason I can think of for anyone to live in NYC, or in any major city in the U.S., for that matter. Such cases have erupted in cities like Seattle as well: also controlled by leftists who hijacked the legal system long ago.

Clearly, you no longer have property rights in America unless you’re superelite. If you have property rights it’s your call, absolutely, on who lives there and who doesn’t.

From the Death Culture to Creating a Culture of Intrinsic Value

So how do I sum up a piece like this? These cases are all different from one another. The first was the most horrific, and described as such by those involved — indicating a semblance of sanity on the part of law enforcement, forensic investigation, and attorneys involved. At no point did Candelario’s lawyer try to excuse her conduct; he only tried to mitigate it with an account of her health issues — issues that, as the prosecution pointed out, were hardly in evidence during her 10-day vacation.

I wonder, though, what percentage of those in that courtroom think that abortion is okay, is just a woman exercising her “reproductive rights.”

We live in a death culture, and it has many manifestations. Abortion can dissolve an unborn baby in the womb, or tear the unborn baby’s limbs off.

Medical science has proven that unborn fetuses can respond to stimuli just a few weeks after conception. That means they can definitely feel pain, and possibly sheer terror during their final seconds of life.

We also live in a culture where quite a few people — it is hard to know what percentage since I’m unaware of any studies that have tried to explore this — see others as having only extrinsic value: value accrued by doing something, or obtaining some title, or more precisely, value to them. A statement I saw somewhere online the other day seems to describe their attitude: It’s my world, and you just happen to be passing through it.

We can conquer both of these by affirming, under God, the intrinsic value of persons and building this idea into education and into all of our societal systems and institutions.

What does it mean to say a person has intrinsic value? To Christians, what it means is that all persons have value by virtue of their being persons created in God’s image.

To secularists and materialists, I have no idea what it means, if it can mean anything.

This implies that scrapping materialism as a worldview and restoring an upgraded Christianity is what we need to pursue. To clarify: materialism didn’t make Kristel Candelario abandon her baby girl. Nor did it compel the Mississippi cops to torture two people. What it did is create a nihilistic cultural environment the consequences of which include me-first narcissism, which can range from disregard of the property of others to a disregard for their well-being and eventually their lives.

© 2024 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

This article is also available on Steven Yates’s Navigating the New Normal (Substack). Subscribe to Navigating the New Normal to receive access to exclusive content.

I have it on excellent authority that in the wake of the counterattacks against alternative (i.e., truthful) media, this site is struggling to survive. Please consider making a donation to support NewsWithViews.com here.

Steven Yates is a (still recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. He taught for more than 15 years total at several universities in the Southeastern U.S. He authored more than 20 articles, book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and heretical notions, including about academia itself. In 2021 he moved to Chile. He is married to a Chilean national.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).

By Kelleigh Nelson

March 29, 2024

I have experienced His presence in the deepest hell that man can create. I have really tested the promises of the Bible, and believe me, you can count on them.  —Corrie Ten Boom

But now thus saith the Lord that created thee, O Jacob, and he that formed thee, O Israel, Fear not: for I have redeemed thee, I have called thee by thy name; thou art mine.  —Isaiah 43:1

True freedom requires the rule of law and justice, and a judicial system in which the rights of some are not secured by the denial of rights to others. —Rabbi Jonathan Sacks

For centuries, the Church, in conceit, arrogance and ignorance, has claimed that she alone was the true Israel, that she had replaced the ancient covenant people.  (They certainly didn’t claim to be Jewish during the Holocaust!)  The Church taught emphatically that the physical people of Israel were eternally rejected.  This belief is still in effect and is even growing, and it’s a lie from the very pit of hell.

The foundational Abrahamic Covenant (Gen. 12:1-3) establishes a biblical mandate for the world’s relationship with Israel and the Jewish people. We cannot and must not ignore it.

Psalm 105 has the answers to God’s promise to Abraham and his descendants and how long those promises are good.  The Lord says, “He remembers His covenant forever, the word He commanded for a thousand generations, the covenant He made with Abraham, the oath he swore to Isaac.  He confirmed it to Jacob as a decree, to Israel as an everlasting covenant: ‘To you I will give the land of Canaan as the portion you will inherit.’”  (Psalm 105:8-11)

The Scriptures speak of God’s covenant, the word He commanded, His oath which He confirmed as a decree forever, for a thousand generations, as an everlasting covenant.  The Lord is trying to make a point!

Not only did He promise to bless Abraham and make him into a great nation; not only did He promise to multiply his seed; not only did he promise to bless those who blessed him and curse those who cursed him; He also promised Abraham the land of Canaan, with clearly defined borders, as an everlasting inheritance to his natural descendants until this earth is no more!

The only time the New Testament speaks of the Jewish people being exiled to the nations is the same passage that speaks of this only being the case “until” at which point the exile would end and Jerusalem would be restored.  This is clear in Luke 21:24.  Then, when God would have mercy, His people would return and Jerusalem would be restored.

Here is what the great British preacher D. Martyn Lloyd-Jones had to say about the passage in Luke:

To me 1967, the year that the Jews occupied all of Jerusalem, was very crucial.  Luke 21:43 is one of the most significant prophetic verses: “Jerusalem,” it reads, shall be trodden down of the Gentiles until the time of the Gentiles be fulfilled.”  It seems to me that that took place in 1967, something crucially important that had not occurred in 2,000 years.  Luke 21:43 is one fixed point.  But I am equally impressed by Romans 11 which speaks of a great spiritual return among the Jews before the end time.  While this seems to be developing, even something even more spectacular may be indicated.  We sometimes tend to foreshorten events, yet I have the feeling that we are in the period of the end…I think we are witnessing the breakdown of politics.  I think even the world is seeing that.  Civilization is collapsing.

As far as Luther and Calvin are concerned, I truly do not wish to print what these men wrote, what they preached, and what they taught to their congregants.  The filth spewed from their mouths and pens is a pernicious evil and was a blueprint for what happened during the Shoah.  Their words are such heresy that their wickedness disturbs the heart and soul.

Martin Luther

Martin Luther was born in 1483 in Eisleben, Germany and died there in 1546.  He was a German priest, theologian, hymn writer, professor, Augustinian friar and member of the Augustinian Order.  (See Part Three for Augustine of Hippo.)

Before we get into Luther, I must once again remind readers that not all who attend these churches know of Luther’s past, of Augustinian Amillennialism, or are even aware of their own church doctrine.  Neither can all Catholic priests and Lutheran pastors be held accountable.  We have exemplary examples of Lutheran preachers who stood against Hitler’s genocide in both Dietrich Bonhoeffer and Martin Niemöller.

French Cardinal Eugène Tisserant, Msgr. André Bouquin, as well as French diplomat Francois De Vial have been recognized by Yad Vashem as Righteous Among the Nations for their actions assisting and sheltering Jews in Rome and at the Vatican during World War II.

Jewish people are keenly aware of the virus of anti-Semitism, being the victims of it themselves throughout history.  But most Christians are blatantly ignorant of the history of anti-Semitism, especially in terms of the Church’s own tradition.

Edward H. Flannery, a Catholic priest and scholar of the Bible as well as of Church history, aptly summarizes this problem:

The vast majority of Christians, even well educated, are all but totally ignorant of what happened to Jews in history and of the culpable involvement of the Church.  They are ignorant of this because, excepting a few recent inclusions, the antisemitic record does not appear in Christian history books or social studies, and because Christians are not inclined to read histories of antisemitism.  Jews on the other hand are by and large acutely aware of this page of history if for no other reason than that it is so extensively and intimately intermingled with history of the Jews and Judaism.  It is little exaggeration to state that those pages of history Jews have committed to memory are the very ones that have been torn from Christian (and secular) history books.

Martin Luther in his early days naively imagined that the Jews, to whom he was attracted by his studies, would flock to the Church in his reformed version. When nothing of the sort happened, he denounced them in a set of pamphlets written in a vituperative fury. He had produced the early, favorable, “That Christ Was Born a Jew” in 1523, but after he turned on this so-called “damned, rejected race,” he wrote “Against the Sabbatarians” (1538) and “On the Jews and Their Lies” (1543).  The latter booklet was used by Hitler in Germany where the majority of the populace were Catholic or Lutheran.

I make absolutely no excuse for the man.

When Luther’s early treatise failed to bring Jewish people to Christ, his sympathies for them soured.  His obscene and blasphemous treatise contains some of the most violent language in the history of Jew hatred.

Luther frequently referred to the Jews as “idle and lazy,” “useless,” “impenitent, accursed people,” “consummate liars,” “boastful arrogant rascals,” “bloodhounds,” “murderers,” and the “vilest whores and rogues under the sun.”  He accused them of libels which have never been true; of poisoning wells, assassination, and ritual murder, branding them collectively as “venomous serpents and devil’s children.” He attacked “their accursed rabbis, who wantonly poison the minds of their poor youth and common man, to divert them from the truth,” arguing, “If I had not had the experiences with my papists, it would have seemed incredible to me that the earth should harbor such base people…for I never expected to encounter such hardened minds in any human breast, but only in that of the devil!”

Luther’s vilifications are monstrous indeed, but the worst was when he asked, “What shall we do with this rejected and condemned people, the Jews?”  His answer was the foul and fomented filth used throughout the centuries against our Jewish brethren:

First, to set fire to their synagogues or school and to bury and cover with dirt whatever will not burn, so that no man will ever again see a stone or cinder of them.

Second, I advise that their houses also be razed and destroyed.  For they pursue in them the same aims as in their synagogues.  Instead, they might be lodged under a roof or in a barn, like the gypsies.  This will bring home to them the fact that they are not masters in our country, but that they are living in exile and in captivity.

Third, I advise that all their prayer books and Talmudic writings be taken from them.

Fourth, I advise that their rabbis be forbidden to teach henceforth on pain of loss of life or limb.

Fifth, I advise safe-conduct on the highways be abolished completely for the Jews.  For they have no business in the countryside, since they are not lords, officials, tradesmen, or the like.  Let them stay at home.

Sixth, I advise that usury be prohibited to them, and that all cash and treasure of silver and gold be taken from them and put aside for safekeeping.

Seventh, I recommend putting a flail, an axe, a hoe, a spade, into the hands of young, strong Jews and Jewesses and letting them earn their bread in the sweat of their brow.

Luther has been described by the Encyclopaedia Judaica as “a second Haman.” (Reformation in Encyclopaedia Judaica, Vol. 14, 21.)

It would have been far better for Martin Luther had he died three years earlier, before writing this accursed treatise.

Heinz Schreckenberg’s unique book, The Jews in Christian Art: An Illustrated History, has more than one thousand pictures testifying to the diabolical lengths to which the church was prepared to go in its denigration of the Jews.  Throughout Europe, on the stained-glass windows, frescoes, reliefs, and fixed furniture of the Catholic Church, and in its inflammatory literature, our Jewish brethren are denigrated with the most nauseating portrayals.  Originating in thirteenth century Germany, this obscene libel made its first appearance in three-dimensional form in churches and town halls and later was widely used to illustrate books and broadsheets.

Conclusion

What the Bible says about Jewish people and their relationship to Christians who believe on Messiah, is very telling.  We are to love God’s people and as Paul says three times in the first two chapters of Romans, “To the Jew first, and also to the Greek.”

It is said of Dr. J. Hudson Taylor, a lovely story and true, that he, as founder of the China Inland Mission, would send an offering on the first of every year to John Wilkinson, the founder of Mildmay Mission to the Jews in London.  With it would be a note reading, “This is the first gift that’s come in for the new year, and since the Scripture says, ‘to the Jew first,’ I’m sending it to you.”

Then Mr. Wilkinson would always write out a personal check and send it back to Mr. Taylor with just these words, “Also to the Gentiles.”

Next up, Calvin.

[Part 1], [Part 2], [Part 3], [Part 4], [Part 5],

© 2024 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

Dr. Laurie Roth

March 29, 2024

The Democrats and their cowardly cousins the Rhinos who bow at their stinky feet, have seemingly become the Treason and Anti God party.  I see the Democrats as the movie production company who is searching for their new leads to star in  ‘American – the Fallen.’ Too bad Pee Wee Herman passed away, him and Pelosi could start in one of their movies.

The Dems already tried as ‘leads’  Bill, Hillary, Obama, Michael, Joe Biden and his handlers. Their dream of making billions, continuing to seduce Americans to watch their evil dramas and steel our freedoms isn’t working so well for them.  The majority of America in all its forms has awakened and smells the dying rat as we look for money to buy gas or pay our mortgage.  Which will it be?

Hark, they couldn’t stop most of America either from waking up and praying for help from the real God, not their Satan.  Gee, what will Americans do next,  pray down fire from heaven, fire and arrest them and crush their evil actions, while backing the elected President Donald Trump back to finish his clean up job?  Most of America knows Trump was the real, elected President from all the audits and water marked real ballets.  During the last election cycle, what we witnessed on almost every front was total treason in the House, Senate, Media,  Justice system, foreign and domestic treachery involved in all aspects of the election.  Now, it is known and old news as America still waits for justice, the arrests and the real President to return.

Resident Biden and the litany of fools pulling his strings, have shown an amazing amount of achievements, that is if you define achievements as serving Satan. Their list includes looking the other way with sex trafficking, rape, and torture of our children, ruining our economy, giving our enemies billions in military equipment, destroying real morals, our Christian heritage and faith, rewriting curriculum to force shame down our children’s throats, mutilate all patriotism and make ‘saying the pledge of allegiance and honoring the flag a thing of the past. Of course, one of their favorites is manipulating our children to even question whether they are a boy or girl.  Is it a crime yet to even admit you are a man or woman or is that racism or a hate crime now?

Freedom of speech is quickly becoming a tainted fossil for conservatives, patriots and Christians. We are regularly called criminals, racists, terrorists, falsely accused and arrested by liberals who invent charges as they roll.  Who cares about law and our Constitution.  They don’t and never have.  Since most of America is now running from their indoctrination theatres, it is now time to run to God, then turn, stand and fight the enemy of God, country, freedom and our children. No one is entertained anymore but America is not just wanting real justice to unfold but demanding it.

It is time to rise up and stand for America, our rights, freedoms, Constitution and to fall on our faces before the living God and ask for his Intervention, mercy and protection.  We will win and they have already lost.

© 2024 Laurie Roth – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Laurie Roth: drljroth@aol.com

by Rees Lloyd, Attorney

March 29, 2024

March 29, 2024, is the 51st Anniversary of the day in 1973 that America terminated the “U.S. Military Assistance Command, Vietnam” — a/k/a the Vietnam War — and the day the last American troops left Vietnam for home.

March 29, 2024, is also National Welcome Home Vietnam Veterans Day, by Act of Congress signed into law by former President Donald J. Trump in 2017.

The Vietnam War divided the nation to an extent exceeded only by the Civil War itself, although our present era of mutual political and social animus also appears to be careening toward mutual self-destruction.

While more than nine million Americans served when the country called them to defend the nation of South Vietnam from aggression by Communist North Vietnam led by Ho Chi Minh,  anti-war demonstrations involved many thousands who condemned not only the war, but those who were sent to fight it.

This condemnation of those who served in Vietnam by those who never served, led to the nation never to realize that many, many of the American troops engaged in humanitarian acts unprecedented in war. 

For that aspect of the Vietnam War, I respectfully refer you to the truth-telling book of Maj. Gen. Patrick Henry Brady, (Ret), Medal Of Honor, Vietnam. He is considered America’s most decorated living veteran.  

As a Medical Evacuation helicopter pilot  he flew over 2,000 combat missions and rescued more than 5,000 wounded, including enemy wounded. His enlightening book: Dead Men Flying: Victory In Vietnam. The Legend of ‘Dust Off: America’s Battlefield Angels.” (WND Books.) 

The Vietnam War was the only war in American history in which those who served and sacrificed in defense of the country  were not welcomed home with expressions of thanks for their service.

Instead, many on returning home found themselves the subjects of hate-filled attack,  accusations that they were war criminals. Publicly vilified. Shunned in other instances.  Even spat upon.

So hate-filled were the anti-war demonstrators that many troops coming home were advised by their officers not to wear their uniforms to avoid verbal attacks, or worse.

More than nine million Americans — many if not a majority of them draftees — served honorably in defense of the nation in the almost twenty years in which the nation was mired in Vietnam, from November, 1955, to April 30, 1975, when Saigon in South Vietnam fell to the Communists of North Vietnam under Ho Chi Minh.

More than 58,000 thousand American troops gave their lives in the Vietnam War. More than 300,000 were wounded. No matter their personal views of the war, they responded when the country called them to serve.  In fact and in truth: “All gave some, some gave all.”

Further, it must not be forgotten that while those veterans of Vietnam served —no matter what their personal view might be of the war—so did their families serve, and suffer, in all the nine million Blue Star families who had a loved one in service, and especially the Gold Star families who had a loved one killed in service.

While the  modern liberal media is likely to ignore or minimize the importance of Welcome Home Vietnam Veterans Day, it should not be ignored by a grateful nation.

There will be many observances, especially by veterans, at posts of the American Legion, VFW, and other veterans organizations, which welcome the participation of non-veterans in honoring all who honorably served. Go, welcome the Vietnam Veterans home, and be welcomed by them.

© 2024 Rees Lloyd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

March 28, 2024

I cannot believe how gullible the average American is.  Especially the Christians.  That is hard for me to say and probably a hard pill for you to swallow.  But Christians, who should be the greatest promoters of Truth, are some of the least informed, brainwashed folks I ever come across.

One of my friends says that Christians are so Heavenly conscious that they are no earth good.  Every wicked thing that is happening in this nation is being done with the tacit approval of the Church.

Conspiracy is defined as “ A combination of men for an evil purpose; an agreement between two or more persons, to commit some crime in concert; particularly, a combination to commit treason, or excite sedition or insurrection against the government of a state.”

Spire, (spirit) means air.  Con means same or together.  Conspire simply means “to breathe the same air.”  The Bible warns us of this.  Satan leads a conspiracy against the Almighty.  It continues to this day.  The battle in this nation is not Republican/Democrat, Black/white, Old/Young, Conservative/Liberal.  The REAL battle is Satan/Christ.  Truth/Lies. Right/Wrong.

It is no more complicated than that.

The Bible spells it our very clearly in Psalm 2.

“Why do the heathen rage, and the people imagine a vain thing? The kings of the earth set themselves, and the rulers take counsel together, against the Lord, and against his anointed, saying, Let us break their bands asunder, and cast away their cords from us.”

Take counsel together…means to conspire.  The wicked are conspiring TOGETHER against the Lord AND HIS ANOINTED.  Who are His anointed?   Why, that would be GOD’S PEOPLE…those tasked with the responsibility of advancement of HIS Kingdom.

Satan has always wanted to rule over Christ’s throne. That is what the entire battle is about.  WHO will rule in this earthly realm…the Prince of Darkness or the King of Kings?

So, the conspiracy is real.  The word “theory” simply means “speculation” or idea of how things work.  So, a “conspiracy theory” is merely a speculation about the cause and effect of any event or action where two or more people are involved.

If you have a brain then you are a “conspiracy theorist,” trying to figure out the cause and effect of a particular event.  Do we call believers in Darwinian Evolution conspiracy theorists when they clearly are?  They are a group of two or more people working together to “speculate” on where man came from.

Being a “conspiracy theorist” is a good thing.  It means you can think…and investigate.  Too bad our public schools no longer teach children HOW to think, but instead WHAT to think.  But, of course, even saying that makes me a “conspiracy theorist” against government schools.

Get it?

So, this morning, a barge knocks a half-mile long bridge into the bay and anyone who has the brains to question how such a thing could happen immediately is labelled a…you got it…conspiracy theorist.  Questioning the OFFICIAL story is no longer permitted.  Remember this line…I’m from the government and I am here to help…do you still believe that whopper?

Can you say Fauci, covid, masks, 911, JFK, 3^rd tower, horse paste, The Lone Gunman, Roswell crash, Nephilim Giants, Darwinism, Chemtrails, Obama’s birth certificate, Weapons of Mass Destruction,  The Illuminati, Russian Collusion, death of Princess Di, Sany Hook, Bombing of Pearl Harbor, trust the government, close the church to stop the spread…I’m sure you could add a few more…

BTW…Isn’t that what they accused the women at the empty tomb of…spreading conspiracy theories?

Did you know that the phrase “Conspiracy Theory” was popularized by the CIA to bolster the official narrative of the assassination of JFK and to silence the voice of anyone who believed what they saw with their own two eyes…back and to the left…

Until we understand the world from a SPIRITUAL perspective, we will never figure out what is really happening in this earthly realm.  What is the mantra of the occultists …as  above, so below?  Perhaps it is time we took the Luciferians seriously. They are real and most of the Christian world has no understanding of what has happened to our world.  Non-believers rule Washington and we expect them to tell us the Truth.  Really?

The ULTIMATE insurrection is underway.  It has been going on for over 2000 years.

We must admit that we have been tricked…fooled…bamboozled by the dark side.  Christians, open your Spiritual eyes!  Let the Holy Spirit guide you into all TRUTH.  As I often tell my friends…I was born at night…but it wasn’t last night!

Aren’t you tired of begging evil men to do good? Wake up Christian!!  The war is raging all around us! Our battle is not against flesh and blood.

Trust but verify.

I am a proud conspiracy analyst.

© 2024 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

by Lee Duigon

March 28, 2024

Our global ruling class—people who despise us—is working overtime to create a fake reality, and turn America into a Third World hell-hole with themselves on top forever and ever.

Here are the two biggest bombs they’ve dropped on us.

Administration sock-puppets look right into the TV camera’s eye and assert that our country’s southern border is A-OK, tickety-boo, just fine, etc. Nothing could possibly be farther from the truth, and everybody knows it. You would have to be seriously delusional to believe these lies.

They are trying to manufacture and sell us a completely false reality. We’re expected to eat that up while they allow tens of thousands of illegals to sashay across the border—and someday they’ll be given the vote, and our republic will be finished. They will create a permanent under-class dependent on handouts from the government. Naturally, they’ll vote to keep that government in power. Forever.

Who knew, in 1945, that the kind of government typified by the Third Reich and the Soviet Union would come roaring back in the next century? These villains do it with votes instead of tanks and bombers. Once they get the illegals voting, they’re in the driver’s seat. Forever. (I refuse to call them “migrants.” The old term, “illegals,” is descriptive. “Migrants” is a euphemism.)

At the same time, Our Beloved Rulers push transgender as if their lives depended on it. “President” SloJo babbles about transgenders being the spirit of America. Why? Give a child a lifetime’s worth of “gender-affirming care” and presto! No one’s having babies anymore! And if they are, there’s always abortion.

Are they trying to wipe us out altogether? Or just addle our brains by forcing us to call men “women” and women “men”? “He” is now “she” and “she” is now “he.” Do people who go along with this actually believe what they’re saying? How can that be? A mutilated man is named “Woman of the Year.” We all know that’s a load of twaddle, don’t we? And if we don’t… Well, we’re going to need a bigger Hell, aren’t we? God help us, we are murdering our own posterity.

The World Economic Forum calls us “useless eaters.” They recommend keeping us anesthetized with drugs and video games until they can figure out what to do with us. Meanwhile, keep that border open, keep those puberty blockers flowing. They’ll get rid of our nations and set up their cherished world government. And everything will be incandescently wonderful… for them. Not us.

There is, of course, plenty of other mischief afoot. They wouldn’t be ruining women’s sports, for instance, if they weren’t sure it would hurt us somehow. And using the “education” industry to foment racial discord, that’s another item in their DeLuxe Rule-the-World Fun-Pack.

These people are totally evil and God sees what they’re doing. They will be judged for it, that’s certain. If we don’t get around to judging them, God will.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit, while it’s still allowed: freedom of speech is looking a little shaky, lately. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2024 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Frosty Wooldridge

March 28, 2024

“Unlimited population growth cannot be sustained; you cannot sustain growth in the rates of consumption of resources. No species can overrun the carrying capacity of a finite land mass. This Law cannot be repealed and is not negotiable.” —Dr. Albert Bartlett,  University of Colorado

The container ship crashing into the Francis Scott Key Bridge in Baltimore offers a cautionary tale concerning America’s future.  What kind of future might we speak about?  Answer: a complete lack of common sense, logical thinking and proactive plans in order to remain a viable, functioning and successful civilization.

Several years ago, in Florida, a ship crashed into support columns, taking out a huge span of the Sunshine Skyway Bridge in Tampa Bay. Some 35 souls died needlessly.  When they rebuilt the bridge, they added rock-island buffers around the cement foundations that held up the bridge.  Those buffers would stop a 100 million ton cargo ship before it could cause another horrific accident.

At the time, the Department of Transportation head-honchos should have been putting their heads together as they looked across America’s shipping ports. They should have been intelligently proactive in making sure that no bridge in America suffered the same fate.  How hard could it be to see where bridges might be rammed?  How hard would it have been to build every kind of safety buffer in all ports in America?  Guess what?  No one did anything.  Unfortunately, reality struck this past Tuesday night with death, destruction and probably hundreds of billions of dollars to repair the Francis Scott Key Bridge.

At the same time, who in the devil drove that 100 ton, taller than the Empire State Building ship into the bridge?   Who checked all the engine safety protocols like they do on airplanes before takeoff?  Who lacked the common sense to employ a backup plan for every ship entering or leaving the harbor?

Last year, what happened in East Palestine, Ohio?  Answer: same lack of proactive maintenance!  Same shaving of safety precautions!  A complete lack of “common sense” to provide safety for everyone along that rail line!   Ironically, DOT head-man Pete Buttigieg represents the new diversity, inclusion and equity mandate that lowers safety standards, obliterates excellence and causes an average of three derailments daily in the United States. We’ve got so much traffic in the air, that planes are making near misses or clipping each other in airports.  Biden did not hire Mayor “Pothole” Pete for his expertise—-because he lacked any capability.  And as of 2024, he still lacks any job understanding.

If you look at what’s breaking down in America, you must look  to mayors and governors who illustrate incompetence.  They cannot solve their states’ or cities’ problems.  California Governor Gavin Newsome looks good with hair and smile, but he exceeds his Peter Principle incompetence. San Francisco’s Mayor Breed cannot solve 40,000 homeless people. She cannot solve the horrific crime that’s destroying hundreds of businesses.  The same goes for the mayor of Los Angeles. What a mess!  We’re talking a new level of incompetence.  This line of uselessness spreads to Chicago, Detroit, New York City, Miami, Houston and beyond.

Those metropolitan areas suffer SO many problems, they cannot address them, and they cannot solve them.  Which brings this journalist back to my own understanding as I traveled through third world countries during my life on a bicycle.  I learned that third world societies don’t fix problems until they boil-up beyond fixing.  Citizens of third world countries drive their cars until the car breaks down. They fix what’s broken, but never engage maintenance. They drive those cars until nothing works. At that point, they push their cars off the road.

What drives that behavior?  Answer: societal illiteracy.  So many people are SO uneducated, they simply cannot handle or responsibly navigate in an industrialized world.

What’s happening to education in America?  Answer: we’ve got millions of kids functionally illiterate with no way to contribute to our society—other than standing in welfare lines.

Which  brings me to Dr. Al Barlett’s quote: “Unlimited population growth cannot be sustained; you cannot sustain growth in the rates of consumption of resources. No species can overrun the carrying capacity of a finite land mass. This Law cannot be repealed and is not negotiable.”

The fact remains: we can never keep up with human population growth. Not now, and not in the future.  Too many people spawn endless problems and consequences beyond solving, whether it be education, infrastructure, environment, species extinction rates,  roadkill rates, catastrophic climate destabilization, housing, air pollution, plastics being dumped into our oceans, and the list grows beyond imagination.

We’re growing so fast via mass legal and immigration, we cannot and will not solve our most basic problems.  Because, if we could, we would have already solved the 540,000 homeless Americans.  We would have solved mass transit.  We would have solved our inner-city ghettos where violence permeates every child’s life. Just yesterday, a crazy guy in Rockford, Illinois stabbed four people to death and wounded five others.  Obviously, we lacked the resources to help him or stop him. Guess what, there are thousands of such crazy people pushing others onto the subway train tracks, killing each other for no valid reason, and a host of other consequences.

Right now, Joe Biden and all of Congress, just imported another 11 to 12 million homeless in just three years.  He had/has no plan to deal with such huge numbers.  Any chance we can solve that nightmare?  Can we solve it with money?  Can we solve it with jobs for all of them? Can we solve their horrific numbers stampeding into our country?  What about our citizens and our children?

The U.S. Census population projections are: 3,000,000 to 4,000,000 people added to the USA annually, by legal and illegal immigration, and another 1,000,000 of their birth rates. Take that out 26 years to 2050—-and what do you get?  Answer: 100,000,000 more resource competitors for water, energy, land, food, resources and more.

What happens when those 100 million people ram into our limited water, energy and resources? Anyone want to speculate the damage to our civilization?   To our individual lives?

Is there any common sense in Joe Biden or Congress?  I don’t see an ounce of common sense in Washington DC or the White House.

Tell me, how do you think that’s going to work out for your children if you, and the rest of America don’t stop it?

This is what our future looks like and it ain’t pretty:

“Immigration by the numbers-off the chart”  by Roy Beck This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”   www.NumbersUSA.com

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By: Devvy

March 27, 2024

Not if he is cheated again by human and technology fraud and make no mistake:  The Democrat/Communist Party USA and the cockroaches who do their dirty work are firming up their plans just in case Trump isn’t convicted of any crimes or thrown in jail.

I became aware of exactly how our elections were being stolen back in 1992.  I ran for Congress as an Independent that election year because I knew I couldn’t beat my opponent, RINO Wally Herger as a Republican.  I was actually shocked so many Republicans changed their voter registration to Independent (as I did) for the 1994 primary.  But the second time I ran against him in 1996 (back to the Republican Party), I knew I could win.  What happened to me has been going on for decades.

Vote Fraud Conference/Audit the Vote, August 30, 2000, mine:

“I just returned from attending the first and historical vote fraud conference in Cincinnati, Ohio. This conference was sponsored by Jim Condit, Jr. who heads up Citizens for a Fair Vote Count. There are some outstanding organizations in this country who are really hitting hard at the core of the problem. One, of course, is The Wallace Institute…

“The vote fraud conference in Cincy August 25-27, 2000, was an great success and I was honored to be part of it. The following individuals were speakers:

“Yours truly; Ron Keller, who exposed the Shoup machines before all 3 Houston TV news teams in 1964.  If not the first, among the first vote fraud investigators in the machine/computer age, Dick Murphy, campaign manager for former Congressman John Schmitz; Wayne Roques, retired DEA agent under Reagan who spoke on “Dawn of the Brave New World”; Tom Lingenfelter, expert on historical documents and vote fraud investigator from Philly and a current candidate in the upcoming November election.

“Brent Beleskey, leader of the Canadian based International Voters Coalition who traces the international network pushing to bring the entire world Internet and mail-in voting to totally unverifiable methods of voting for the citizens; Larry Becraft, General Counsel for The Wallace Institute; Chris Schaper, witness who helped uncover the vote fraud against Pat Buchanan in Dubuque, Iowa in the 1996 Iowa Caucuses; Phylis & Nicky Collier, widow and daughter of the late James Collier, author of VoteScam: The Stealing of America; Dan Guenkauf – The Law & Your Vote…

“Jim held a “Friday Night at The Movies” and I can tell you, it was a real eye-opener. One piece of news film we viewed was Clinton’s campaign headquarters on “election” day, 1992, the time was 12:15 pm EST. You could see George Stephanopoulous celebrating with everyone because they had just been notified by the media that Mr. Clinton had “won” the 1992 presidential election at 12:15 – lunchtime.

“Folks, that’s 9:15 in the morning here in California – one hr and 15 minutes after our polls opened. Just how in the hell did they count tens of millions of votes in 15 or 20 states for the electoral college delegates to determine where to throw their vote by lunch time on election day? Hmm? The comment made on this news clip was that the media doesn’t tell the people at the same time because it’s their policy. Oh, good.

“One thing that is critical in understanding this travesty is learning about the hoax called entrance and exit polls. Jim Condit has the skinny on this and you need to visit his web site and get up to speed. Other film included:  CBS News’ anchor, Dan Rather, gives his five- minute report which aired on Election Eve, 1988.

“Footage of actual ballot tampering with little tweezers in Miami and Cincinnati, as reported by the late Ken & Jim Collier, co-authors of Votescam; an excellent five- minute report by Mary Krutko and Nick Clooney (actor George Clooney’s father) which aired on WKRC-TV in Cincinnati about The Wiretapper, 1987, who gave sworn court testimony that he was involved in fixing an election through wiretapping.”

You will see a comprehensive breakdown of a few elections I did and all the missing votes here.  What was so discouraging to so many of us is just how uninterested average Americans were regarding rigging our elections.  Vote fraud became nothing but a bar joke about if you live in Chicago, vote twice.

How They Sell Vote Fraud As Legitimate Election Totals, Feb. 20, 2017, mine: “Paul ‘Rat’ Ryan should not have won his primary last year, either. His challenger, Paul Nehlin, ran tough against Ryan who is much hated by a substantial number of Republican conservatives in his district as well as across this country – with good reason. Paul Ryan Running Scared in Final Days Ahead of Primary Election, August 4, 2016: “House Speaker Paul Ryan’s policy record is collapsing among voters here under scrutiny from Republican challenger Paul Nehlen, so badly that Ryan is refusing to appear even on the Fox News Channel.”

“Yet, come primary night, miraculously the alleged final vote count was 84-15. I almost choked when I saw that number. The perception is – even though Ryan was peeing his pants a week before the primary – suddenly the voters of his district overwhelmingly approve of his anti-American worker, anti-Constitution voting record. Rat Ryan supported the job & sovereignty killer, TPP. Nehlin opposed it.

“On primary night in my run for the U.S. House, March 26, 1996, despite being behind only 5-7% points (internal polling) behind Rep. Waffle Wally Herger two weeks before the primary and no scandals, my race was called at 8:01 pm – one minute after the polls closed and no votes counted: 86-14 in favor of Herger. The Secty of state stopped counting at around 6:00 am. The numbers never really changed. Additionally, in the largest county in the district I went to vote and my name wasn’t even on the ballot! We had to write in my name. I was in shock; there was nothing I could do.

“Check these winners/losers that night (primary March 26, 1996): 85-15, 81-18, 85-15, 81-18, 85-15, 86-14, 87-13, 81-18 and 81-14 which was my race. Those were the results for a few incumbents vs challengers for the U.S. House throughout the state of California. Every incumbent, including Herger all voted for NAFTA. All challengers including me were opposed to that unconstitutional, destructive ‘agreement’. Wonder why we all allegedly lost?

“Those house seats were scattered all over the state of California. Unless you’re specifically looking at a particular race, in a state the size of California or Texas, people don’t put together the pattern, but it sure as hell is there. Herger was a low-level flunky buddy of NAFTA cheerleader, Newt Gingrich…

“The perception in my run was that the voters in that district overwhelmingly approved of Herger’s voting record which they did NOT. My support was firm and widespread. The morning after the primary a woman called my office to tell me she worked a precinct in a smaller county. When she came in primary night, she observed ballots spread all over the table instead of in sealed boxes which is the law. She was told to mind her own business and go back to work. While my race was called at 8:01 pm, in the second largest county in the district, the county clerk’s office didn’t even get the ballots until hours later.

“The Republican Secretary of State refused to look at my case after I filed a formal complaint. My name wasn’t on the ballot in Butte County, in violation of state law ballots were taken out of the secured boxes and he could care less. I didn’t have the money at the time to sue. That’s when I left the Republican Party and have remained no party since.

“The only way we are going to get accurate vote counts is to scrap ALL forms of electronic voting and counting (scanning), period. NO voting over the Internet, overturn the Motor Voter Law of 1993 and crack down on absentee ballots – those are ripe for fraud. Paper ballots hand counted in front of the public. If you watch the video below, I explain this further. It’s the only way to clean up our elections.”

BTW: Way back then I ran on abolishing the unconstitutional ‘Federal’ Reserve, getting us out of the United Nothing (UN) to keep us from being sucked into a one world government, no ‘free’ trade and abolishing unconstitutional cabinets like the Federal Dept of Education. THAT’S why I allegedly lost by a landslide. The perception being the voters overwhelmingly rejected my message. That simply was not the case.

The Democrat/Communist Party USA is a criminal syndicate IMHO.  I wish there was some way to file a RICO lawsuit against them for conspiracy and election fraud but that would require a couple million dollars and take years in our corrupt court system.  FOIA’s (Freedom of Information Act) would drag on until you have to sue (just like what Judicial Watch does all the time, bless them) to get documents and all electronic foot prints.

Dedicated Americans are still uncovering proof of election fraud from the 2020 steal.  This time, Nov. 5, 2024, we cannot allow the shadow government to cheat us again as well as Trump.  Never in my lifetime have I seen such hatred against a candidate for president.  When the appeals court lowered the absurd and unconstitutional (Eighth Amendment) bail for the grotesque circus called a trial out in NYC brought by the thoroughly corrupt maggot, NY AG Letticia James, the melt down on the “left” was beyond words.

While driving around on March 25^th listening to the Clay & Buck radio show they played an audio clip of a deranged guest on MSNBC (another purveyor of blatant lies network).  Didn’t catch the man’s name but he proclaimed “the appeal court swoops in” to rescue Trump by lowering the bail amount to $175 million dollars.  These people – they are clinically insane.  Not just Deranged Trump Syndrome, but seriously mentally ill.  Appeals courts do not “swoop in”.  That case should never, ever have been brought to court.

I did find this 1:43 video of that crybaby crapping his diaper because Trump’s bail was lowered.  Trump has his own private militia?

Make no mistake, the shadow government is determined to keep Trump from winning fairly this November and only We the People can stop it.

First – and if Trump’s high dollar attorneys would have done this in November 2020 – I firmly believe Trump would have served his second term.  Ballot counting stops at midnight ON election DAY for federal candidates.  I’ve written about this several times.  “If you missed my column on this, please read it:  Finally: RNC Files Bombshell Election Lawsuit, Jan. 29, 2024

I have contacted our county judge who presides over our county commissioners who have oversight for our elections.  He’s a good man and is taking this seriously.  I sent him a follow up while his legal people are reviewing the information I had previously sent:

“Thank you for the follow up.

“In Foster v Love, all nine justices on the U.S. Supreme Court agreed that Congress set an election DAY for federal offices.  Not six hours later or two weeks later.  That’s how Trump was cheated out of his second term in the 2020 “election”.  All those ballot dumps in the middle of the night and the rest of the disgraceful shenanigans pulled off by the Democrat/Communist Party USA and partisan DemonRat judges in PA, NV, MN, GA, AZ, MI.

“I did listen to the oral arguments and read all the opinions and the final decision in that case issued by Justice Souter. The lawsuit filed by the RNC in Mississippi cites Foster v Love which was a Louisiana case but the same constitutional legal issues as the Mississippi case.

“Here is the RNC’s case filed January 26, 2024:  https://prod-media-assets.protectthevote.com/media/document/filing/Filed_Complaint_t9bw8oip.pdf

“11. The RNC works to elect Republican candidates to state and federal office. In November 2024, its candidates will appear on the ballot in Mississippi for election to the Presidency, U.S. Senate, and U.S. House of Representatives.

“12. The RNC has vital interests in protecting the ability of Republican voters to cast, and Republican candidates to receive, effective votes in Mississippi elections and elsewhere. The RNC brings this suit to vindicate its own rights in this regard, and in a representational capacity to vindicate the rights of its members, affiliated voters, and candidates.”

“Of course there’s the usual legal dance doing on; the last movement on the docket is dated March 18, 2024…The RNC case is going to have to get sped up because Nov. 5th will be here before you can blink.”

I checked the docket again on March 26^th and didn’t see any forward motion.  Trump is ahead in the polls in 7 swing states over Biden which means nothing.  Democrats and Independents are not voting for that mentally gone old crook, they’re voting for the immoral, obscene and unconstitutional policies of his unlawful administration.

If you belong to your county GOP club/committee, you need to make sure they as well as your county commissioners and county clerks are aware of the Supreme Court’s decision.  I have no doubt Trump (this time around) has a network of individuals who will be election hawks on Nov. 5^th.   But it’s the machines and precinct workers who claim to be Americans but have no problem cheating during counting for their party.

It’s also candidates for the U.S. House and 1/3^rd of the Senate in November.  If the DemonRats get away with cheating and allegedly take control of the U.S. House, Trump will be up against a wall of hatred by insane fools who will work tirelessly to make sure none of his efforts are successful.  The same applies to the Senate.  To say this is the most important election in our history is not an over statement.  The shadow government is losing ground and they will stop at nothing to keep Trump out of the WH and regain control of the House and Senate.

Second, the shenanigans that went on in 2020 in those swing states by precinct workers cannot be allowed to happen again.  Yes, several of the states with GOP controlled legislatures passed some new laws in an effort to stop election fraud, but it’s those machines that dominate counting our vote.

I’ve written about this before:  Marxist puppet, John Kerry, won Ohio in 2004 and that time it was Republicans who pulled off the steal.  No doubt in my mind about that. The Electoral College votes went to Bush, Jr and he became president.

A Citizens’ Audit of an American Election, July 10, 2008

“Richard Hayes Phillips, a former college professor, has written a new book titled, Witness to a Crime: A Citizens’ Audit of an American Election. This monstrous undertaking covers the 2004 election results in the State of Ohio…What makes Phillips investigation so compelling is the book is filled with concrete proof that the voters of Ohio were robbed of their right to fair and impartial elections. The amount of work that went into this investigation is staggering: 30,0000 images of forensic evidence, then personally examining 126,000 ballots, 127 poll books and 141 voter signature books from 18 counties in Ohio. This is the definitive and documented evidence of crimes that cannot, must not be ignored.

“One thing that showed up in his findings was the same thing I wrote about back in 1996: discrepancies in the numbers during the voting process – where are they? If you click here and go to page seven of my findings, you’ll see what I’m talking about. I knew what happened: vote rigging and it was done by the machines. We saw the same thing repeat itself during this last phony primary season. A recount was paid for and done in the State of New Hampshire. The so-called final audit of the numbers did not agree with the results as recorded on primary night. Of course, the numbers continue to change for weeks after a primary or election; I’ve covered this in previous columns in detail.”

Samples by several election years (* incumbent).  You think it’s just they’re so popular in their district but that would be dead wrong.  I did those exhaustive lists of election results for a long time but finally stopped because voters didn’t seem to care.

Herger (R)* 64/26, 61/34, 63/35, 65/26, 68/27, 66/28

Miller (D)* 70/27, 72/22, 77/23, 75/23, 74/24, 77/21

This is a lengthy video interview with Professor Phillips which everyone should watch.  He brings up the fact that provisional ballots weren’t even counted until 11 days after election day in violation of the Supreme Court’s decision in Foster v Love.  John Kerry is a die-hard globalist POS.  Bush, Jr. made sure our precious military remained cannon fodder for undeclared wars in the Middle East.  Either we believe in fair and impartial elections at all levels or we will just continue sliding into the sewer and become another third world banana republic.  Phillips book comes with a CD.

Second:  Alleged losers should immediately file to stop certification of the vote if they were very close in the polls or smell fraud.  Yes, I watched all the hearings in GA & AZ and yes, rotten judges in those states made sure skanks like AZ Gov. Katie Hobbs won that “election” through in-your-face fraud.  But, a candidate can’t just walk away.

It’s up to us to stop another steal of not just the presidency, but also members of Congress.  I have no doubt other offices like mayors of huge cities like Chicago, NYC, LA are also fixed.  There are organizations all over the country working (almost all volunteers) to stop election fraud who always need more volunteers or are exposing fraud and how to fix it.

An example is Grassroots America – We the People based out of Tyler, Texas.  If you click on the button, Voter Information, you’ll find this, Feb. 28, 2024, Warning Voter Data Errors Found

The image that Texas and Florida are bastions of fair elections is a crock.  To find an organization in your county, contact your GOP Committee; you can find the individual in charge by asking your county election clerk.  They are familiar with groups and organizations.

I could go on and on, but the bottom line is if Trump is cheated again, he will not be able to implement his plans to start mass deportation of illegal aliens and his other campaign promises which I am going to break down in Part II coming soon.

We’re all tired.  I know Americans work full time or even part time, raising a family – we’re all pressed for time every day.  But, there’s plenty of retired Americans who do care and need to step up to the plate.  Sure, it requires we all sacrifice our time but our country is imploding from within right now and it’s only going to get worse and dirtier.

Which a good reason to hold meetings on a Saturday mid-morning.  People get up, have breakfast, go to a meeting and then go about the rest of your weekend after your group or organization has its list of what needs to get done.  Some organizations meet in the evening and that works for their area but it’s up to us.

The Democrat/Communist Party USA is well organized and funded by billionaires who hate America and only worship their greenbacks and lust for power.  There’s no going back if we have another stolen election and the take-over is complete.  What happens this November will affect your children and grandchildren.  What will you say to them if we fail?

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

[Part 1], [Part 2]

© 2024 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on X. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

Related:

Election lawsuits from both left and right are shaping the 2024 presidential election, March 3, 2024 – “A Delaware court has ruled that state laws allowing for permanent absentee voting and early voting violate the state constitution. Lawfare has become a nationwide political tactic.”

Joe Dan Gorman at Intellectual Froglegs Publishes His Latest Masterpiece- “Orange Crush” (Video), March 24, 2024.  Important info in that video (at 17:58) and some very funny stuff.  (33:05) My only criticism is featuring (just pix) Abe Lincoln like he was some national hero.  Lincoln was a vile racist who damn near destroyed this republic.

Video.  One of my speeches on vote fraud at an event put on by the late, great Dr. Stan Montieth.

Wisconsin Election Official Found Guilty on Fake Military Ballot Scheme, March 23, 2024

Death to Democracy in America Top Goal, Feb. 21, 2022.

One of the first books I read on vote fraud:  Vote Scam – The Stealing of America by James  Collier.  That must read book is free on-line.

By Cliff Kincaid

March 27, 2024

After an attack like we saw in Baltimore, which we have to assume to be terrorism, government officials typically are quick to rule out terrorism and then congratulate themselves on their “quick” response and express regrets for the loss of life.

Look at the lightweight Maryland Governor Wes Moore wearing his own “Wes Moore” jacket and talking about how the bridge was “up to code,” despite collapsing after a cargo ship failed to go under the bridge and then mysteriously hit one of its pylons. These officials look ridiculous, at a time when the loss of life is still not completely known, but they are also very dangerous and playing political games with the lives of our fellow Americans.

They know America is under attack but don’t want to undermine Joe Biden’s campaign for president at a sensitive time when Americans are already on edge because of the terrorists coming onto the U.S. through the open borders.

Watch the video. Watch the video and you can see the ship being steered into the pylon, collapsing the bridge.

Considering the reality of Chinese and Russian cyber warfare, as documented by the FBI and others, the assumption has to be terrorism until they prove otherwise.

What we saw in the quickie news conference was a government exercise in CYA, or cover your ass, which government officials are very good at. An FBI official, William J. DelBagno, was on the scene and even spoke at the quickie news conference. He ruled out terrorism, even without the results of any investigation! Amazing.

They think we are fools.

These officials want to divert attention away from the “theory” that it was an intentional terrorist attack.

“There is no specific or credible information to suggest there are ties to terrorism in this incident,” DelBagno said.

How does he know this soon after the incident? Did he expect the Chinese or the Russians to announce they were responsible?

DelBagno was just named as the special agent in charge of the Baltimore Field Office. He most recently served as the acting assistant director of the Inspection Division at FBI Headquarters in Washington, D.C.

His bio says that in 2012 he “served in a temporary duty assignment as a Supervisory Special Agent at the Chemical Countermeasures Unit in the Weapons of Mass Destruction Directorate; and in 2013, he transferred from New York to the WMD Directorate permanently with a promotion to Unit Chief of the WMD Operations Investigative Unit.”

Cyber warfare is a weapon of mass destruction.

He was undoubtedly told in advance by FBI Director Christopher Wray to rule out terrorism.

“Tuesday’s collapse came after the Singapore-flagged cargo vessel ‘lost propulsion’ and hit a supporting tower of the bridge, according to an unclassified Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency memo reviewed by CBS News and confirmed by a law enforcement official,” the news outlet reported.

Why is the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency involved?

I have no doubt government officials are lying about why the ship crashed into the bridge. They jump to conclusions, trying to reassure the public, hoping we will accept what they say. This gives them time to assess the damage. They don’t want our enemies to know that they know what happened.

But we know, or at least we can draw our own conclusions

I covered the post-9/11 anthrax attacks in depth, only to watch the FBI blame one American scientist after another, exonerating al Qaeda and its access to the deadly substance through a U.S. lab. The first scientist, Steven Hatfill, sued and got almost $6 million in damages from the DOJ. The second, Bruce Ivins, was blamed by the FBI after he killed himself, the result of government persecution.

Dr. Ayman al-Zawahiri, head of Egyptian Islamic Jihad before he took over al Qaeda, was behind the attacks. He arranged the theft of the anthrax from a U.S. lab, using al-Qaeda assets and operatives on American soil.

Alexander Litvinenko, a former Russian intelligence agent who fled to London, told Konstantine Preobrazhensky that al-Zawahiri was a KGB agent trained by Moscow. Litvinenko is believed to have been poisoned by Russian intelligence on the orders of Russian President Vladimir Putin.

In my view, the ship was sabotaged, probably through hacking. It supposedly lost propulsion — power and control — several times before hitting the bridge. This looks like cyber warfare.

This happened on a clear night. There is no excuse for what happened, unless the ship was commandeered by a foreign adversary using sophisticated hacking techniques.

Our book, Blood on His Hands: The True Story of Edward Snowden, explains how we have been at a disadvantage since this former NSA/CIA analyst defected to Russia through China.

Consider that FBI Director Wray said only one month ago that “China’s hacking program is larger than that of every other major nation, combined. And that size advantage is only magnified because the PRC uses AI — built in large part on stolen innovation and stolen data — to improve its hacking operations, including to steal yet more AI tech and data.”

And conduct terrorist attacks inside the United States.

He cited the so-called “Hafnium” Microsoft Exchange hack, “where the PRC compromised managed service providers, hitting tens of thousands of victims.”

He went on to say,

“In fact, China-sponsored hackers pre-positioned for potential cyberattacks against U.S. oil and natural gas companies way back in 2011. But these days, it’s reached something closer to a fever pitch. What we’re seeing now, is China’s increasing buildout of offensive weapons within our critical infrastructure, poised to attack whenever Beijing decides the time is right.

“Take, for instance, persistent PRC access the U.S. found in our critical telecommunications, energy, water, and other infrastructure. China-sponsored hackers known as Volt Typhoon were hiding inside our networks, lying in wait for the moment China might choose to use their access to hurt American civilians. And while many of you may have seen the Volt Typhoon story as one about the PRC targeting the United States, in fact their targets spanned the globe—which shouldn’t be surprising, because in hack after hack, for years, we’ve seen the PRC hitting our partners around the world.”

The problem with the FBI is that it is outgunned and outmanned, with too many agents wasting time arresting pro-lifers, J6 trespassers, and Christian conservatives.

Wray went on to say:

“Take for instance, the 2022 cyberattack by an Iranian-sponsored group on a children’s hospital in the United States, one that showed a callous—and, frankly, despicable—disregard for the safety of the most vulnerable among us.

“Or consider Russia’s continued targeting of critical infrastructure—including underwater cables and industrial control systems both in the United States and around the world.”

At the end of his talk, Wray said that “…no one should question its [Russia’s] continuing willingness to launch destructive cyberattacks before and during military conflict.”

Yet, when a bridge collapses in Baltimore because a cargo ship goes out of control, the FBI immediately rules out terrorism!

This agency does not deserve a new $200 million headquarters in Maryland.

© 2024 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Bradlee Dean

March 27, 2024

“That your faith should not stand in the wisdom of men, but in the power of God.” -1 Corinthians 2:5

I remember when I first got saved and was put into the ministry.  I witnessed a man giving a sermon to the youth group. This man when giving his sermon kept going on in making historical points, one after another.  What he did not realize, though historical points have their place and importance, is that his witness was to be that of what the Holy Ghost has and was doing through him that men might find their faith in the power of God, not in merely giving historical points.  This is outside of the fact that most in the room who were listening were bored to death or fast asleep.

If we have truly been saved by the Lord from our sins (Matthew 1:21), we are then going to be written epistles to be known and read of by all men (2 Corinthians 3:2). Furthermore, as it says in Acts 2:32, “This Jesus hath God raised up, whereof we all are witnesses.”

People want to see the Gospel that is not in word only, but also in power.

“For the Kingdom of God is not in word, but in power.” -1 Corinthians 4:20

After all, genuine Christians want Christ to do for the people what He, in fact, did for them and more, and only He can do that, and this He promised to do.

As for me, in my particular case, I was going to settle for nothing less than the Holy Ghost doing for me what He did for any other that called upon the name of the Lord.

After going through a long process of breaking through repentance (Psalm 34:18, 51:17; Isaiah 66:2), the Lord used a prophetic man to speak into my life in conveying unto me that which only Jesus knew and could do on my behalf, and He did so (1 Corinthians 14:24-25).

“I am thy fellow servant, and of thy brethren that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.” -Revelation 19: 9-11

He did so in raising me up and putting me into the ministry (1 Timothy 1:12) in order that those that I go to might also find their faith in Him and not in the wisdom of man’s words.

Enough of the dead sermons, enough ( 1 Corinthians 15:17).

Men need Christ, and Scripture is very clear in this matter.  Those who have the Son have life, and those that have not the Son, have not life (1 John 5:12).  This Scripture was given so that they might know what sort of men were among them.

“For our Gospel came not unto you in word only, but also in power, and in the Holy Ghost, and in much assurance; as ye know what manner of men we were among you for your sake.” -1 Thessalonians 1:5

© 2024 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Kelleigh Nelson

March 26, 2024

One of the chief tasks of any dialogue with the Gentile world is to prove that the distinction between anti-Semitism and anti-Zionism is not a distinction at all. —Abba Eban

As I go around Israel, I see a country that has taken every curse thrown against it and turned it into a blessing, by leading the fight against terror, by becoming world experts in treating post-traumatic stress disorder, by bringing disaster relief wherever it’s needed. I see a country and a people that have shown the world what it is to choose life.  —Rabbi Jonathan Sacks speech at ‘Closer to Israel’ at Trafalgar Square, 2013

Anti-Semitism has no business infiltrating American politics, it has no business infiltrating our college campuses, and it has no business in the halls of Congress. —Lee Zeldin

The church has been led into error time and time again by letting the doctrines of men become the final authority of Scripture rather than allowing the Scripture to be the final authority of man’s doctrine.

Using philosophical arguments, unbiblical allegory, and highly charged anti-Semitic reasoning, these “fathers” of the church were determined to sever the covenants that forever bind the Jewish people to the God of Israel.

Their system was simple, reinterpret the Hebrew Scriptures in favor of the church and condemn the despised deicide race to God’s irreversible judgment by every tactic they could manufacture to make God’s people undesirable.  This is the crumbling bedrock upon which the seemingly impregnable lies of replacement theology are forged.  The bishops of the fourth and fifth centuries wielded supreme power over the church and the impact of their caustic sermons lingers on in the writings of both protestant and Catholic amillennialists.

Because the term “replacement theology” has become so foul in the mouths of those who promote it, they’ve changed the terms to “fulfillment theology,” “enlargement theology,” or even “Messianic fulfillment.”  But the leopard hasn’t changed its spots.  They are still and always will be Jew haters and under the judgment of the Lord who stated, “And I will make of thee a great nation, and I will bless thee, and make thy name great; and thou shalt be a blessing: And I will bless them that bless thee, and curse him that curseth thee; and in thee shall all families of the earth be blessed.”  These words, found in Genesis 12:1-3, are a part of the unconditional and forever Abrahamic Covenant with the Lord’s people, Israel.

As we continue to look at the early fathers of the Christian church and their literal hatred of the Jewish people, three men of the fourth century come to mind, Ambrose, John Chrysostom and Augustine.

Ambrose

Ambrose of Milan was born Augusta Treverorum in 339 AD and died 397AD in Milan, Italy.  Ambrose is also remembered as the teacher who converted and baptized Augustine of Hippo, another replacement theologian, and as a model bishop who viewed the church as rising above the ruins of the Roman Empire.  He is a patron saint of Milan.  Like those before him, Ambrose followed Philo’s philosophy of zero tolerance toward literal interpretation of the Old and New Testaments.  Philo had adopted a policy of zero tolerance towards the literal interpreters of Scripture and why he branded them, “slow witted,” “obstinate,” and “rigid.”  These sentiments litter the sermons and writings of many of Philo’s modern-day cousins. Thus, like Origen before him, Ambrose, Chrysostom and others were convinced there was no future for the Jewish nation in the purposes of God.

They have long ago been proven wrong.  The State of Israel may be in a war against those who swear to destroy her, but the Lord in his mercy and love is with them.  These early church fathers flatly denied belief in the restoration of Israel as a nation or that the Jewish people would again occupy the land the Lord gave them.

Surprise, surprise! Wrong again!

Ambrose had strong anti-Semitic leanings and was instrumental in fomenting persecution through his preaching.  Augustine, who was baptized by Ambrose gave him a gushing eulogy, but what he didn’t say was that Ambrose “manifested a violent anti-Judaism, both in practice…and on the theological level, by several polemical epistles.”  (Encyclopedia Judaica, Vol. 5 (Jerusalem: Keter Publishing House, 1971), 553.

What Spirit is this?

What spirit animates these people?  If you believe the Jews are the problem, then of course that is a genocidal spirit.  Don’t lie to yourself about the agenda of these early church fathers.  If Jews are the problem, and you are Jewish, then you are the target according to these people’s goals.  Chuck Schumer needs to understand this.  It is grotesque and ungodly, but it is also a demonic spirit.  Any spirit which seeks to hurt, kill, divide or demoralize the Jewish people, is a demonic spirit by definition.  That is what animated these early church fathers, and it is a lie from the very pit of hell.  Demonic entities controlled these men and jealousy is the core.

Transferring the blessings, covenants and promises to the church when those promises were only to God’s chosen people is anathema to the truth of His Word.  The Church is the bride of Messiah, grafted into the olive tree, and can just as easily be cut out.  Our blessings come because of faith.  And what were the Old Testament prophets saved by?  Faith alone!

Many years ago, I received newsletters from Voice of the Martyrs, founded by Pastor Richard Wurmbrand.  This Jewish man had been tortured for over 13 years by the Romanian Marxists under Nicolae Ceaușescu’s rule.  He testified to the American senate years later regarding the Marxists’ hatred of God and what he and others had been through.  His book, Marx and Satan, tells the story of the horrors perpetrated upon church shepherds.

One of Voice of the Martyrs’ newsletters claimed John Chrysostom as a martyr.  Had Wurmbrand still been alive, he would have been horrified.  I wrote them a letter quoting several of the vile and disgusting anti-Semitic statements by Chrysostom.  His “Eight Homilies Against the Jews” stand as a stark hatred of the Jewish people, much like Luther’s “On the Jews and Their Lies,” which was used by Hitler to validate Jewish genocide.

John Chrysostom

Chrysostom was born 347 A.D., Antioch, Syria and died in 407.  He was called the “Golden-Mouthed” because of his “pulpit eloquence.” He sought to prevent his Christian flock from observing Jewish customs and attacked the teachings of Judaism and the Jewish way of life.

In addition to accusing the “morally degenerate” Jews of having viciously assassinated Christ, he also accused contemporary Jews of missionary activity that threatened Christian efforts, establishing them as an active force against the church.

His sermons underscore the potential for violence as an outflow of the early church’s need to establish its theological and social authority.  A venture into his homilies is “like entering a firing range with the reader bombarded on every side by a torrent of explosive anti-Jewish invective.”  (Page 53, Israel Betrayed: Volume One).

Chrysostom used his pulpit to denigrate and abuse the Jewish people and to castigate them for their way of life in the most shameful of terms.  Out of his own mouth, he condemns himself.  He hated the Jewish people and did his best to make the whole world hate them too.  Here is just one of his statements within those vile homilies:

“The synagogue is worse than a brothel…It is the den of scoundrels and the repair of wild beasts…the temple of demons devoted to idolatrous cults…the refuge of brigands and debauchees, and the cavern of devils…a criminal assembly of Jews…a place of meeting for the assassins of Christ…a house worse than a drinking shop…a den of thieves, a house of ill fame, a dwelling of iniquity, the refuge of devils, a gulf of and abyss of perdition…The Jews sacrifice their children to Satan…they are worse than wild beasts…they have fallen into a condition lower to the level of the lusty goat and the pig…they know but one thing: to fill their bellies and be drunk…This is why I hate the Jews.”  (Quoted in Michael L. Brown’s Our Hands Are Stained with Blood: The Tragic Story of the “Church” and the Jewish People.)

Chrysostom was the master of anti-Jewish invective and later became John Calvin’s “lifelong favorite in matters of biblical exegesis.”

Augustine of Hippo

Aurelius Augustinus Hipponensis was born in 354 AD and died in 430 AD.  Amillennialism was systematized by Augustine, one of the church’s most influential theologians who is revered by Roman Catholics and Protestants alike.  He was strongly influenced by the Greek philosophical doctrines of Plato (427-347 BC) and the allegorical methods of Origen which helped shape his theological model.  Surprisingly enough, Augustine had once been a premillennialist and walked in the footsteps of those righteous fathers.

He came to this belief system through Ambrose and was actually baptized by him.  Augustine recorded his debt to Ambrose and left no doubt he was infatuated with his theological teacher.  Although Augustine had no contact with Jewish people, his own reputation for violent anti-Judaism, both in practice and on the theological level, is obvious, especially in his “Tract Against the Jews.”  (Encyclopedia Judaica, Vol. 5).

He was the pioneer of a mutant system of evolutionary theology, the Darwin of the church, who placed biblical literalism with allegorical interpretation.  His system was destined to lay the foundation upon which Western theology would be constructed.  He drew copiously from the writings of Neo-Platonist Origen, who was immersed in Greek philosophy.

Augustine taught that God’s purposes for Israel as a territorial nation ended with the cross, and that all unfulfilled Old Testament prophecies were to be reinterpreted spiritually or allegorically in favor of the church.  Therefore, references to Israel, Zion, and Jacob with all the promises, no longer applied to the Jewish nation. Augustine’s system of biblical interpretation became the dominant model for future generations.  A colossus in the field, he wielded enormous influence and power.

This is a “Doctrine of Demons” that has led generations of unsuspecting Christians astray.

The great ninetieth-century Anglican bishop of Liverpool, J.C. Ryle (1816-1900), protested the allegorizing of the Bible when he declared: “I believe the habit to be unwarranted by anything in Scripture, and to draw after it a long train of evil consequences.”

The sacking of Rome by the Goths in A.D. 410 signaled the beginning of the end for the empire and was the decisive turning point in history for the bishop of Hippo. The demise of Roman supremacy signaled the inspiration for Augustine’s monumental treatise, The City of God, a twenty-two-volume work, which took him 13 years to complete.  It is the greatest assault on the doctrine of Israel’s restoration.  Augustine was the first person to teach that the organized catholic (universal) church is the Messianic Kingdom and that the Millennium began with the First Coming of Christ. He had established the spurious doctrine of “spiritual millennialism” upon which the monolithic Roman Catholic Church would rule the nations and which would provide the template from which all the major Protestant creedal statements would be patterned.

The foundation stones Augustine built his City of God upon were not from the Scriptures as he claims, but quarried from the allegorical hills of those before him.  He had once held to a literal “Christian” millennium, but rejected the idea on the basis of its earthly, carnal nature, and, following Origen, favored instead an allegorical, “Christian” interpretation of the Scriptures.

The church’s blindness to Israel’s biblical, historical, political, and spiritual relevance can be traced directly back to the writings of the early church fathers, who resolutely believed that the Jews, who through their rejection and crucifixion of Jesus, had forfeited forever all territorial rights to their ancient homeland.  They Christianized the Old Testament land promises with terrestrial Jerusalem morphing into a poetic metaphor!  Augustine stated, “with heart raised up towards it, Jerusalem my country, Jerusalem, my mother.”

The symbolization of the Lord’s Word leaves it without what our Creator intended for us to know.  How can anyone accept this teaching outside of what the plain Words say to us from Genesis to Revelation?  These so-called Church Fathers have made the glorious Word of God into a hodgepodge of lies.

Only the Lord knows the full impact that such avaricious doctrines have had on Christian-Jewish relations.  And only the Lord knows the damage these theological butchers have inflicted upon His flock, and how much Jewish blood is on their hands as a result of their teaching.  Augustine’s belief system, in which the church has evolved into the “new Israel” is deadly enough, but when combined with Chrysostom’s rabid anti-Semitism, it is absolutely lethal.

Anyone continuing to uphold and promote as fact replacement theory, needs to consider their position before the Lord and would do well to heed the words of Arthur Skevington Wood, a former vice president of Prophetic Witness Movement International:

“Now there are many today, even among professing Christians, who imagine that God will have no further dealings whatsoever with the Jews.  They regard his relationship with His chosen people as a closed chapter.  They think that when the Jews rejected their Messiah, they forfeited any further place in God’s purpose.  How unscriptural such a viewpoint is, we have seen from Paul’s rhetorical question in Romans 11:1, ‘I say then, Hath God cast away His people?  God forbid.’  That is a monstrous thought to the apostle, and he meets it with an emphatic and indeed solemn oath negative.  Then in V2 he repeats that, ‘God hath not cast away His people which he foreknew.’  He has laid them aside, but He has not put them away.  He has further dealings in store for them.  There is a huge future for the Jew in the designs of the Almighty.  God has a program, and moreover, it is being carried out before our very eyes today.”

Israel represents the centerpiece of divine, prophetic activity (Ezekiel 5:5; 38:12).  Thus, to love God and His Word also involves naturally loving Israel.  Unfortunately, this has not been the reigning sentiment throughout most of church history.  Even today, Satan continues to use many within the church to obscure, marginalize, and even deny the future significance of national Israel.

Next up, Luther, Calvin and Constantine

[Part 1], [Part 2], [Part 3], [Part 4],

© 2024 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Frosty Wooldridge

March 25, 2024

One wise doctor said that you need to turn off all forms of media and communications for a month to regain your sanity in this insane world.  Day in and day out, week in and week out, and worst of all, year in and year out—-nothing but bad news explodes on the national and international fronts.

Over the weekend, Muslim terrorists shot up a huge auditorium in Moscow, Russia killing 133 people, wounding dozens more, and completely burned down the entire structure.

Almost beyond reason, Vladimir Putin, the dictator of Russia, condemned the terrorists on national television.  He promised to bring the terrorists to justice.  Ironically, historians will put Putin in the same category as Mao, Stalin, Hitler, and Mussolini.  Those guys killed millions for absolutely no reason but their own quest for power.

Already, in two years, Putin has killed 100,000 young men from the Russian Army, and 100,000 men from the Ukraine Army, and another 50,000 to 100,000 wounded. He’s blown up much of Ukraine’s cities, power stations and infrastructure.  He’s displaced millions of people out of Ukraine.  Let’s face it; Putin is the second coming of Hitler.  He’s one sick, disgusting, horrid, sociopath tyrant.  What could possibly be his justification for killing THAT many people?

Then, you see October 7, 2023, where a bunch of Muslim Hamas terrorists slaughter 1,200 Jewish women and children in Israel. They raped them, tortured them, and then, took 240 hostages to live in barbaric conditions in tunnels in Gaza as tools to barter with Israel.  Now, 30,000 plus people have died at the hands of Israel, and 1.1 million people have been displaced.  Most of Gaza is completely uninhabitable.

What the hell were the leaders of Hamas thinking?  They had to know that the Jewish people would fight for their lives. They absolutely knew that Israel featured an incredible Army to preserve themselves, and that President Netanyahu would bomb the living hell out of them.

And yet, in the Muslim  religion, those killers will be given 72 virgins in the afterlife for dying for Allah by killing Jews.  How do you understand such insanity, such stupidity, and such barbarism in 2024?

And here in the USA, you’ve got Hamas supporters marching in our streets with Palestinian flags flying as if our country was Palestine.  Then you have to wonder whose bright idea was it to import all those maniac Muslims into America?  Why?  Why did Congress import war-like people who have been taught savagery as a way of life to countless generations of Muslims?  It shows you how crazy or stupid our own leaders prove themselves.

What is really crazy stems from the forecasted FACT that those same Islamic Muslim terrorists are gathering their own terrorist cells in America and they will HIT a similar American venue as the one in Moscow. They will kill hundreds of us at a theater, NFL game, NBA game, MLB game or NHL game.  You must know something horrific is being planned to kill countless Americans.  Why doesn’t it bother them?  Answer: each one of those mental morons is brainwashed into believing he will enjoy 72 virgins in the afterlife.  Is that a crazy religion or what?

Yet, that foggy-brained Joe Biden keeps importing every known terrorist into our country, somehow figuring we are immune to terrorism?  What a cognitively decrepit old fool he is, and what fools we are for allowing him to continue in the White House.   And if he dies in office, Kamala Harris, who is about as sharp as a thumbtack stuck in a lake of pudding, will lead our country into an even deeper black hole of incompetence.

Then, over the weekend, hundreds of illegal alien refugees stormed our southern border at Eagle Pass, Texas, attacked our military and rushed into our country against our laws.  They are now part of the 11 million plus saturating our cities with crime, diseases, homelessness, and total chaos.

Then you find out that Biden has been flying over 100,000 illegals on planes to over  43 cities in America—on  your tax dollar. It can’t get any more  nuts than that.

So, you sit here wondering how did our country spiral SO FAR INTO THE TOILET?  Answer: we’ve elected power elites who have completely abandoned the American people for power and money.  We’ve elected  governors and mayors who created “Sanctuary Cities” which are totally in violation of our laws. We elected Joe Biden, a 50 year veteran of DC who was incompetent during his entire Senate career, and now, is even more incompetent as president of our country. It’s called “The Peter Principle.”  Biden defines and sets a new benchmark for total incompetence.

Historians will ask,  “What were the American people thinking when they elected all those career, corrupt politicians who brought the United States of America to its knees?”

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Glynn Adams

March 24, 2024

“But the Spirit explicitly says that in later times some will fall away from the faith, paying attention to deceitful spirits and doctrines of demons.” (1 Timothy 4:1)

This is where we are in America today. People falling away from the truth but still going to a religious service to hear what they want to hear and to be made to feel good in their sins. It is a dangerous thing to be under a false pastor and teacher in America today!!! “And Jesus spoke a parable to them, ‘A blind man cannot guide a blind man, can he? Will they not both fall into a pit? A pupil is not above his teacher; but everyone after he has been fully trained will be like his teacher.’”

My goal in these articles is for you to be trained to operate in the image of Jesus Christ. The teacher is Jesus and the Holy Spirit and the instruction book is the Word of God. The church that Jesus builds is a culture of truth and not a culture of feelings. You cannot separate Jesus from what He says and still have the real Jesus. At the heart of Spiritual Warfare and following Jesus is having our lives formed by the Word of God. How we relate to the Words of Jesus determine whether we are His true followers. Jesus’ words cut across our own desires, ideas, and lifestyles.

Whether you want to accept it or not but the way of Jesus Christ is “radical.” Following Jesus is a “radical” decision!!! He says, “I am the way, and the truth, and the life; no one comes to the Father but through Me.” (John 14:6)

“Enter by the narrow gate; for the gate is wide, and the way is broad that leads to destruction and many are those who enter by it. For the gate is small, and the way is narrow that leads to life and few are those who find it.” (Matthew 7:13-14)

“So then, brethren, we are under obligation, not to the flesh, to live according to the flesh – for if you are living according to the flesh, you must die; but if (you are being led) by the Spirit, you are putting to death the deeds of the flesh you will live. For all who are being led by the Spirit of God, these are the sons of God.” (Romans 8:12-14)

Following the ways of Jesus Christ is a radical decision!!! Radical means totally dedicated, obedient, and sold out to the person of Jesus Christ. Most shy away from the word radical because most people in America who claim to follow Jesus are nominal followers of Jesus. How many people do you reckon who are radical that are on the roster of professional and college sports? I say everyone of them. How many nominal players are on the roster of professional and college players? I dare say none.

How many Muslims do you suspect are sold out completely and are radical to Allah? I dare say everyone of them. They are committed and they will die for Allah!!! We accept “radicals” almost everywhere except in following Jesus. I don’t think the average follower of Jesus Christ has any idea just how radical He truly is!!! He was hostile to this world system and hostile to the religious leaders in His day who had a form of godliness and denied Jesus as the Son of God. He tells us to take up our cross and we are to live in absolute obedience, submission, commitment, faithfulness, and allegiance to Him.

The spiritual war is on today to keep you a nominal follower of Jesus and to keep you from finding His path to abundant life. Many pursuing the path of following Jesus want to fast but a vacation is coming up. They want to be in the Word more but their kids get up too early and they want to pray more but do not know where to start. This is so simple to solve. Either you are doing it or you are not.

Too many people frame their opinion of themselves or their accomplishments on their intentions. In the reality of following Jesus, the only measurable thing in your life is the action you take and what that action produces in you and the lives around you that you influence. It’s what you do that is actually measured in the end. One day we will all stand before Jesus Christ and give an account on what we did in this life with what we were given. You do not want to hear, “Depart from Me, I never knew you.”

Start where you are but start!!!! In order to be a master of anything you must constantly be willing to look like a fool. The only thing that matters is what Jesus thinks. He was in the flesh and He understands what it means to live in the flesh. Reading the Word, studying the Word, prayer, and acting on the Word will lead you to Jesus and help you develop tangible habits in your life that will create an anchor for you to continue following Him no matter what storms come your way.

The Bible is clear in James and 1 Peter that we are to submit to God and resist the devil. We are not to be ignorant of his devices. But unfortunately, in today’s world, the Devil is little more than a joke. Even many professing believers of Jesus shy away from the subject for fear of appearing the fool if he’s taken too seriously.

To say that man has underestimated the Devil is a commentary as old as history itself. Satan is a deceiver in Genesis 3 and it will be the same in Revelations 20:7. The Lord today through Scripture is still warning us of “things not seen” but we continue to ignore them.

Everywhere in America today, lies are being told by the thousands and we continue to listen to them. In a time in America when many are falling away from the faith, because we will not resist the demonic forces working in our nation, we are a captured nation, and we have become a habitation of demons and the gods of ancient Babylon and Egypt are building demonic strongholds. America has become a dangerous place to live and to ignore Satan and fall away from Jesus is inviting disaster on a scale unimaginable.

Today, on spiritual warfare, I want to focus on the seriousness of the lies going on in our nation today. I hate to say it but not only are lies in our culture, government, and schools but many lies and deceptions are in our churches because of our false pastors.

Being deceived or in deception is not exactly the same thing as a lie. A lie is a contradiction of the truth but deception is what occurs when someone believes the lie. If someone tells you something that contradicts the truth, you have been lied to. If you believe what they tell you, you have been deceived. A lie doesn’t become deception until it is believed. That is why the enemy in America works at making the lies believable, subtle, and even mixed with some truth. If a lie is crafty, it’s more likely to be believed.

Once you have believed the lie and you are living in deception, then in this spiritual realm of deception, you develop a mindset called a stronghold based on that deception A stronghold is an ungodly imagination, an argument against the truth, or a deceptive way of reasoning. Strongholds are deceptive thought patterns. These deceptive thought patterns can become safe havens for the works of the flesh as well as demonic influence. Once established, these ungodly thought patterns become ungodly behavior patterns and these ungodly behavior patterns are what we refer to as spiritual bondage.

If you want to be permanently freed from spiritual bondage, you have to get to the root of the issue. You have to address the problem beyond just the symptoms of your actions and feelings, you have to get to the source of the deception. Deception is the root of all defeat. The devil is the father of all deception. Spiritual warfare is the fight to believe God’s truth over the enemy’s lies. What we believe can give power to or take power from the devil and the sin nature. Thankfully, we’re told how to deal with strongholds of deception.

Paul writes in 2 Corinthians 10-3-6, “For though we walk in the flesh, we do not war according to the flesh, for the weapons of our warfare are not of the flesh but divinely powerful for the destruction of strongholds. We are destroying speculations and every lofty thing raised up against the knowledge of God, and we are taking every thought captive to the obedience of Christ and we are ready to punish all disobedience whenever your obedience is complete.”

When Paul writes, “casting down imaginations,” he is speaking of reasonings, mindsets, or deception. These “imaginations” are the things we tell ourselves that don’t align with the truth of God’s Word. They are also the lies that demons tell us repeatedly. So “casting down imaginations” is a reference to the dispelling of deception.

We must also realize that our mind is the battlefield. Whenever you choose to believe truth, peace advances. Whenever you choose to believe the lies of Satan, darkness advances. Strongholds are built by lies and are torn down by truth. That is why we must be in the Word of God, in an intimate personal relationship with Jesus Christ and we must know our weapons of warfare and especially how to put on the full armor of God (Ephesians 6).

Putting on the full armor of God is putting on Jesus Christ with prayer. We must be in the power of the Holy Spirit to be guided into all truth and knowledge because many in the Body of Christ today are literally perishing because they have no personal relationship with Jesus Christ, no knowledge, and no power.

What God has done is He has entrusted everything on this earth to His children of faith. He has placed everything under His authority and has given us authority and dominion. He has given us great responsibility to possess the land – over all creation. There is no question who has the responsibility on this earth – His Body!!!

We can blame the Democrats, the weather, or whoever for our spiritual mess in this nation. But this is a fact that you cannot change what you do not take responsibility for. God gave us the responsibility for His Body to see to it that His will was done on earth as it is done in heaven. We have been disobedient in this and until we repent and take responsibility for our inactions in allowing Satan to take over the rule of this nation rather than God, we will remain under the judgment of God and worse – P O W E R L E S S.

For the people of God who will take responsibility for our spiritual mess in this nation, and repent, and change our mindset to obey God, He will give us the power to bring about the change we need in America. Satan has had his day in America and it is our time to have our day of obedience to our LORD Jesus Christ.

We must get organized and in one accord and say NO to Satan and YES to our LORD Jesus Christ. We must put ourselves and our own agendas to the side and get ourselves back together, and stop Satan from dividing us with names, titles, and positions so we can be united as one in Jesus Christ. The greatest title in the Kingdom of God is Servant. It’s time to come together and go to the battlefield.

I believe in my heart that the true Body of Christ in America will rise again and take their position on earth and be the Church that Jesus built and died for – like the First Century Body in the Book of Acts – going out into the streets and preaching the true Gospel at any cost and resisting Satan and regaining what he has stolen from us.

But we must never forget that every day, we must go to our closet for prayer and Bible Study and be quiet so we can hear God. This intimate relationship with our LORD Jesus Christ is a must if we expect to receive revelation, change in our life, and possess the power of the Holy Spirit!!! In this process, we must die to our flesh (Romans, Chapter 8) and renew our mind (Romans 12:1-2).

God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to “The Great Falling Away Today” by Milton Green, “Unmasking the Devil” by John Ramirez, “The Prince of the Power of the Air” by Jeffrey W. Mardis, “The Way of the Warrior” by Edwin Ralphael McManus.

© 2024 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

Sources:

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2023-04-28/montana-s-yimby-revolt-aims-to-head-off-a-housing-crisis
https://ced.sog.unc.edu/2018/07/what-exactly-is-workforce-housing-and-why-is-it-important/

By Rob Pue

March 24, 2024

As a kid, I attended a public school in a small, rural town in the 1970s and early ‘80s.  Even though it was a small public school, as I look back today, I can see we were — even then — being indoctrinated with a “globalist” agenda.  It certainly wasn’t as blatant or nearly as aggressive as it is in today’s public schools, but it was there.  The “climate change” cult was especially busy, telling us a global ice age would occur, likely before we graduated from high school.

Of course, we can now look back and see that the “ice age” propaganda eventually changed to the “global warming” propaganda, and now they simply call it “climate change.”  But the radical environmentalist cabal has been using this as a fear tactic for decades.  Today, it’s obvious to see and understand this is just a tool the globalists use as a means of control.

Still, the government has been using weather manipulation for years, especially in the last decade or two and anyone who’s witnessed the skies filled with a checkerboard pattern of chemtrails can see with their own eyes that we’re being sprayed with who-knows-what, and we can only guess the purpose, though it’s obvious it’s not for the benefit of human or animal life on earth.

And for some reason, everyone in our public school was required to read George Orwell’s book, “1984.”  Perhaps, following the code of the Luciferians, they had to tell us what they were planning in advance, before they did it.  Now, we’re literally living out the scenario of that book.  Who would have ever thought it possible?

Good is now called “evil” and evil is now called “good” and there can be no discussion or debate.  That’s not allowed. Truth is censored and scrubbed from public view.  News of Government-orchestrated disasters is put through the “spin cycle” of the mainstream media and then dispatched down the “memory hole” as if it never happened.  Today’s public school students are too young to remember 9/11 and schools are not required to teach it in history class.

And as a society we have a very short attention span and memory.  Although it’s only been three years now, most have already forgotten the draconian measures our government forced upon us with the COVID scam-demic.  Have we forgotten that they forced people to stay home?  Have we forgotten how they forced everyone to wear masks in public, recirculating their own C02 through their lungs all day long?  Have we forgotten the children being reported to police by neighbors simply for playing outdoors in their front yards?

Does anyone remember how they wrapped playground equipment in plastic snow fencing to keep kids from playing outdoors?  People driving alone in their cars, or riding their bikes while wearing masks?  People arrested for going to the beach on a hot summer day, without a mask? Do you recall the number “6” everywhere you looked?  “6” on the doors, “6” on the floors, “6” at the checkout registers.

And what about the government forcing churches to lock their doors, while allowing liquor stores and pot dispensaries to remain open?  Or those who were arrested for attending church in their cars, in church parking lots — the cars parked 6’ apart?  The cancellation of the 4th of July parades and celebrations.  The cancellation of everything.  And still today, I see people wearing masks in public, as if those nasty things are doing them any good at all… they pull them out of their dirty pockets and put them on their faces before entering a public place.  How sanitary is that?  To say nothing of the millions who lined up to get their COVID jabs, many of whom have since suffered irreparable harm and death. People are so easily manipulated.

But getting back to the public schools, I don’t care where you live or how “good” you think your local school is, I wouldn’t send any kid to any public school or college today.  These places have become nothing more than indoctrination centers pushing Communism and perversion.  Even at the college-age level, students don’t have the capacity for critical thinking, nor do they have reasoning skills or the basic knowledge to refute the lies being force-fed into their brains. They’re taught to obey the “authorities.”  “Trust the science.”  “The teacher knows best.”  “The doctor knows best.”  “Government exists to take care of you.”

Truly, the current generation of public school students are on the fast-track toward Global Communism and sexual deviancy.  Since the “official” Obama years, there’s been a drastic spike in public school students “coming out” as homosexuals.  And over the past three years of Obama’s third term, there’s been a drastic spike in kids with “gender dysphoria.”  Even if this were a “real thing,” (which it’s not), any thinking person would seek mental health care for kids with any kind of real “dysphoria.”  But instead, we are now told we must embrace and celebrate this mental delusion and illness, because to do otherwise would be harmful to the child.

Yet, those who “trust the science” believe that pumping testosterone into 11-year-old girls or estrogen into 11-year-old boys and surgically removing their sexual organs is absolutely fine.  Castrating young boys and sterilizing young girls is irreversible — and assures they’ll never be able to reproduce, never be able to have children of their own, never live a “normal” life.  This is absolute child abuse.  We’re talking about things Leftists would never, ever allow even for pedophiles or the worst of sexual predators. Yet they’re doing it to our kids, and we’re not allowed to think or say anything about it, unless we’re “affirming” it.

Even parents no longer have the right to raise their children as they wish.  Now, the Almighty State is the parent.  School teachers work behind parents’ backs to indoctrinate their kids with all manner of sexual perversion and confusion, and then they’re allowed to help them “transition” to the opposite gender and parents are not even allowed to know about it.  Those who find out and oppose these measures are often criminalized, and many have had their children taken away from them by force.  Caring parents are now the “child abusers” while the actual abusers — and the worst possible type of abusers, mind you — are the “heroes.”

There was a time when you’d go directly to jail for distributing pornography to children.  Now that same pornography has become mandatory reading in our public schools. Recently, a federal judge ruled against a group of parents in Montgomery County, Maryland, saying they have no fundamental right to opt their elementary school-aged children out of reading LGBTQP+ books that are deemed “mandatory” by the school’s curriculum.  In Texas, a powerful school board, governing the entire city of Austin, has approved new sexual education standards that some are calling “a dream scenario for pedophiles.”  The new curriculum teaches that there are 50 different genders, gives instructions on how to apply condoms and even offers tips on how to perform graphic sexual positions.  It also instructs children how to receive birth control and abortions without their parents’ consent.

Recently, the nation’s largest teacher’s union voted to officially promote child sex-change operations — for children age 5 to 12.  And public schools are now allowing children to “identify” as cats, horses and dinosaurs.  You heard me right.  This is from an article published in June of last year by London’s Daily Telegraph.  According to an investigation, schools in the UK are now allowing children to “identify” as all sorts of things.  At a state secondary school in Wales, one student is said to ‘meow’ when asked questions by a teacher.  In other schools, one apparently insists on being addressed as a dinosaur, one claims to “identify” as a horse, while another wears a cape and demands to be acknowledged as a “moon.”

When a 13-year-old girl in one of those schools objected to her classmate being “affirmed” by teachers as being a cat, the teacher called her “despicable.”  This 13-year-old student recorded the conversation with the teacher.  The teacher is heard saying, “gender is not linked to the parts that you were born with.  Gender is about how you identify…”

The teacher then added, “You are talking about the idea that ‘cisgender’ is the norm, that you identify with the sexual organ you were born with, that’s basically what you’re saying, which is really despicable.”  She then insinuated that the girl is homophobic and warned she’d be expelled from the school for thinking this way.

While this particular story is from the UK, the same things are going on in American public schools.  We now have litter boxes in restrooms for students to use who “identify” as cats.  And the New York State Education Department recently released 42 pages of new guidance for public schools that includes a section about keeping children’s gender transitions a secret from parents.

The report, titled “Creating a Safe, Supportive and Affirming School Environment for Transgender and Gender Expansive Students,” maintains that a student’s gender identity should be based on the student’s own assertion and that administrators should keep such information from families if they deem it necessary.

How are things on our American college campuses?  A veteran biology professor in Texas, who has been teaching that sex is determined by X and Y chromosomes was fired after four students walked out of his classroom.  Dr. Johnson Varkey has claimed he was let go from his teaching position at St. Philip’s College in San Antonio after he was accused of “religious preaching.”

And in Hernando County, Florida, a 5th grade teacher has stated that “parental rights are gone when your child is in the public school system.”  Also in Florida, a pastor was forcibly removed from a school board meeting for reading aloud from a pornographic book found in the local public school library.  This happened at the Indian River County School Board meeting.  The pastor simply read one sentence from the book before his microphone was cut off and he was arrested.  Other parents at the meeting attempted to read from other pornographic books from the local school library and were also cut off.

How is all this working out for the children?  After all, they tell us this is all for the “good” of the children.  Well, a mother in Appomattox County, Virginia is now suing her local school district because school district employees allegedly “transitioned” her 14-year-old daughter, who was later placed by the public defender in an all-male juvenile facility, where she was sexually assaulted and later kidnapped, raped and sex-trafficked after she ran away from the facility.  The Mom had no idea that her daughter was “identifying” as a male at school because school administrators made sure to keep that a secret from her.

And the Los Angeles Unified School District now has a “Rainbow Club,” for children as young as 5.  According to the description, “Rainbow Clubs” are for celebrating Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Nonbinary, Queer, Questioning, Intersex, Ace and Two-Spirit identities.”  These clubs are run by the local schools.

I could go on with more of these stories, but there are just too many.  The indoctrination and grooming of our children by demonic, perverted public school officials, teachers and school board members is staggering.  It’s one thing if you’re an adult and want to act out sexual deviancy in your own life.  But as the LGBTQP+ crowd has told us, they’re now coming for our kids, and they’re not ashamed to admit it.  Parents who object are labeled “domestic terrorists.”  This is child abuse at the highest levels of perversion.  It needs to stop.  And if you don’t think it’s happening where you live, you better wake up.  It’s everywhere.  While students in China are learning reading, writing and arithmetic, students in our country are learning sodomite sex.  This is the agenda of those who want to crush America.  They’re killing our kids, destroying their minds and souls.  Should not ALL of us make time to care about THAT?!

© 2024 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 423.

By Pastor Mike Spaulding

March 23, 2024

Is this not the reason you are mistaken…?  —Mark 12:24

American political rhetoric has never been more vitriolic. There has never been a more clearly defined divide between political perspectives than there is right now. The Republican Party has become the party of compromise, acquiescence, and feigned allegiance to the rule of law, that is to say, the Constitution. The Democrat Party has become the mouthpiece for every form of debauchery, evil, violence, and anti-American sentiment. With very few exceptions, what we have in Washington D. C. is a Uniparty of likeminded politicians acting a part to continue a charade of difference.

In this current political environment, the Church has elected to play the harlot in three ways. Some side with the Republican Party, choosing to believe that the Republicans represent the best hope for the survival of America. That is simply an illusion. The vision for America shared by many Republicans differs very little with that held by many Democrats as has become clear. Gridlock and finger-pointing across the aisle is simple one strategy among many that politicians employ to obfuscate their complicity in the destruction of America.

Other Christians continue to support the Democrat Party. This is a most perplexing decision given the wanton hatred for and vile attack upon anything remotely approaching an orthodox biblical position on issues of morality and Christian teaching on holiness, righteousness, and the Great Commission mandate to preach the gospel.

The third path some Christians are choosing is to disengage completely from the political process and American social and cultural life entirely. The thinking among this group is that politics is a “dirty” and “evil” enterprise, and it is better to remain above a fray that might result in the soiling of one’s reputation among other religious people of their community, within their local church, and citizens of the community in which they live and meet. Being respected in the eyes of others is much more important to these Christians than nearly anything else. This choice is only slightly better than the deceived choice of those supporting the Democrat Party. Is there another option? Of course there is another option. That option is to choose the biblically informed path of cultural engagement. What does that look like?

The Church Has Lost Its Way Because It Has Succumbed To Self-Inflicted Ignorance in Two Contexts

The twelfth chapter of Mark’s Gospel contains a parable (v. 1-12) that Jesus used to announce to the Jewish religious leaders that He knew their evil intention concerning Him, and that they were following the same path as their forefathers in persecuting or murdering every true prophet God sent to them. Most telling in this passage is verses 6-11, where Jesus prophesies the killing of the vineyard owner’s son, while simultaneously announcing to them that He in fact was the Son whom they were rejecting and intending to murder. The religious leaders understood this clearly as Mark 12:12 states.

After that exchange the Sanhedrin began to formulate the “how” they would destroy Jesus (see Mark 11:18). Their strategy resulted in a multipronged course of attack aimed at making Jesus look like an insurrectionist (Mark 12:13-17), and if that failed, a theological fool (Mark 12:18-27). Jesus rebuffed their attempts with His powerful truths. First, in Mark 12:17, Jesus reminded His antagonists that paying taxes is not the greater issue the Jewish people faced. Instead, their greater issue was honoring God with their lives. Here’s how Jesus put it: “Render to Caesar the things that are Caesar’s and to God the things that are God’s” (Mark 12:17; emphasis mine).

Then in Mark 12:24 Jesus delivers a knockout punch to the schemes of God’s enemies. There Jesus reprimanded the hypocrites with a scathing rebuke. He said: “Is this not the reason you are mistaken, that you do not understand the Scriptures or the power of God?”

Let me elaborate on that statement. Jesus calls them “mistaken.” The Greek word for mistaken is planao and is defined “to roam” from truth or virtue. Jude 13 uses a closely related word to define false teachers: “wandering (Greek planetes) stars” that will end up in darkness forever.

Now, based on the above definitions and related words for mistaken, Jesus makes two summary conclusions. First, He says the Jewish religious leaders have wandered from truth (mistaken), as evidenced by their ignorance of the Scriptures. Second, because the Jewish religious leaders have wandered from the truth, they do not know the power of God.

The grammatical construction of this verse makes an additional point that is lost in translation. The implication is that the religious leaders were ignorant of the Scriptures, and they were in that state of ignorance willfully. In other words, they did not know the truth because they did not want to know the truth. They were happy in their error. Consequently, they were willfully ignorant of the power of God. The context of their ignorance concerned the resurrection. There is an application for us to consider.

A large portion of church, ministerial, educational, and parachurch leadership, has become just like the religious leaders of Jesus’ day. They are willfully ignorant of the Scriptures and because of that they do not know the power of God. How willfully ignorant of the Scriptures are they? They demonstrate willful ignorance by the policies they support. The herd mentality among many religious leaders when it comes to so-called social justice and socialism is one glaring example today. The entire “woke” church movement is nothing more than a race baiting, critical race theory fantasy of anti-God, anti-American, and anti-freedom individuals who see a demon of racism behind every tree. The word they use to convey that belief is systemic. Racism is systemic and therefore the entire structure of our government must be destroyed and a new form of government that focuses on inclusion, intersectionality, multiculturalism, and diversity must take its place. One day these church leaders and the Christians that support them are going to realize they were hustlers for a vacuous ideology from hell.

Abandoning the truth of Scripture also cuts you off from knowing the power of God. You cannot deny the Scripture that reveals God and expect Him to move in your virtue seeking misadventures. Too many Christians chase the almighty dollar, the next new and sparkling thing they can’t live without, and falsely believe that God is in that pursuit of the good life. God casts down every vain thing that raises itself up against the knowledge of Him, and that includes the vain imaginings of people who claim the power of God working in their lives to accumulate treasures on this earth. When I speak of treasures on earth, I am not just speaking about material things. There are many prideful, arrogant, and egotistical pastors and ministry leaders who have long since become immune to criticism. They refuse to receive any form of correction and they are aided in this travesty by a cadre of boot lickers. I can tell you from personal experience that when you point out error in the teaching and behavior of our modern-day religious personalities, the mesmerized followers of these pied pipers will attack you with a vengeance.

A large segment of the Christian church is in a state of apostasy. They have accepted that whatever the culture holds as true and noble is worthy of their collaboration. How else do you explain the idiocy of transgenderism, same sex marriage, fornication, adultery, child sacrifice, drag queen normalization, and gender self-identity being supported by churches? They are mistaken! They have become dislodged from truth and are wandering stars (Jude 13) that compound their error by proclaiming their inclusiveness, as if that is a get out of jail free card from their obligation to obey God’s commands.

Why is it that many pastors encourage their congregants to call their elected representatives to voice their disapproval with a particular pending legislation, and believe they have done their duty? How has the church become blind such that they think that the politicians in Washington D. C. or in their own state capitals care what they think about anything?

Why do Christians expect politicians to do what they are unwilling to do? Listen to me Christian: your elected representative is not your proxy for what God has called you to be and to do. Your elected representative is not going to go out into the streets and protest the wonton destruction of life at the nearest abortion mill. Your elected representative is not going to share the Gospel of Jesus Christ with your neighbors. Politicians are not going to restore any kind of Christian morality to our communities or our local schools. There is only one way these things will ever happen, and that is IF Christians decide that Satan has destroyed enough of our nation and rise up in mass and do something about it.

The church has made the same mistake the Sadducees made when they confronted Jesus about the resurrection. Jesus’ final remark to them was about their ignorance of the God they said they knew and served. Jesus said: “He is not the God of the dead, but of the living; you are greatly mistaken.”

Christians treat God like He is absent in space and time, like He is there but not really involved in their lives. Christians act like God will not move in our day to defeat the demonic hordes of mindless citizens and their political handlers who have become addicted to the US Federal Government’s largess, to the satanic propaganda of the media, to the drug infested, Satan worshipping Hollywood pedophile elites, who constantly churn out anti-American subterfuge. Christians have become a castrated shell of what God intended.

Thankfully, God has kept for Himself a remnant that has not bowed the knee to Baal. Satan is ravaging America and Christians could not care less. You are mistaken if you think Washington D. C. will save us. The beast system that has conquered Washington D. C. and every federal agency therein is not the friend of the true Christian. We must stop looking to them for any type of assistance and start standing against the Luciferians that control Washington D. C. It is time to mount up and ride out into the war.

God will move when Christians move into the streets and begin an aggressive insurgency against the spiritual forces of darkness that has a choke hold on America. Will you rise up and join God’s Warriors?

© 2024 Mike Spaulding – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Mike Spaulding: drmichaelspaulding@gmail.com

By Paul Angel

March 23, 2024

• A well regulated militia is necessary to a free state. Then why is Congress trying to disarm them?
• Congress wants to make it illegal for your neighborhood watch or church security group to train to defend themselves and others.
• What happens if it becomes illegal for people to assemble to prepare to defend themselves?

The gun grabbers in Congress are at it again. Attempts to disarm the American people have only been moderately successful over the past few years, so a bill was recently introduced in the House of Representatives. Entitled the “Preventing Private Paramilitary Activity Act of 2024”, this bill wants to make it a crime for private citizens to work together to defend their rights. If this bill were to become law some day, even training together could not only get you fined, but placed in jail, possibly for life.

Have these members of Congress forgotten that our war of independence was started by an attempt by the British governor of Massachusetts to disarm the people? That the the battles of Lexington and Concord were fought by private citizens who formed a militia? Or could it be that they just don’t care about our rights and the Constitution, and are just looking for another way to subjugate the American people?

Sometimes I wonder if there are those in Congress actually trying to start a new war of independence? I only ask because it seems there are some in that body who seem dead set on repeating the mistakes the British made back in the 18th century. Take, for example, the battles of Lexington and Concord.

Battle of Lexington

After a decade of tension between the British government and the American Colonies, the Commander-in-Chief of the British forces in North America, Thomas Gage, was given the authority to use force to find and destroy military supplies. On April 18, 1775, General Gage ordered approximately 800 British troops to march to Concord to destroy weapons and ammunition he believed were hidden there. When the patriots in Boston learned of the orders, they dispatched Paul Revere and William Dawes to ride to Concord, warning those they could along the way. By the early hours of April 19th, the local militia, under the command of Captain John Parker, had assembled on Lexington Green. At dawn the British troops, under the command of Lieutenant John Pitcairn, marched into Lexington. Lt. Pitcairn ordered Parker and his men to drop their weapons and disperse. A shot rang out, from which side no one truly knows, but once it did, both sides opened fire. This “shot heard ’round the world” was the beginning of open combat between the British and Americans.

The actions of General Gage and Lt. Pitcairn were not intended to start a war, but they did. The desire of tyrants to disarm their subjects did not start in the American colonies, but the fight against such usurpation is certainly part of our American DNA. Our right to keep and bear arms has been enshrined in the Second Amendment, along with our need for a militia. Or, as these members of Congress wish to call them, “Private Paramilitary Activity”.

Preventing Private Paramilitary Activity Act of 2024

Ever since 1934 and the passing of the National Firearms Act, Congress and the federal government as a whole, has claimed the power to infringe on your right to keep and bear arms because they think they know best. Certain weapons were too dangerous for private use. Certain places were too dangerous for you to defend yourself. And now, with the introduction of the Private Paramilitary Activity Act of 2024, Congress wants to tell you that certain groups are too dangerous to be armed.

(a) Offense.—It shall be unlawful to knowingly, in a circumstance described in subsection (b), while acting as part of or on behalf of a private paramilitary organization and armed with a firearm, explosive or incendiary device, or other dangerous weapon—

“(1) publically patrol, drill, or engage in techniques capable of causing bodily injury or death;

“(2) interfere with, interrupt, or attempt to interfere with or interrupt government operations or a government proceeding;

“(3) interfere with or intimidate another person in that person’s exercise of any right under the Constitution of the United States;

“(4) assume the functions of a law enforcement officer, peace officer, or public official, whether or not acting under color of law, and thereby assert authority or purport to assert authority over another person without the consent of that person; or

“(5) train to engage in any activity described in paragraphs (1) through (4).

Private Paramilitary Activity Act of 2024

That’s quite a laundry list of things Congress wants to prohibit. Let’s start with how Congress wishes to define a “private paramilitary organization”.

The term ‘private paramilitary organization’ means any group of 3 or more persons associating under a command structure for the purpose of functioning in public or training to function in public as a combat, combat support, law enforcement, or security services unit.

Private Paramilitary Activity Act of 2024

Basically, Congress wants to outlaw militias, except for some we’ll talk about later. A militia is defined as:

a: a part of the organized armed forces of a country liable to call only in emergency
b: a body of citizens organized for military service

Militia – Merriam-Webster Online Dictionary

Militias are essential not only to our individual freedom, but the freedom of our states.

A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment II

Without a militia, our states would be defenseless against federal intrusion and overreach. Without the ability for citizens to come together to defend themselves, they would be defenseless against all enemies, foreign and domestic. It’s not just the militia that Congress is trying to control, but our right to peaceably assemble for our own defense.

Look at the things Congress doesn’t want the people to train for: “a combat, combat support, law enforcement, or security services unit.” Do you look at the world around us and wonder if or when society falls apart, will we be forced to defend ourselves? Are you concerned that something like the movie Red Dawn will actually happen here? Or have you watched the riots in Minneapolis-St. Paul, Seattle, New York, Chicago, and other cities, and want to prepare should something like that happen near you? According to Congress, if you get two friends to work together, you could be a private paramilitary organization.

Are you part of church security team, a neighborhood watch, or any other group who prepares should they need to provide for their own security? Then you most definitely part of a private paramilitary organization according to this legislation. Even the act of training for such an eventuality is considered unlawful under this act.

Congress does claim to restrict this act to certain circumstances:

The circumstances described in this subsection are that the conduct described in subsection (a)—

“(1) involves—

“(A) travel across a State line or national border; or

“(B) the use of the channels, facilities, or instrumentalities of interstate or foreign commerce;

“(2) involves a firearm, explosive or incendiary device, or dangerous weapon that has traveled in interstate or foreign commerce;

“(3) involves the use of ammunition or a large capacity ammunition feeding device that has traveled in interstate or foreign commerce;

“(4) obstructs, delays, or affects interstate or foreign commerce; or

“(5) occurs wholly within any commonwealth, territory, or possession of the United States.

Private Paramilitary Activity Act of 2024

Do you want to help out at the southern border? Better not cross state lines to do it. Want to assist during a riot or national disaster? Congress seems to want you to stay home rather than help. And unless you just happen to live near a firearm and ammunition factory, you’re going to have get such tools through interstate or foreign commerce.

Why this focus on interstate or foreign commerce? Because these people in Congress are trying to cloak their tyranny under the Commerce Clause, which delegates to Congress the power:

To regulate Commerce with foreign Nations, and among the several States, and with the Indian Tribes;

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 3

However, this isn’t regulating commerce. It’s regulating people, isolating them, and making it illegal for them work together to even prepare to defend themselves.

Of course, these members of Congress did, sort of, write in some exceptions to their tyranny.

Subsection (a) shall not apply to—

“(1) the armed forces of the United States, the National Guard, the Naval Militia, any regularly organized State militia, or any unorganized or reserve militia called into service by a State or the United States;

“(2) a group of individuals who—

“(A) associate as a military organization solely for purposes of historical reenactment or study; or

“(B) parade in public as part of a bona fide veterans organization with no intent to engage in the activities prohibited by subsection (a);

“(3) students in an educational institution authorized by the Federal Government or a State to teach military science as a prescribed part of the course of instruction, when under the supervision of a military instructor; or

“(4) members of an organization that is authorized under Federal or State law to provide paramilitary, law enforcement, or security services training or to engage in paramilitary activity, law enforcement, or security services when performing the functions authorized by law and, in the case of paramilitary activity and law enforcement functions, when under the direction and control of a governmental authority.

Private Paramilitary Activity Act of 2024

You see, if you are part of a government authorized, and therefore government regulated, “paramilitary organization”, then that’s just fine. Let We the People work together to protect ourselves though, and the tyrants in Congress get very upset.

Now what good would such a law be if there weren’t some penalties applied?

Any person who violates subsection (a) shall be fined under this title, imprisoned for not more than 1 year, or both, except that—

“(1) in the case of a violation that does not result in bodily injury and is committed by a person who has not, prior to the commission of the violation, been convicted of violating a Federal or State law, the person may be sentenced to probation for a term of not more than 1 year;

“(2) in the case of a violation that occurs after a prior conviction under this section has become final, the person shall be fined under this title, imprisoned for not more than 2 years, or both;

“(3) in the case of a violation that results in damage to property, the person shall be fined under this title, imprisoned for not more than 2 years, or both; and

“(4) in the case of a violation that results in—

“(A) bodily injury, the person shall be fined under this title, imprisoned for not more than 5 years, or both; or

“(B) death, the person shall be fined under this title and imprisoned for any term of years or for life.

“(2) PROCEDURES.—Section 413 of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 853), with the exception of subsections (a) and (d), shall apply to the criminal forfeiture of property pursuant to this subsection.

Private Paramilitary Activity Act of 2024

Basically, the penalties start at a fine, without any limitation on how large, and a year in federal prison, for the act of collectively preparing to defend yourself and your neighbors. But wait, there’s more.

“(e) Forfeiture.—

“(1) IN GENERAL.—Any person who violates subsection (a) shall forfeit to the United States any property, personal or real, involved in, used, or intended to be used, in any manner or part, to commit, or to facilitate the commission of, the violation, or that constitutes or is derived from proceeds traceable to the violation.

“(2) PROCEDURES.—Section 413 of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 853), with the exception of subsections (a) and (d), shall apply to the criminal forfeiture of property pursuant to this subsection.

Private Paramilitary Activity Act of 2024

That’s right, if you are convicted, the federal government gets your stuff. Depending on what type and how much equipment you and your friends purchased, that could be thousands, possibly millions of dollars.

Conclusion

Should this piece of legislation become law, it would be void because it violates at least three rights protected by the Constitution of the United States.

First, it obviously violates the Second Amendment, since it infringes on people’s right to keep and bear arms. It also violates the First Amendment’s Assembly clause.

Congress shall make no law … prohibiting … the right of the people peaceably to assemble,

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

This law doesn’t prohibit people for assembling to cause violence, it prohibits people from publicly drilling, patrolling, or engaging in techniques that are capable of causing bodily injury. Tell me, does that mean that a baseball team cannot walk onto the field with their bats on their shoulders? Because not only can playing that game cause bodily injury, but baseball bats are technically clubs, and according to the FBI clubs are used to commit murder more often than the terrifying “assault weapon”. Congress cannot take away your right to peacefully assemble because you MAY do something or because it looks scary.

Furthermore, Congress cannot prevent you from interfering with government operation or proceedings if they are illegal. Courts have found that people can defend themselves against unlawful arrest, though I would recommend you have a VERY good case before you try it. Even the Supreme Court, in the case John Bad Elk v. United States found that Mr. Bad Elk had legitimately used lethal force to defend himself against a law enforcement officer who was unnecessarily using excessive force to arrest him.

Perhaps we should remind those in Congress of another examples where a private militia rose up to protect the rights of others. In the Battle of Athens, TN, veterans armed themselves and fought against law enforcement and government officials who were trying to steal an election. When the corrupt Sheriff left the county, it was the “private paramilitary organization” that patrolled the streets to keep law and order until a new Sheriff could be elected.

Last, but certainly not least, this act would violate the Fifth Amendment’s Due Process Clause.

No person shall be … be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment V

You have a right to live at liberty, without restraint except as necessary for public safety. Patrolling a neighborhood armed is not a danger to public safety. Publicly drilling in the use of weapons, martial arts, or anything that is capable of causing bodily injury is not a danger to public safety. And never forget that government actors, including law enforcement, are there to serve you, not the other way around.

I can see only one logical reason for this type of legislation. Similar to the orders to destroy the firearms and ammunition of the colonists, this legislation is meant to leave the American people unarmed, untrained, and unprepared to act as a free people. This leaves them dependent on government for their own safety, and makes them subject to the government’s will. This bill should not only be named the “Disarming The Militia Act”, It should be called the “Preparing to Enslave the American People Act”.

© 2024 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

by Kathleen Marquardt

March 23, 2024

There is a drive on to invade the sanctity of your home by forcing you to share it with illegal aliens. For decades our housing rules and regulations have been thrust on us via federal grants from Housing and Urban Development (HUD), Department of Transportation, (DOT, and other departments – all set up to reinvent government. At the same time the global elite (those who are in control of our nation and others are using non-governmental organizations (NGO) – all under the aegis of the United Nations (UN) — the American Planning Association (APA), Urban Lands Institute (ULI), and so many too numerous to list on a single page. All to push humans as well as animals and crops off urban and even suburban land, into cities. This, all while making the cities conform to Smart Growth/stack’n’pack housing, and now, 15-minute, Smart Cities. The useless eaters – anyone over 65 or handicapped – are to be relegated to “nursing homes, tucked away in tiny rooms and fed any and all drugs of choice so they might sojourn off this mortal coil prematurely.

It wasn’t that long ago when owners of single-family homes were forbidden to build a mother-in-law unit – no matter how large their property was. Now, thanks to our federal government, unconstitutionally, bringing in millions of illegals we are suddenly pressed to build those and more. And they are finding new, unique ways to find housing for them — Pushing the public to give them rooms in their homes;, taking over hotels, urging others to build pod homes in their backyards. (It is going to be interesting when the original homeowner decides to sell and learns that he may own his house structure and maybe 4 or 5 feet of land around it, but the rest belongs to the squatters (no, there are no laws on this yet, but you can bet your sweet bippie it, or something worse, will come down from those same unelected, federal officials in D.C. who have been restructuring the federal government and America itself for the past almost 100 years.

I’m not going to take you back to Habitat I or II, or Agenda 21, but since the early 2000s we’ve been through “visioning meetings (controlled by trained facilitators to get us to say the words they want to hear, “that we want – smaller homes, walkable/bikeable cities, more public transportation – and a park, library, stores, and medical services (but no churches) all close by”. i.e., Smart cities using International Building Codes (IBC) so we conform to the rest of the world.

Then Blue Lines, boundaries around the cities, designate where construction would end — rather like the Berlin Wall No construction outside that blue line. Next, we saw the stealing of rural land for so-called green energy) and CO2 pipelines — which are anything but green.

All of this was done before the floodgates were opened to any and all illegals – but especially to the dangerous, military-age men. The thieves in DC welcomed those who despise our culture and are opposed to our values, attitudes, and beliefs. If the powers that be really believe in these interlopers, why are they asking us, the middle-class people with modest-sized homes to welcome them in – they, the elites, Obama, Biden, Gates, et al have numerous huge homes. Let them set the example. In my dreams.

The scary part is that much of the public are accepting this abomination from their state and federal officials. I realize that many have been dumbed-down for decades, but it is hard to believe that this isn’t – finally — waking them up. I always believed Americans were different; that when the SHTF they would wake up – especially those in the Midwest and Rocky Mountain states. Now I must accept Montana bumper stickers and license-plate holder statements were great and maybe worked while I was still living there. But today, Don’t Californicate Montana is just a meme that had meaning back in pre-internet times. I truly thought Montanans would not let themselves be so corrupted as to let the California refugees from Newsom-ville, Oregon, Washington and Hollywood erase their great values. Yet, they have, starting with electing RINOs to the highest government offices (I should say ‘more RINOs; there have always been some snakes in the grass. So, Montana, following Colorado down the sewer hole, is on-board with one of the latest property-stealing schemes of the New World Order. To wit:

From Bloomberg news: [1]

“Lawmakers in Montana’s state legislature advanced bills in April that would shake up zoning, land use and building codes, making it much easier for property owners to build new housing — and much harder for local authorities to stop them.

“A flurry of five separate “Yes In My Backyard” bills — all five sponsored by Republican legislators — are winding their way through various committees. One would require cities to permit backyard flats and other accessory dwelling units by right”.

Oy, there’s more:

“The wave of legislation is the work of a diverse group of advocates from both the political left and right. The coalition behind this push is clear about its goal: Montana needs to head off a housing crisis at the pass.

“On this point advocates can agree, even if on almost every other subject, they’re worlds apart. And by joining forces, this left-right coalition cleared a political impasse that has blocked so-called housing-abundant policies, which strive to remove barriers to new construction.

“’We were able to go to mostly Republicans and talk about free markets the importance of property rights. They were able to go to folks on the left and talk about climate and social impacts’,” says Kendall Cotton, president and CEO of the Frontier Institute, a right-leaning free-market think tank. “It doesn’t break down on normal partisan lines. Advocates shouldn’t silo themselves on the normal partisan lines.”

”The YIMBY movement taking shape in Helena is unusual in the US: Few states with a Republican governor, much less with a GOP supermajority in the legislature, have advanced such sweeping efforts to promote new housing construction in cities. Some red states have seen the opposite happen: When Gainesville became the first city in Florida to end single-family-only zoning locally, state leaders threatened legal action, and local Democrats repealed the ordinance before it could take effect.”

And the Governor is fully behind it!

“The YIMBY movement taking shape in Helena is unusual in the US: Few states with a Republican governor, much less with a GOP supermajority in the legislature, have advanced such sweeping efforts to promote new housing construction in cities.”

This goes hand in glove with Workforce Housing.

Workforce housing took off from the “affordable housing” legislation in the 1940s and the Housing act of 1949. Like everything in big government, the housing legislation and regulations grew exponentially.

According to the Urban Land Institute (ULI), Workforce Housing is defined as housing affordable to households earning between 60 and 120 percent of area median income (AMI). Workforce housing targets middle-income workers which includes professions such as police officers, firefighters, teachers, health care workers, retail clerks, and the like. Households who need workforce housing may not always qualify for housing subsidized by the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) program or the Housing Choice Vouchers program (formerly known as Section 8), which are two major programs in place for addressing affordable housing needs. [2]

So the idea is to keep moving up the income ladder for subsidized housing until the government owns all housing as they find more and more ways to get us out of our homes.

Yep, according to them they are planning to:

♦ Create a dedicated housing trust fund
♦ Repurpose vacant land and underutilized retail space
♦ Adopt inclusionary zoning (see a prior CED blog post on the topic
♦ Create a community land trust (see a prior CED post on the topic
♦ Update land development codes to encourage development in already urbanized areas
♦ Allow single-family homeowners to build and rent out accessory dwelling units

All the things that used to be verboten. This repurposing of vacant land and underutilized retail space – isn’t that right now private property? That someone owns and might have other plans? And inclusionary zoning? We saw a lot of that about ten years ago. (what was the project John Anthony was fighting?)

And the community land trusts? Who in their right mind would buy a house on land they don’t own? “Updating land development codes to encourage development in already urbanized areas” is what has been happening recently. Squeeze in smaller dwelling units (I won’t call them houses), and remove parking spaces (to lessen mobility). And I already spoke about the “accessory dwelling units”.

These are a small sample of legislation and regulations being put into place to destroy property rights. Washington State Supreme Court Justice Richard B. Sanders wrote a “Fifth Amendment” treatise which included the following definition of property rights:

“Property in a thing consists not merely in its ownership and possession, but in the unrestricted right of use, enjoyment, and disposal. Anything which destroys any of the elements of property, to that extent, destroys the property itself. The substantial value of property lies in its use. If the right of use be denied, the value of the property is annihilated, and ownership is rendered a barren right.”

That is one of the best definitions of property rights. And that doesn’t just mean land and housing; your clothes, animals, and your body are your property. They can all be stolen from you; only your thoughts are not able to be stolen (or are they with AI? But the point is, that our government and its public/private partnership entities are assiduously going after our every property.

We must not wait a minute longer; we must stand up and say “NO! I am not going to let you destroy me, my family or America”. Remember, we are “of the people, for the people, by the people”.

© 2024 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koipolloi@protonmail.com

Sources:

1. https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2023-04-28/montana-s-yimby-revolt-aims-to-head-off-a-housing-crisis
2. https://ced.sog.unc.edu/2018/07/what-exactly-is-workforce-housing-and-why-is-it-important/

By Dennis Linthicum

March 22, 2024

The failures of our state’s executive offices have dominated the headlines, amplifying the urgency for comprehensive accountability, transparency, and ethics reform.

The abandonment of our nation’s foundational principles is exacerbated by fraudulent policies festering within the Secretary of State’s (SoS) office.

The current Secretary of State, a Democrat, is the person responsible for creating an AI version of Orwell’s “Ministry of Truth” and is already wielding that dystopian power over Oregonians.

A contract was signed with Logically, AI to use “artificial intelligence” in order to stop MDM – Misinformation, Disinformation, and Mal-information. But this isn’t simply a local effort, it is global.

This entity, Logically, AI enables “mutually beneficial collaborations with like-minded organizations, accelerating progress in the fight against misinformation and disinformation.” Now, exactly where can I see a list of words that I should avoid or what might be considered “misinformation”? Hmmm…

Logically, AI monitors critical election data in 13 different Democrat controlled states. This allows Oregon’s SoS to leverage national election information against the best interest of Oregon’s own citizens.

Everything you read, write, say, purchase or eat could potentially be gathered for use against you in a legal nightmare. Why? Could it be you are a Republican, or an America First supporter? Or, a concerned parent at a local school board meeting?

In Mao’s America : a survivor’s warning, Xi Van Fleet describes her first-hand experience with China’s Cultural Revolution. She notes, “free speech is allowed as long you are aligned with the woke-sters. Otherwise, it is hate speech and needs to be banned.”

We can put an end to this dystopian nightmare.

As your Secretary of State, I pledge to:

♦ Restore election integrity and promote diligent custodial ownership of election records:
♦ Advocate for in-person local precinct voting with ID
♦ Safeguard the elections for the integrity of every Oregonian’s vote
♦ Demand rigorous government audit accountability
♦ Conduct meticulous audits across executive agencies and departments
♦ Promote and nurture realistic resource development goals

My goal is to restore accountability to Salem by using my knowledge, understanding and strategic awareness. I have seasoned experience and unwavering determination and I pledge to curb executive agency and departmental overreach.

The battle for Oregon begins now – your support is vital!

Best Regards,
Dennis Linthicum
Oregon State Senate – District 28

© 2024 Dennis Linthicum – All Rights Reserved

Email: sen.DennisLinthicum@gmail.com

By Karen Schoen

March 22, 2024

Cheap Labor?

Isn’t that what the whole immigration issue is about?

Business doesn’t want to pay a decent wage.

Consumers don’t want expensive produce.

Government will tell you Americans don’t want the jobs.

But the bottom line is cheap labor and Tax Subsidies.

Let’s take Cheap Labor First

The phrase “cheap labor” is a myth, a farce, and a lie.

There is no such thing as “cheap labor.”

Take, for example, an illegal alien with a wife and five children.

He takes a job for $5.00 or $6.00/hour. At that wage, with six dependents, he pays no income tax, yet at the end of the year, if he files an Income Tax Return, he gets an ” earned income credit” of up to $3,200 free.

He qualifies for Section 8 housing and subsidized rent.   Taxpayers expense

He qualifies for food stamps.. Taxpayers expense

He qualifies for free (no deductible, no co-pay) health care. Taxpayers expense

His children get free breakfasts and lunches at school.  Taxpayers expense

He requires bilingual teachers and books. Taxpayers expense

He qualifies for relief from high energy bills… Taxpayers expense

If they are or become, aged, blind or disabled, they qualify for SSI. Taxpayers expense

Once qualified for SSI they can qualify for Medicare. Taxpayers expense

All of this is at (our) taxpayer’s expense.

He doesn’t worry about car insurance, life insurance, health insurance or homeowners insurance.

Taxpayers provide Spanish/Multi Lingual language signs, bulletins and printed material.

He and his family receive the equivalent of $20.00 to $30.00/hour in benefits. Taxpayers expense

Working Americans are lucky to have $5.00 or $6.00/hour left after paying their bills as well as the illegal’s bills.

The American taxpayers also pay for increased crime, graffiti and trash clean-up.

Since we are paying for all the illegal’s ‘free stuff”  the corporations can pay them less adding to their profit.

Now add Tax Subsidies

On top of that Corporations now qualify for WOTC

The WOTC, Work Opportunity Tax Credit, extended until 2025 is being used by corporations to hire people in certain categories.  Once hired using DIE principal, the corporation gets a $10000 per person per year tax subsidy. Tyson is a perfect example. Tyson just fired 1200 Americans and will 5200 illegals. How many other companies will follow suit? [Link]

Put that together with the Workforce Housing Tax Credit and major corporations will be building low income housing for their workers while getting another tax subsidy on the back of the taxpayer. [Link]

In addition OBiden is printing $35 Billion to convert commercial building to rental units to house the illegals that are invading our country.  The taxpayer is fleeced again and the House gives more money. [Link]

OBiden’s policies are causing the US treasury to print $1Trillion every 90 days.

Since we are paying for all their “free Stuff” the illegals can go on a spending spree and the economic indicators charting purchases will make the economy look strong.

In reality we are printing money to give to illegals so they can spend the money buying stuff making the corporations lots of profit.  In addition the corporations get so many subsidies that they are getting really cheap labor.

Imagine $15,098 per person per year goes to the government to support the illegals OBiden has brought to America to replace you. Can you use an extra $15,000? Are you happy yet? [Link]

Cheap labor? YEAH RIGHT!  Wake up people!

Ask your cnadidates questions VET them carefully and hold them accountable.

WHEN THEY LIE TO US AND DON’T DO AS THEY SAY,  REPLACE THEM ALL!

You will not hear this on MSM.  More illegals have gotten jobs under the OBiden regime than at any other time. Those “great” job numbers you hear are jobs for illegals.  Free speech is having its lights turned off. Although the Globalists yell constantly they are for free speech, they are only for the free speech that agrees with their vision. Nationalists will dream of their future, their life and set a plan to achieve that dream. Globalists will have a visions of life and demand you fit into their vision without deviation. If you disagree they will squash you.

It seems as though the Blacks, Hispanics and LGBTQ+++, are no longer the favored chosen ones. Americans are being replaced by illegals with tax subsidies and votes.

Remember: 

Everything is connected. Nothing is random, Everything has a plan. All plans are lies. All Globalists want is MONEY, POWER, CONTROL Don’t give them yours. Challenge them with the truth. Doing Nothing is affirmation. Get 5 people and share this article. Ask them to share with 5 people and continue. We can bypass MSM. Share with your 5.

Great video to share with your 5. https://planetofthehumans.com/ 

© 2024 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Website: http://www.karenschoen.com

Join Me on the Radio: Show Link https://www.americaoutloud.news/the-prism-of-americas-education/

Show: Sat and Sun 7AM ET and 5PM ET on  https://www.americaoutloud.news/

Podcasts and Articles:  karenbschoen.com   karenschoen.substack.com

……………………………………………………………………………….

Tell the US HOUSE to DEFUND the W.H.O.

The W.H.O. the Globalist UN World Health Organization decided they should control world health under any emergency they declare like climate change.  I do not want our legislators to give away our national sovereignty to a group of power hungry control freaks in the UN. Tell your legislators.

Communicate with congress, join https://sovereigntycoalition.org/

……………………………………………………………………………………

Call Speaker Johnson.  -202-225-2777  or 318-951-4316

Johnson will continue to CR us into more debt if we don’t stop him.

Federal Issues:

Contact your Federal legislators. Separate the issues and call for each.
Representatives:  https://www.house.gov/
Senators: https://www.senate.gov

……………………………………………………………………………………….

Call your legislator Send them an email, tweet, phone call.

Close the Border or Close the government
NO CR (Continuing Resolution)
No Welfare for Illegals
Free J6 prisoners

By Frosty Wooldridge

March 21, 2024

If you look up official poverty rates in America, you would be dumbfounded.  In the richest country in the world, over 38,000,000 Americans live in poverty.

Official Poverty Measure

• The official poverty rate in America in 2022 was 11.5 percent, with 37.9 million people subsist in poverty. Neither the rate nor the number in poverty was significantly different from 2021.

Another disturbing statistic:  according to government records, in excess of 50,000 African American children cannot find Foster Homes…so they live in orphanages. At the same time, 7 out of 10 African American children are born to single mothers subsisting on welfare and Section 8 Housing.  All of them paid for by your taxpayer dollars.

Another sobering statistic: in excess of 40,000,000 Americans subsist on EBT cards, also known as “food stamps.”  In fact, millions of legal immigrants live on food stamps.  In other words, they arrive in America without any means or abilities to support their lives as to food, housing or medical care.

Another sickening statistic: in excess of 582,000 Americans suffer homelessness as of the last count by www.endhomelessness.com (org) That’s over ½ million people living in tents, under tarps, out in the woods, mentally ill, drug addicts, their children lost, and more disgusting situations than can be counted.

Americans face four kinds of poverty. United State House Committee on the Budget:

1. Unexpected setback, such as job loss
2. Stuck in the poverty trap, through generations of government dependence and policy that discourages work, welfare
3. Disabled and mentally ill, who truly need assistance
4. Alcoholics, addicts and others who choose this way of life and need to make a change

How many Americans suffer unemployment?  While you listen to the news tell you that our unemployment stands at 3.4 percent. That equates to 6.5 million people who cannot obtain a job that allows them a livable income.

Substance Abuse Statistics

Among Americans aged 12 years and older, 37.309 million were current illegal drug users (used within the last 30 days) as of 2020.

• 13.5% of Americans 12 and over used drugs in the last month, a 3.8% increase year-over-year (YoY).
• 59.277 million or 21.4% of people 12 and over have used illegal drugs or misused prescription drugs within the last year.
• 138.543 million or 50.0% of people aged 12 and over have illicitly used drugs in their lifetime.
• Usership among people aged 12 and over is down 0.4% YoY.
• 138.522 million Americans 12 and over drink alcohol.
• 28.320 million or 20.4% of them have an alcohol use disorder.
• 57.277 million people use tobacco or nicotine products (vape).
• 25.4% of illegal drug users have a drug disorder.
• 24.7% of those with drug disorders have an opioid disorder; this includes prescription pain relievers or “pain killers” and heroin).

American Highway Deaths from Alcohol, Drugs and Texting

• 95,000 Americans die from alcohol-related causes annually; 68,000 of them are men. 27,000 of them are women. 47,500 deaths are attributable to the long-term health consequences of drinking too much over time. 80% of alcohol-related deaths involved adults aged 35 or older.
• Around 18,000 die from crashes
• Around 11,000 texting accidents annually, 4,000 deaths

What are we doing to our country?

The insanity of these statistics shows the irony of our priorities in America.  With all the nightmare facts just presented, Joe Biden just invited another 11 million homeless, mentally ill, unskilled and totally incompatible human refugees into America in the past 39 months.

We’ve got so many of our own problems that it would take a book to enumerate them.  Yet, we allow that bunch of 535 Swamp Rats in Washington DC to continue without solving our own problems let alone the rest of the world’s.

You cannot help but ask yourself, “How did America get so screwed up?”  “How did we let our politicians’ endemic corruption continue to be re-elected?”  “Why do we allow incompetent/corrupt politicians to be re-elected for decades when they’ve proven they are useless and corrupt?”

Looking across the American landscape in 2024, it’s terribly despairing if not depressing as to how downgraded our country has become.  This journalist is not optimistic as to 2024 and the years ahead.

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

March 21, 2024

Our Fellow Buckeyes need our help!!

As many of you know, Pass The Salt Ministries is always on the front lines in disaster relief.  Hurricane Katrina was the first relief effort that we were active in where we kept a boots-on-the-ground team for 6 weeks.  Since then, our efforts have taken us to Texas, Fla, Louisiana, Alabama, and Mississippi.  NOW, MY HOME STATE NEEDS OUR HELP!!

Last week tornadoes ravage Western Ohio.  Indian Lake is a name that may be familiar to some of the old folks because it was the name of a Song made famous by the singing family THE COWSILL’s.  Do you remember the lyrics “Indian Lake is a scene you should make with your little ones.   Just keep it in mind if you’re looking to find a place in the Summer sun. Swim in the cove, have a snack in the grove or you can rent a canoe.  At Indian Lake you’ll be able to make the way the Indians do.”  Here is the vid.

Well, Indian Lake is a real place and much of those who live in this quaint little village have lost everything.  We are asking you to help us help Indian Lake.

We are organizing a team for this weekend…March 21-24…for efforts in Western Ohio.  Tornadoes ravaged the Indian Lake area and massive cleanup efforts are underway.  We do general clean up…brush…trees…shingles…plywood…    Many hands make light-work.

Could you help us help the folks in Indian Lake?  Many have lost everything.  At least three people died.  Please watch this tornado.  This is small town America, folks.  Flyover county, home of what Hillary called The Deplorables.  No one is coming to rescue them.  The Ukraine isn’t sending any money their way.  It is up to folks like you and me to help our neighbors in their time of need.

Will you help us help them?   Watch this.

Our team will be on the ground for 3 days.  Many have come from across the country.  We ask nothing from the locals.  We pay our own way.  The area needs help clearing the debris.  But the folks have lost everything.  We got this list of things they need.

The list seems so simple…and desperate.

Donate.  Please do not give to the RED CROSS…they are, for the most part, a Government-controlled agency.  We work directly with churches and put the money in the hands of LOCAL PASTORS who can meet the needs of the community.   You can give online at www.CoachDaveLive.com/donate or mail a check to Pass The Salt Box 744  Hebron, Ohio  43025.  Your gift is tax deductible.

This is also a wonderful GOSPEL opportunity.  Heartbroken people are always more open to the Gospel…and we minister as we work.  A team of 30 or so of us are already boots on the ground as you read this commentary.

This work may be on-going.  We will know more next week.  Please help us help our BUCKEYES!!

If everyone reading this would give $10 to the cause we can give hope to hurting Americans?  Isn’t it about time we focused our generosity here at home?

Click here.  www.CoachDaveLive.com/donate.  Let’s make Indian Lake Great Again!

© 2024 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

by Lee Duigon

March 21, 2024

Keep your eye on this Supreme Court case, being argued as we speak. Our (ahem!) government claims there are times when the First Amendment has to be ignored. [Link]

At issue is The Regime’s reaction to the “Once-in-a-lifetime Pandemic,” a dire emergency, yatta-yatta, that called for massive censorship and justified all sorts of violations of the First Amendment (“You’re all gonna die if you don’t let us do this!”). They went so far as to set up CISA, the “Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency—“set up to ban and throttle election-related speech Democrats dislike.”

Yeahbut, yeahbut! It was an emergency, don’tcha know—a once-in-a-lifetime Pandemic that had to be dealt with by any means necessary.

Can you say “slippery slope”? Ice greased with lard.

And as for “once-in-a-lifetime,” they also imposed “overt censorship” of news concerning irregularities (understatement of the year!) in the 2020 election… and the flap over Hunter Biden’s laptop. By “once” I guess they mean “as often as we feel like it.”

They argue that COVID-19 was the kind of emergency that excuses government’s violations of the First Amendment. It would seem Freedom of Speech is only in force when everything is hunky-dory and we don’t have any emergencies. By Jove, it’s a luxury! All these times when government must demand overt censorship… And guess who gets to decide what is an emergency.

What is our Bill of Rights worth, if at any time it can be superseded by some hacks in the White House who think everybody should just shut up? What happens to our republic if we have to wake up wondering if the First Amendment is still good today?

All over the world, governments are working to shut down free speech. Canada, the UK, Australia, Germany, New Zealand… And here at home, the party in power is trying to jail the opposition party’s presidential candidate. What is this—America 2.0? It doesn’t look much like the United States that I grew up in. Lately the excuse was COVID. What’ll it be tomorrow—Joe Biden’s poll numbers? I’m guessing “Women’s Health”: they’re desperate to establish abortion on demand as one of those things that makes America America. Or maybe they’ll shut you down for criticizing your local school board’s transgender policy. Like, “Millions will die!” if they don’t.

Would this have surprised the signers of our Constitution? Probably not—although surely it would have disappointed them. They created for us “a republic—if you can keep it!” as Benjamin Franklin said.

We have a chance, in this election, to put things right. For that to happen, the Democrat Party must suffer a defeat of biblical proportions—and a lot of deep state plotters and schemers will have to be fired, never to return to public office. Naturally, they’ll do everything they can to steer the vote their way; and no considerations of right or wrong, lawful or unlawful, will inhibit them.

Can we keep our republic? Or will we only have one on days without emergencies?

Pray harder, and for the sake of our liberties, we must do the best we can.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit—while it’s still allowed, pending the next emergency. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2024 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Steven Yates

March 20, 2024

Both Trump and Biden have clenched their parties’ nominations. This on the heels of the angriest (not to mention the most deceitful) State of the Union address I’ve ever heard. Dark Brandon was on display, and then some!

Brandon — or his handlers, whoever wrote that ugly speech — began with Hitler comparisons that are now so old and hackneyed that one can only groan at leftists’ inability to come up with anything new. The speech proceeded with a call for more support for Ukraine, under the assumption that a much smaller and backward country could defeat the Russian Army if only “we” funnel more arms and money into Kiev.

Won’t happen. It’s delusional! All it will do is get hundreds of thousands more people on both sides killed: more Ukrainians than Russians. That’s the best case scenario; the worst is that an unpredicted action by some hothead will trigger an uncontrolled escalation, e.g., sending ground troops into what Russia now considers her territory, bringing on a nuclear confrontation. Putin has indicated his readiness for such.

Returning to the SOTU: it contained nothing that would unite Americans. All the official narratives were in evidence, sometimes stated openly, sometimes not. Nothing Biden said indicated sincere interest in what ordinary people are thinking about: inflation, food costs, housing costs, health care costs, the Southern border, wretched schools, the distressing sense of having to answer to unaccountable powers based hundreds of miles away.

Some are upset at the choice between Trump and Biden, seeing both as irredeemably flawed. There may be as many as three other candidates on some ballots, but no intelligent person thinks any “third party” candidate has a chance against the Washington Party.

So much for the idea that the U.S. is a democracy. Not if democracy means answering to We The People. America is a plutocratic oligarchy, and has been since the Federal Reserve was created.

The rest is theater.

Within this theater, each side sees the other an existential threat to “democracy” (or “democratic institutions”).

Conversations across the aisle, attempts to understand philosophical differences, are rare. To the best of my knowledge, only Tucker Carlson and Chris Cuomo have recently attempted it. They had common ground: both were unceremoniously unloaded by corporate employers who, as it turned out, were limiting them (hint: that’s what corporations do).

Watch.

You might find yourself reconsidering your opinion of one, the other, or both, depending on where you stand. All I can say is, my opinion of Cuomo as a person went up after listening to him in that environment, even if I still disagree with him on many points.

All these media people — all of us — are human beings, after all, with human concerns, and human failings.

Outside the Beltway, of course — outside the province of the Washington Party — warring narratives over philosophies of governance, stated or only implicit, are very real. There has been far less transparency and motivation to communicate across the real divide.

Two Basic Philosophies of Life.

Large numbers of people just want to be left alone, in their communities, so long as they aren’t bothering anyone else. They deeply resent being dictated to, or buffeted about by unanswerable forces they barely comprehend and from which they never benefit.

This describes most of rural America. And rural Europe.

Then there are those who won’t leave them alone, because they believe themselves most fit to rule. They are obsessed with the need to control others — the need to dictate conditions of life to entire populations whom they regard as ciphers.

This describes much of big city America. And big city Europe.

The primary concerns of the former are family, business (almost invariably small business), education for their children, saving for retirement or trying to do so, and varying degrees of community involvement. Their focus is naturally local. Most couldn’t care less what’s going on in big cities hundreds of miles away if it’s not affecting them.

Most believe in God, or a Supreme Being.

The latter want to dominate the world. They are Platonists in a broad sense of having an ideal “Republic” in mind — a designed Utopia with a place for everyone and everyone in his/her place. They believe they have the wisdom and technocratic expertise to accomplish this. Their focus is global. They can’t stand it that there are locally-focused yokels out in the boonies who resist their plans in the name of We The People.

Collectively this second group either disbelieves in God or finds the matter meaningless. But they sure believe in themselves!

What stands out is the asymmetry. The globalists, relatively few in number (maybe 300 to 400 extended families at their core), have known for generations that their goals called for a vast ordering coordinated across continents and oceans, and that this requires enormous financial resources. They’ve done all they can to accumulate those resources, establishing central banks (e.g., the Federal Reserve System), other financial leviathans (e.g., Goldman Sachs), and think tanks such as the Trilateral Commission and the Atlantic Council. And economic controls centered around energy, food, health, and all the infrastructure and supply chains these imply.

They’ve known from the start that a controlled population is best had by controlling the information reaching that population. Hence controlling schools and mass media. Accomplished over 100 years ago.

What’s stood in their way, consistently, is the demand for freedom on the part of a relatively few voices among those commoners outside the globalist clubs: demands from We The People, that is, to control our businesses and lives; and to raise our children in accordance with traditions passed down to us from time immemorable because these traditions worked: these provided the ethos and cultural “glue” that holds communities together and assures stability and continuity.

All systems, left to themselves, gravitate towards stability or equilibrium. Family and community systems are no exception. Disruption happens but is not the norm.

Sadly, few of We The People have ever recognized, much less understood, the globalist impulse — and why we’ve experienced so many disruptions since the 1970s.

That’s not unexpected. Sociopaths are somewhat mysterious to non-sociopaths. We The People have always had a few in our midst. Healthy communities can marginalize and if necessary expel such people.

But this won’t work against the superior organization and command of resources of sociopathic globalists.

Globalists/Leftists: Very Well Organized! Conservatives: Not So Much.

What’s clear today is that the Bidenistas have most of the billionaire class behind them. They have outfits like George Soros’s Open Society Foundation funding their campaigns and supporting New York leftists trying to destroy Trump’s real estate business.

I don’t know of anything similar on the right. The Kochs (for example) are neocons, not real conservatives. Neocons are as much about domination as leftists; where they differ is that neocons are more fascinated by war. A single neocon, Victoria Nuland, stood behind the coup in Ukraine ten years ago which put that country on collision course with Russia.

We The People don’t want war. We don’t vote for war. We know we don’t benefit from it. Many of us have been dragged into supporting wars through fake patriotism and fomented fear. We are justifiably afraid that instead of accomplishing any real goals, it will bring our children home in boxes with flags draped around them. (This.)

But wars keep happening. Why? Because the sociopath minority profits from the war machine. When populations are left devastated by war, this minority’s wealth and power increases.

Globalism has advanced on multiple wars that didn’t need to happen, often driven by false flag events and false narratives that drove nations apart. The financial titans were bankrolling both sides!

These people are very well organized! Their underlings — like Barack Change-You-Can-Believe-In Obama, Sleepy Joe, and Kackling Kamala — do as they’re told.

Conservatives are not especially well organized. We probably spend more time squabbling amongst ourselves than we do struggling against the left. All too many Christian conservatives have retreated to their basements to wait for the Rapture!

What was said about Libertarians — before they became totally irrelevant — is just as true of conservatives: organizing them is like trying to herd cats.

Most conservatives cannot articulate what they want to conserve. (I know. I’ve asked.)

Not that there’s much in contemporary culture to conserve.

Philosophically, though, many conservatives are completely at sea. They might say something about free enterprise, or the Constitution. Or traditional family values. Often, though, in practice their political-economic philosophy boils down to, “What’s good for Big Business is good for the country.”

That’s simply untrue!

Most conservative (and conservative Christian) organizations, moreover, as I noted last week, are closed clubs.

Hence the majority of conservative intellectuals I know about write on Substack or similar platforms. Or got out of the game years ago and learned to code or design apps.

Then those in conservative organizations wonder why the left (which tends to support its people) has been cleaning their clocks for over three decades now. Globalism, of course, has been active much, much longer, with many of its spokesmen telling readers openly about their plans for the world.

Globalists Have Been Explicit About Their Plans.

One of their plans for the U.S., once they had the controls over the economy the Federal Reserve System afforded them, as well as control over public schools and mass media, was holding elections as theatrical performances every four years between carefully vetted candidates of “two parties,” essentially alike at their uppermost echelons. (Remember how both the first George Bush and Bill Clinton supported NAFTA in 1992, and how both “movement” conservatives and liberal Democrats got behind the second George Bush’s disastrous Iraq War in the early 2000s?)

What’s stated openly is by definition not a “conspiracy theory.”

Carroll Quigley, in Tragedy & Hope: A History of the World In Our Time (1966):

The chief problem of American political life for a long time has been how to make the two Congressional parties more national and international. The argument that the two parties should represent opposed ideals and policies, one, perhaps, of the Right and the other of the Left, is a foolish idea acceptable only to doctrinaire and academic thinkers. Instead, the two parties should be almost identical, so that the American people can “throw the rascals out” at any election without leading to any profound or extensive shifts in policy. The policies that are vital and necessary for America are no longer subjects of significant disagreement, but are disputable only in details of procedure, priority, or method…. 

[E]ither party in office becomes in time corrupt, tired, unenterprising, and vigorless. Then it should be possible to replace it, every four years if necessary, by the other party, which will be none of these things but will still pursue, with new vigor, approximately the same basic policies (pp. 1,247-48).

Globalists haven’t always been able to maintain this consistently. Every so often We The People found a champion. Quigley’s ensuing discussion attacks the “extremist” Barry Goldwater’s takeover of the Republican Party in 1964.

The controlled media of the day destroyed his candidacy with fomented fears of nuclear Armageddon. Watch the infamous “daisy” attack ad.

See how this worked, even then?

Today’s equivalents bemoan the rise of Donald Trump, which followed the collapse of such narratives as we have to fight them over there or we’ll be fighting them over here, globalization will make us all prosperous and diversity is our strength.

That was in 2016, which began a new chapter in American political-economic history.

The globalist-leftist alliance struck back, and in 2020 we got both Covid and the Bidenistas.

And the New Normal.

Now with the same candidates having clenched nominations, it begins…. Or continues….

I’ve been working with the idea that 2024 is going to be a pivotal year — in many respects. The narrative war is coming to a head, its focal point being this election — which, like its two predecessors, overturned the state of affairs Quigley described so approvingly back in the 1960s.

We have two candidates representing very different philosophies of governance.

One is favored by those who want to be left alone. The other is favored by those who won’t leave them alone.

As I’ve noted, this struggle has parallels in Europe in farmers’ protests, and elsewhere. It’s invariably the same: common people compelled by declining fortunes to stand against unaccountable and arrogant power elites.

I’ve expressed strong doubts that Trump will be allowed to win. I hope I’m wrong. But part of me is convinced that all a Trump win in November will accomplish is to buy time against the better organized, focused, financed, and hence more powerful forces of the globalist-leftist alliance — unless we can organize and promote more parallel institutions in both education and mass media, recovering the intellectual foundations and the independence and the resilience it will take to continue resisting this alliance.

We should remember the words of one of its earlier exponents who was quite open about what he believed was to come: one-time Fabian socialist H.G. Wells. In The New World Order (1940) he wrote that

even when the struggle seems to be drifting definitely towards a world social democracy, there may still be very great delays and disappointments before it becomes an efficient and beneficent world system. Countless people … will hate the new world order, be rendered unhappy by frustration of their passions and ambitions through its advent and will die protesting against it. When we attempt to estimate its promise we have to bear in mind the distress of a generation or so of malcontents, many of them quite gallant and graceful-looking people (p. 129).

Revisiting the Threat Posed by Digital Currencies.

For example, just two days ago as I pen these final paragraphs I perused an article on Reuters about the advances of “digital currencies,” i.e., CBDCs, in Europe, in China, among BRICS nations* and elsewhere. The author was bemoaning how America had fallen behind the curve:

A total of 134 countries representing 98% of the global economy are now exploring digital versions of their currencies, with over half in advanced development, pilot or launch stages, a closely-followed study on Thursday showed. The research, by the U.S.-based Atlantic Council think tank highlighted that all G20 countries with the exception of Argentina are now in one of those far-along phases although, notably, the United States is falling increasingly behind.

The author projected the full advent of CBDCs during the period 2026-27. I’ve written elsewhere about the prospects of CBDCs as part of a developing total-surveillance-and-control scheme, or to use the military term, full spectrum dominance.

Trump has said he would oppose a “digital dollar,” but he has to be elected first. Trump 1.0 greatly underestimated what he was up against and is paying the price (along with part of his family). We can count on leftists continue the lawfare, everything they can do to stop a better prepared Trump 2.0. Even if he gets back into the White House, though, that won’t stop the globalists from working around him, through the Federal Reserve, the financial leviathans, and NGOs, to start instituting it by stealth or through a catastrophic event such as this whether the date is next month or later in the year.

Even Trump 2.0 will be gone after 2028, though. He’ll be 82. Eventually he will be gone. Who will then lead the “malcontents”? I have no idea. None of his kids strike me as “ready for prime time” and few if any younger conservative voices seem to have the charisma now necessary to gain the large scale following Trump has amassed. I can see the “MAGA” movement fragmenting and disintegrating if he cannot retake the White House.

As things presently stand, all the globalists have to do is wait us out, because in a few years a good many if not most of us will be gone.

*The fact that BRICs nations are so far along in cooperating with this agenda belies those who claim that the economic-financial bloc represented by Brazil, Russia, etc., are truly independent of Western globalism. Indeed, if Brazil was actually a sovereign state, Jair Bolsonaro would probably still be its president.

© 2024 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

This article is also available on Navigating the New Normal (Substack). Subscribe to Navigating the New Normal to receive access to exclusive content.

I have it on excellent authority that in the wake of the counterattacks against alternative (i.e., truthful) media, this site is struggling to survive. Please consider making a donation to support NewsWithViews.com here.

Steven Yates is a (still recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. He taught for more than 15 years total at several universities in the Southeastern U.S. He authored more than 20 articles, book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and eventually unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he gradually turned to alternative platforms and heretical notions, including about academia itself, finally abandoning American academia and moving to Chile. He is married to a Chilean national.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).

By Bradlee Dean

March 20, 2024

“They would not believe it, because it is the unthinkable. That is why we can get away with it.” -Unknown

Yes, it is the unthinkable! Why would the modern American Church stand down concerning the homosexual agenda?  Why are politicians in Washington D.C. voting in favor of what God calls an abomination?

The wide-spread acts of pedophiles committed against our children by both corrupt clergy and corrupt politicians are rampant and unthinkable (Leviticus 18:22, 20:13; Matthew 18:7-9; Romans 1:24; Jude 1:7).

Conspiracy of Silence is a documentary that exposed a network of religious leaders and Washington politicians who flew children to Washington D.C. for sex orgies.  Many children suffered the indignity of wearing nothing but their underwear and a number displayed on a piece of cardboard hanging from their necks when being auctioned off to foreigners in Las Vegas, Nevada, and Toronto, Canada.

At the last minute, before airing, unknown congressmen threatened the TV Cable industry with restrictive legislation if this documentary was aired.

Almost immediately, unknown persons who ordered all copies destroyed purchased the rights to the documentary.  A copy of this videotape was furnished anonymously to former Nebraska state senator and attorney John De Camp who made it available to retired FBI Agent Ted L. Gunderson.

On Tuesday, May 3, 1994, the video that you are about to watch was scheduled to air on the Discovery Channel.  Influential members of congress applied pressure to the cable industry to stop the airing of the program and destroy all copies.

It was already listed nation-wide in the April 30th-May 6th edition of TV Guide and newspaper supplements.

The Discovery Channel and Yorkshire Television were reimbursed for the ¼ to ½ million dollars production costs.

John DeCamp has written an eye-opening peek into the CIA, Boys’ Town and the use of sex in politics.

1. The CIA uses young boys to ensnare politicians and then blackmail them.
2. The FBI is the garbage detail, dredging up political crimes and carting away the mess, threatening those who don’t back off.
3. At the highest levels of government we find the vermin who are directing horrific wars all over the world.
4. The government will imprison, smear or assassinate anyone with knowledge of these perverse sexual crimes.
5. Politicians used Boys’ Town as a department store so they could corrupt and use young kids for sex and as drug couriers.
6. Omaha, Nebraska, has been the breeding ground of sexual perversion.
7. Former CIA director, William Colby, was assassinated for speaking out.
8. George H.W. Bush, picked for the CIA by corrupt Warren Commission member Gerald Ford, took over the CIA when Colby was fired.
9. As today, journalists and investigators are smeared or killed if they search for the truth.
10. As with the Twin Towers implosions on 9/11, the building in Oklahoma City that was bombed was torn down before investigators could use it for evidence.

DeCamp points out that similar tactics are taken by the government over many years to cover-up evidence of its high crimes and misdemeanors.

This is the program that they did not want you to see!
Link Below:

© 2024 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Kelleigh Nelson

March 19, 2024

We are not to simply bandage the wounds of victims beneath the wheels of injustice, we are to drive a spoke into the wheel itself.  —Dietrich Bonhoeffer, on Hitler’s evil.

The devil is not fighting religion. He’s too smart for that. He is producing a counterfeit Christianity, so much like the real one that good Christians are afraid to speak out against it. We are plainly told in the Scriptures that in the last days men will not endure sound doctrine and will depart from the faith and heap to themselves teachers to tickle their ears. We live in an epidemic of this itch, and popular preachers have developed “ear-tickling” into a fine art.  —Vance Havner

You can’t love God without loving the Jewish people.  —Corrie Ten Boom

Amen to Corrie Ten Boom who lost her sister and father in the concentration camps, but survived to tell the story of how her family saved Jewish brethren and then ended up in the camps simply for loving God’s people.  She is considered one of the Righteous Among the Nations.”

So many Christians are on a collision course with God.  Many evangelical believers, to their utter shame, are joining ranks with the enemies of Israel in attempting to “lift Jerusalem.”  Surely, the ugliest and most pernicious partnerships ever witnessed in the history of Christianity, is the joining together with, and marching arm in arm with, those of false doctrines, including the likes of liberal protestants, Islamists, humanitarians, secularists, politicians and a host of other ungodly rubble of society.  (Like heretic Rick Warren’s Chrislam.)

Rallying under the banner of “justice for the Palestinian people,” these multifaith crusaders are blissfully unaware that they are on a collision course with the God of Israel.  This is a theologically driven jihad and those who are united in their opposition to the State of Israel will not be held guiltless.  Some join because of their anti-Zionist prejudice; others with a pro-Palestinian axe to grind, likely bent on furthering their careers at the expense of truth.

Jew Hatred has grown tall in the amillennial seedbeds of our churches.  Amillennialism is a laundered system which has bleached out the plain meaning of Scripture; it cannot be deduced from Bible study, but must be taught.  Amillennialism makes no distinction between Israel and the church, wrongly asserting that there is only one people of God and one overarching covenant, the so-called covenant of grace.  They do not believe in the thousand-year reign but that the millennium is symbolic of the church age.  Symbolizing the Word of God, where there is no symbolism, has created some of the most heretical doctrines of both Christianity and cults.

Remember that many uninspired hands have commented on the words in the Bible.  Not all Bible commentaries are of sound doctrine.

In 1867, J.C. Ryle wisely urged his readers to “Cleave to the literal sense of Bible words, and beware of departing from it, except in cases of absolute necessity.  Beware of the system of allegorizing and spiritualizing, and accommodating, which the school of Origen first brought in and which has found such an unfortunate degree of favor in the Church.”

Unfortunately, Ryle’s wise teaching went against the Church of England which was steeped in allegorical methods of Biblical interpretation which can be found in the writings of their most learned and influential theologians.  They believe they must always look beyond the plain literal sense of the text to the “mystical meaning therein.”  Many of the theologians did not agree with the prophecy that Israel would again inhabit the land.  But Ezekiel’s prophecy is true, “And the desolate land shall be tilled, whereas it lay desolate in the sight of all that passed by.  And they shall say, ‘This land that was desolate is become like the garden of Eden and the waste and desolate and ruined cities are become fenced and are inhabited.’”  (Ezekiel 36:34-35)

Scripture teaches us that an escalation of opposition against Israel from the international community will build.  Zechariah speaks of that time of unprecedented pressure when “all the nations of the earth” will rise up against Jerusalem to besiege it.  In that day, when world attention is fixed on God’s beloved city, the Lord declares that He will make Jerusalem “a cup of reeling to all the peoples round about.”  He will give advance warning to would-be meddlers that “all who burden themselves” with Jerusalem, those who attempt to lift it, will be “cut in pieces,” (Zechariah 12:2-3).

Origen and Tertullian

Origen of Alexandria, also known as Origen Adamantius, was an early Christian scholar, ascetic, and theologian who was born and spent the first half of his career in Alexandria, Egypt (c.185 – c.253).  He died in Tyre, Lebanon.

Tertullian of Carthage was born in 160AD and died in Carthage 240AD.  He wrote his main theological works at the turn of the third century, primarily apologetics, mainly targeting Gnostics and Marcionites. But in his Apologies, he includes An Answer to the Jews. As with most early Church fathers, his anti-Judaic works have been largely ignored by scholars but they are, frankly, an embarrassment.

The Jews, with their constant idolatry, writes Tertullian, deserve less than the Christians, who have fled idolatry to worship the true God.

Like Philo of Alexandria before him, Origen believed he had uncovered the doctrines of Plato in the writings of Moses.  (Plato offers a state in which there are justice, good and wisdom, his state was criticized as “anti-democratic, anti-humanitarian, anti-individualistic, and totalitarian.”)

Once again Greek allegorical tools were used to “excavate” the Old Testament text to reveal its true “hidden” or “higher spiritual” meaning.  Like Clement and Philo before them, Origen and Tertullian were able to make the Bible dance to whatever tune they chose to play.  They claimed that faith was also the basis of gnōsis, a spiritual and mystical knowledge.

Origen’s lengthy treatise, Against Celsus, opens a window into Origen’s Greek-Christian mind, revealing just how deeply convinced he was that there was no future for the Jewish nation in the purposes of God.  He therefore set the theological stage upon which Israel’s “irrevocable judgment” would be performed with the church playing the lead role.  As far as the church of Origen’s day was concerned, the Jews had committed the unpardonable sin, deicide (the murder of God), and all they could expect was unrelenting punishment and the harshest condemnation from the Christian.

The same libel against the Jews was uttered and written by Tertullian.  Third century anti-Judaism libel was the accusation of Christ-killing. This is not done by isolated Jews or religious groups according to Tertullian, but “all the synagogue of Israel did slay Him, saying to Pilate, when he was desirous to dismiss Him, ‘His blood be upon us, and upon our children.’”

Reality has it that the Romans murdered Christ.  But if one digs into history, you’ll find that the Jewish leaders did not want Him crucified for fear He would become a martyr.  For Christians, our belief is that our sins were laid upon Him and he was the final and perfect sacrifice, the perfect lamb of God slain for us.  Nevertheless, we should never have been separated from Passover in the earliest church.  How sad the cost to our Jewish brethren, most unforgivable, and how sad the poisoning of the true church by men filled with demonic hatred.

Origen was a Neo-Platonist, and he immersed himself in Greek philosophy, and was “one of the first to place the authority of tradition on a level with the Bible.”  Link

Origin and Tertullian influenced Augustine and in turn Augustine influenced Calvin.  The lie continues despite the truth being written in the Lord’s Word.  Augustine was the patron saint of the heretical doctrine, “Replacement Theology.”

Can readers see how this false and heretical doctrine from such an early age could turn into the massive hatred and destruction of all things Jewish?  Surely these early men, although having some things right, were accursed of God because of their demonic hatred of His people.  The Lord calls Israel His Wife!  The unconditional Abrahamic Covenant speaks volumes regarding the harsh punishments and curses that will befall those who hate Israel and who have cursed her throughout history.

The anathematizing of the Jewish people had begun.

For Origen, all souls, including the devil himself, will eventually achieve salvation, even if it takes innumerable ages to do so. Origen believed that God’s love is so powerful as to soften even the hardest heart, and that the human intellect – being the image of God – will never freely choose oblivion over proximity.

Tertullian believed that only martyrs go to paradise.  All other Christians (the Theotokos being an exception?) have to wait in Hades for the resurrection.  The Greek word, Theotokos, means to bear God, as in to bear a child, and was used to refer to Mary as the mother of Jesus. Mary is named Christotokos (Christ-bearer) in 431 by the Council of Ephesus in response to this insight.

In the year 400, Theophilus summoned a council in Alexandria, which condemned Origen and all his followers as heretics for having taught that God was incorporeal, which they decreed contradicted the only true and orthodox position, which was that God had a literal, physical body resembling that of a human.

Both Origen and Tertullian profoundly shaped the way Christian minds would interact with the Scriptures, but it later fell to Augustine of Hippo, the unrivaled patron saint of replacement theology to systematize Origen’s allegorical methods.  Augustine’s harsh amillennialism dominated the Reformation and exercised great influence on the theology of John Calvin.  Then too, there is Emperor Constantine who, by legalizing Christianity, declared “open season” on the Jewish people.  And of course, let’s not forget John Chrysostom, called the “golden mouth,” whose virulent anti-Semitic Eight Homilies Against the Jews find their equal with Martin Luther’s treatise, On the Jews and Their Lies (1543).  These men may rant and rail against the Jews all they like, but the God of Israel will have the final word.

Far too many have tried to excoriate the Jews from modern day prophecies, but it will never work for God has decreed for His ancient covenant people, a foundation of truth upon which the doctrine of Israel’s restoration stands.  No Origin, Tertullian or Augustine, Luther or Calvin, or any of their twenty-first counterparts, can halt the progression of God’s prophetic purposes.

The Lord is gathering the Jews to their ancient homeland; He is watching over their flourishing land; He sees Israel’s enemies rising on every side; He hears the Christian Palestinian lies; and He bears witness to the injustice of the anti-Israel boycotts.  The stage is being set for the end of this era, and when it comes, there will be hard times, but our Lord God will set everything righteous for His people.

Thomas Newton had this sober warning to all who would touch the “apple of God’s eye.”  (1 January 1704 – 14 February 1782) Newton was an English cleric, biblical scholar and author. He served as the Bishop of Bristol from 1761 to 1782.

“We see that after so many ages, [the Jews] are still preserved by a miracle of providence a distinct people; and why is such a continual miracle exerted, but for the greater illustration of the divine truth, and the better accomplishment of the divine promises, as well as those which are yet to be, as those which are already fulfilled?  We see that the great empires, which in their turns subdued and oppressed the people of God, are all come to ruin: because though they executed the purposes of God…all that they intended was to satiate their own pride and ambition, their own cruelty and revenge.  And if such hath been the fateful end of the enemies and oppressors of the Jews, let it serve as a warning to all those, who at any time or upon any occasion are for raising a clamor and persecution against them.”

Conclusion

Next up a deep dive into Chrysostom, Ambrose, Augustine and Calvin and the rotten fruit their reform churches are built upon.

© 2024 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By: Amil Imani

March 19, 2024

Have you ever wondered how Artificial Intelligence (AI) is reshaping the world of politics? The topic is as fascinating as it is potentially concerning. AI influences political campaigns in many ways, from analyzing voter sentiment to tracking campaign costs and conducting opposition research.

AI’s impact on politics is far-reaching. Imagine understanding voter preferences and outreach strategies in real-time, thanks to AI’s ability to analyze social media trends and sentiment. By examining influencers, trends, and public sentiment, campaigns can better tailor their messages to connect with voters. It’s like having a real-time pulse on the electorate.

Not only can AI help campaigns understand voters, but it can also assist in measuring the effectiveness of various campaign activities. AI can track everything from advertising to canvassing and events, providing insights into what’s working and what’s not. Campaigns can make data-driven decisions to optimize their strategies and maximize their impact.

But that’s not all. AI isn’t just about understanding voters; it’s also about understanding the money. It can track campaign spending by identifying discrepancies and patterns in politicians’ spending habits. This is crucial for maintaining transparency and accountability in the political process. AI-powered auditing tools can streamline the financial oversight process, making it more efficient and accurate.

Let’s remember the advantage it gives political parties in opposition research. AI can dig deep into opponents’ voting records and past statements, providing valuable insights to gain a competitive edge.

However, there’s a darker side to AI in politics. Privacy and ethical concerns loom large. For instance, using AI to gather and analyze personal voter data raises serious privacy and data protection issues. We’re talking about your personal information, and the potential for misusing it should not be underestimated.

Moreover, there’s the unsettling prospect of AI making political campaigns more deceptive. AI can be used to create fake images and audio. I am sure you know about deepfakes, which are synthetic media that appear to be real but are actually manipulated. Such powerful methods can be employed to launch misleading campaign ads targeting other candidates. AI can be used to spread disinformation and propaganda. Governments and powerful elites can use AI to standardize, control, or repress political discourse, undermining the fairness and quality of political discourse.

AI algorithms can inadvertently perpetuate existing biases. For instance, if the data used to train the AI is biased, the AI’s outputs can also be unfair. This can lead to unjust targeting of specific demographics or communities. Indeed, it’s a digital battleground where authenticity can be blurred, and the line between fact and fiction becomes hazy.

But then, AI can bring several benefits to political campaigns beyond tracking costs and conducting opposition research. Here are some potential benefits:

Enhancing Communication: AI can improve communication by providing personalized messages to voters. It can analyze the preferences and behaviors of individual voters and tailor the communication accordingly. This can lead to more effective campaigns and better engagement with voters.

Improving Campaign Strategy: AI can analyze large amounts of data to identify trends and patterns that can inform campaign strategy. This can help campaigns anticipate potential challenges and develop effective responses.

Facilitating Transparency: AI can help campaigns maintain transparency by objectively analyzing their activities. This can help campaigns manage their reputation and respond to criticisms effectively.

Generating Political Messaging: AI can generate political messaging based on public discourse, campaign rhetoric, and political reporting. This can help campaigns develop effective messaging strategies and reach a wider audience.

Creating Political Parties: AI could be used to develop political parties with their platforms, attracting human candidates who win elections. This could revolutionize the political landscape by creating new political parties based on AI-generated platforms.

Fundraising: AI is capable of fundraising for political campaigns. It could take a seed investment from a human controlling the AI and invest it to yield a return. It could start a business that generates revenue or political messaging to convince humans to spend their own money on a defined campaign or cause.

It’s intriguing, isn’t it? The world of AI in politics is both a boon and a minefield. It can empower campaigns and voters but also carries risks of manipulation and deception. As we continue to explore the vast landscape of AI in politics, it’s crucial to tread carefully, adhere to ethical guidelines, and protect personal data from unauthorized access.

So, the next time you follow a political campaign, remember that behind the scenes, AI might be at work, shaping the discourse, analyzing voter sentiment, and, in some cases, creating an illusion of reality. How AI and politics interact is a complex and evolving story, and it’s up to all of us to stay informed, vigilant, and engaged in this digital age of politics. The journey is far from over, and the questions are still unfolding. What will we discover next?

© 2024 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Paul Engel

March 19, 2024

• Nobody likes paying taxes, but where did the federal income start?
• The Sixteenth Amendment did not create the federal income tax.
• However, the 16th Amendment did fundamentally change the republic.

As April 15th approaches and people spend valuable time and money on filing their income tax returns, I think it worth our time to look at the source of our pain. While plenty of people grouse and complain about paying income taxes, most don’t realize that the cause of their pain is the actions of the states back in 1913. When the states ratified the Sixteenth Amendment they did more than just help the feds collect income taxes, they fundamentally changed the republic for the worse.

Nobody I know likes paying taxes. They are a necessary evil if we are to have a stable society. So the most common questions debated are who pays taxes and how much? The more important decision is who decides those questions?

Collecting Taxes

In 1787, when the Constitution was drafted and ratified, the framers of this country understood the need to collect taxes. So they delegated the power to tax to Congress, but with some very specific restrictions.

The Congress shall have Power To lay and collect Taxes, Duties, Imposts and Excises, to pay the Debts and provide for the common Defence and general Welfare of the United States; but all Duties, Imposts and Excises shall be uniform throughout the United States;

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 1

Yes, Congress can collect taxes. Duties, imposts, and excises are simply different types of taxes that Congress can collect. Notice however, there are only three things Congress can collect taxes for:

• To pay the Debts of the United States.
• For the common Defense of the United States.
• And for the general Welfare of the United States.

Notice also that Congress can only collect taxes to be used for the United States, capital “U”, capital “S”, a proper noun for the entity known as the United States. This is the very same proper noun used in the Tenth Amendment to say:

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment X

Here we see our first problem. We the People have not held Congress to collecting taxes only for constitutionally authorized purposes. As Alexis DeTocqueville said:

“The American Republic will endure until the day Congress discovers that it can bribe the public with the public’s money”

Alexis DeTocqueville

Congress has discovered how to bribe the public, and oh, how they have used it. However, for the first century or so, there was a serious impediment to Congress’ ability to overtax the people: The Constitution.

Direct Taxes

When the House of Representatives was established in Article I, Section 2, an important little phrase was included.

Representatives and direct Taxes shall be apportioned among the several States which may be included within this Union, according to their respective Numbers,

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 2, Clause 3

Not only were the seats in the House to be apportioned to the states by population, but so were direct taxes.

A direct tax is usually a property tax or ad valorem [by value] tax, as opposed to an indirect tax imposed upon some right or privilege, such as a franchise tax.

Direct Tax – The Free Legal Dictionary

It’s not that Congress couldn’t impose any direct taxes, only that they had to apportion those taxes to the states. If Congress were to pass a tax on the value of your property, your estate, or even your income, they had to divide the tax up amongst the states based on their population, and have the states collect it. As we will see, this is extremely important, since it places the states between the people and the United States government.

The Income Tax

The income tax didn’t start with the 16th amendment; it started in 1862 to fund the Civil War. Since it was a consistent revenue stream, the income tax was sold to the people with a warning that it was necessary, the promise that it would be limited by a person’s income, and was scheduled to expire in 1870. However, that did not make it constitutional. Most likely due to the urgencies of the war though, this tax was never challenged in court.

Then, in 1894, Republican Senator John Sherman argued that the income tax should become permanent, the consumption taxes of the day were not “fair”, and that the burden of this tax should be borne by the wealthy rather than by everyone. Sound familiar? The Revenue Act or Wilson-Gorman Tariff of 1894, instituted a 2% tax on all income over $4,000 (approximately $144,000 in 2024 dollars). The supreme Court in 1895 found this tax to be unconstitutional in the case Pollock v. Farmers’ Loan & Trust Company.

The tax imposed by sections 27 to 37, inclusive, of the act of 1894, so far as it falls on the income
of real estate, and of personal property, being a direct tax, within the meaning of the constitution, and therefore unconstitutional and void, because not apportioned according to representation, all those sections, constituting one entire scheme
of taxation, are necessarily invalid.

Pollock v. Farmers’ Loan & Trust Company, 157 U.S. 429 (1895)

If the 1894 income tax was unconstitutional, does that mean that the 1862 tax was as well? In 1906 and 1908, two prominent members of the republican party voiced their support for an income tax.

[A] graduated income tax of the proper type would be a desirable feature of federal taxation, and it is to be hoped that one may be devised which the Supreme Court will declare constitutional.

Theodore Roosevelt quoted in Seligman, Income Tax: pp.591-592.

Roosevelt believed in a graduated income tax like what we have today. He thought it was a “desirable feature of federal taxation.”

I believe that an income tax, when the protective system of customs and the internal revenue tax shall not furnish enough for governmental needs, can and should be devised which, under the decisions of the Supreme Court, will conform to the Constitution.

William Howard Taft Republican Presidential Nomination acceptance, 1908.

It appears Taft merely saw an income tax as a source of revenue for the federal government, something to supplement the duties and tariffs already imposed. It was not that the federal government was spending too much, but how much can the federal government suck from the people.

Did you notice that both of these men, one President another to be President, seemed to consider little else but the money an income tax would bring into the government’s coffers? Did they even consider the impact on society, our economy, or the workforce in general? If so, I have found no evidence to that effect. There was one consideration other than the desire for other people’s money that both men expressed: Getting it past the Supreme Court. That would require an amendment to the Constitution.

On July 12, 1909, Congress passed a resolution proposing an amendment to the Constitution of the United States to allow Congress to tax income without apportionment. On February 3, 1913, Delaware became the 36th state to ratify the proposed amendment, making it the Sixteenth Amendment to the Constitution, and forever changing the lives of the American people.

The Sixteenth Amendment

As much as people complain about the income tax, there is a fundamental misunderstanding about the Sixteenth Amendment we need to clear up.

The Congress shall have power to lay and collect taxes on incomes, from whatever source derived, without apportionment among the several States, and without regard to any census or enumeration.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XVI

The Sixteenth Amendment did not establish the federal income tax. And as we’ve already seen, federal income taxes pre-date the Sixteenth Amendment. So what did this modification to federal power do that was so damaging? It was the first, and so far only, allowance of the federal government to directly tax the people without apportionment to the states. For the first time in our nation’s history, the federal government had an interest in how much money you make and how you spend it. Before the Sixteenth Amendment, unless you were in the military, the only contact you had with the federal government was the post office. Today, the American people spend all year keeping track of how much money they make and how they spend it. Decisions such as buying a house or how to invest their savings is often driven by the deductions on their taxes they would be able to claim. This amendment, and the complex network of laws Congress has created around it, leads millions of Americans to spend over $8 billion a year on tax preparation services. Effectively, tax avoidance has surpassed even baseball as our national pastime, all thanks to the Sixteenth Amendment.

The impact of the Sixteenth Amendment goes far beyond time, effort, and money. The most fundamental change has to do with the removal of the states from the collection of federal taxes. Both the 1862 and 1894 income taxes would have been constitutional, if only Congress had apportioned them to the states, rather than collect them directly. The states would have a say in those taxes, wouldn’t they? It’s a lot easier for the IRS to bully an individual or business to pay what the government wants than it would be for them to bully a state government.

Congress is only allowed to collect taxes to do three things:

The Congress shall have Power To lay and collect Taxes, Duties, Imposts and Excises, to pay the Debts and provide for the common Defence and general Welfare of the United States;

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 1

States could look at how Congress was using the taxes collected and refuse to collect the unconstitutional excess. The states could also impact how those taxes were collected. Since the American people have the most influence on the government closest to them, you would have more say over the collection of income taxes in your state that you ever will in the federal government. Furthermore, rather than a person or business being expected to defend themselves in an administrative law court, where everyone but the defendant works for the government, your state could defend you in federal court, and if necessary, even with the state militia.

Impact of the Sixteenth Amendment

It may seem incredible to most Americans today, but there was a time when April 15th, and the need to file federal income tax not only did not exist, but was inconceivable. We should not be surprised that the greed displayed today by those in government for more of the American people’s money has existed far back in our republic. The words of Senator John Sherman, Theodore Roosevelt, and William Howard Taft are examples of the greed most politicians have for your money. However, the impact of the Sixteenth Amendment goes well beyond the dollars lost.

By bypassing the states in the collection of direct taxes, the United States has further supplanted the states’ impact on the people. Where once the states could restrain Congress’ greed by refusing to collect taxes for illegal purposes, now the United States can reach right into your pocket to collect their ill-gotten booty.

Since the Sixteenth Amendment allows Congress to collect taxes on income from any source without apportionment, anything a politician can twist into calling income is fair game. For example, your family works for years and generations to build a farm or business, yet according to Congress, when a loved one passes on, that generational wealth is considered income and taxed. Invest in stocks, real estate, or even baseball cards for your retirement or to leave to your children, and when you sell them, Congress only sees an income to tax, taking no consideration how the value of the income has been crippled by inflation from their own policies. This leaves Congress with an almost limitless ability to tax the American people into poverty and servitude.

All the way back in 1894, Senator Sherman argued that a “progressive” income tax was more “fair”. By extension, that said “progressive” income tax can be used to punish success, thereby giving politicians another platform from which to campaign. There’s an old adage: “What you tax you get less of.” Well taxing income has led to less income, and taxing the income of successful people more has led to less success.

Worst of all, the Sixteenth Amendment has destroyed the fundamental structure of the republic our Founding Fathers created. The fundamental property of a republic is:

a state in which the exercise of the sovereign power is lodged in representatives elected by the people

Republic – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

Today, the decisions we make about who should represent us seem most impacted by questions of taxation. The constitutional republic created by the Framers saw not only that the power was vested in the people, but that it would remain as close to them as possible. That is why the United States was given limited and enumerated power. When the states ratified the Sixteenth Amendment, they fractured that most fundamental aspect of self-government in America. They diminished their own power, exposing their citizens to hazard without any redress. By handing to the United States the power to directly tax our income, they removed themselves as a bulwark against an overly powerful and greedy central government. And we should not be surprised that there are those in Washington, D.C. who have seen this power to directly tax us and wish to expand it, through wealth and other taxes. Well did Samuel Adams say:

But if our Trade may be taxed why not our Lands? Why not the Produce of our Lands and every thing we possess or make use of? This we apprehend annihilates our Charter Right to govern and tax ourselves…are we not reduced from the Character of free Subjects to the miserable State of tributary slaves?

Samuel Adams May 15, 1764.

In 1913 our states began the process of reducing us from free citizens to the miserable state of tributary slaves. I hope now you see why I am so in favor of the repeal of this amendment of tyranny we call the Sixteenth Amendment.

© 2024 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By: Devvy

March 18, 2024

President-elect Donald Trump is the presumptive GOP nominee.  I use President-elect because contrary to the conspiracy theories by the prostitute media, Trump won the 2020 election.  No question the massive and documented fraud cheated him out of his second term.

Right now, in between battling all the bogus lawsuits & indictments, he’s going to have to make some critical decisions and announcements.  I voted for Trump the first time and will vote for him again in Nov. (Our primary is over and I voted for him.)

However, and I think any honest supporter of Trump knows he relied on advisors he trusted for his picks for cabinets and the critical VP choice.  In the end, he was betrayed and stabbed in the back by many of them.  Mike Pence, Bill Barr, Jeff Sessions, slimy FBI Director, Christopher Wray to name a few.

I do believe Trump got a ‘school of hard knocks’ lesson on just how dirty and deep the influence of the shadow government is out in DC and this time around (hopefully) will nominate real warriors. Patriotic Americans who are not afraid of the shadow government. Individuals who have and will stand up to the Democrat/Communist Party USA and fight for America first and the U.S. Constitution.

Last November I wrote Rep. Thomas Massie [R-KY] would make an excellent choice for Trump as a VP.  Massie is one of the most constitutionally grounded members in the house, but he and Trump butted heads over spending years ago.  However, Trump did endorse Massie for his reelection in 2022 despite the name-calling.  In January 2024, Massie hit the campaign trail for Florida Governor Ron DeSantis.  I was very disappointed and wondered just how much Massie really knew about DeSantis?

Kat is an expert on DeSantis:

DeGovernor Shows His True Colors; Not My Kind of Guy, July 7, 2023 (Emphasis mine): “Most of those 4 months as Governor were spent preparing to ditch his constituents, jockeying with the Legislature to get the law changed so he could abdicate the governorship while keeping the office if he had to return to it.

“Several other bills were also passed at his behest, that allowed the Governor to seal all of his travel and visitor records (ala Obama), and make machine voting mandatory. Knowing as we all do, the inaccuracy/fraudulency of machine voting, why would anyone do this? He also gutted the citizens’ medical freedom bill to render it meaningless. WHY? Hint, none of this has anything to do with integrity.

“So much for DeSantis’ promises. Why would anyone believe what he says he will do for the country if elected, when he doesn’t stand by his word to Florida?  Second, his endorsements and funding further define him. Ron DeSantis is openly endorsed by Jeb! Bush, Paul Ryan, Mitch McConnell, and scores of other RINO’s.”

On the Occasion of a Visit from our Governor, Sept. 8, 2023 – [Floridians really should read this one]: “After roaming the world for a Presidential campaign which he’d promised Floridians he would not undertake, Ron DeSantis deigned to come back to the state he was elected to govern.

“He was jeered Sunday night, as he spoke at a candlelight vigil for the dead in his hometown of Jacksonville, then returned to Tallahassee to tell people to listen to their local officials about the storm. Seems he could have done that from anywhere.

“After assuring his constituents that “we’ve got this”, he has held a few pressers, taken a bunch of calls, and done a lot of posturing for the cameras. His campaign is using videos of him reassuring people before the storm, trying desperately to close the 40+ point gap between himself and Trump, and prove what a great governor he is. As Laura Loomer points out, this is illegal. But, oh, well.

“The first thing DeGov owes people in his state is an explanation of and solution for the homeowner’s insurance mess which has occurred under his leadership. The appearance of Idalia brought this to the fore. Insurance companies have been folding and/or leaving the state since 2019, and Tallahassee’s own Citizens Insurance is broke.”

DeSantis is DeSperate, Seasons Blessings Not Coming His Way, Dec. 19, 2023 – “From the start, DeSantis angered many by breaking his promise to fulfill his second term as governor of the State of Florida. Then, he threw the $80 million remaining in his gubernatorial campaign war chest into the run for POTUS…

“I KNOW that neither Santa nor God will forgive Governor DeSantis for his treatment of the J6 families in his state, until he comes clean and asks forgiveness. Nor, for the head-fake legislation on medical “freedom: and election “integrity”. Lots of us never will.

“Speaking of election integrity, MUCH more on Florida voting machines is coming next. Know how we’re all told “they’re not connected to the internet”? Yeah. Stay tuned.”

It’s difficult to keep up with every candidate/incumbent for all levels of races for public office. How well I know and the more I read about DeSantis, I lost a lot of respect for him. Yes, he has good deeds to his credit such as dealing with natural disasters like hurricanes and this:  DeSantis Announces Florida Law Enforcement Interdicted Vessel of Haitians with Arms, Drugs, March 15, 2024.  But dedicated truth seekers like Kat (who lives in Florida and has a long history of activism and writing) expose what his PR managers try to hide.

When Rep. Massie endorsed DeSantis I began to look at other qualified individuals for Trump’s VP which did NOT include Vivek!, Kristie Noem, Tim Scott, Tulsi Gabbard (gag me) or any of the other names thrown around.

J.D. Vance is a Republican U.S. Senator from Ohio who had harsh words about Trump in 2016 & 2019, but like many others changed his mind. Trump endorsed Vance in his 2022 race.  Apparently, this didn’t sit well with some conservatives in Ohio, who vowed not to vote for Vance in his Senate race. Vance won anyway.  Very pro-Second Amendment, build the wall, no amnesty, believes Dr. Death Fauci lied to everyone; strong on family, believes “Unborn babies are not inconveniences to be discarded”, state legislatures should regulate the abortion industry.  (That’s exactly what it is.)

Vance does not believe the 2020 election was legitimate and has also publicly stated Trump did not engage in the worn-out “insurrection” lie.  Donald Trump, Jr., publicly commented during an interview this past January on Newsmax: “You’re never going to rule out someone that is a leading contender. It doesn’t mean that’s who you go with. I could see other people who would be great. I’d love to see a JD Vance.”

Sen. Vance is a former Marine (short bio at bottom).  This is where he stands on critical issues; not ‘one liners’.  Very much in alignment with Trump. No candidate is going to be perfect for every voter, but Vance is not afraid to stand up to the shadow government’s minions and agenda. He is and always has been a “America First” man.  If you feel he would make a good VP choice, send Trump a short message on his Trump Social, X and other social platforms as well as email.

While half the country has their head buried in the sand and believes the conspiracy theories and outright lies on the nightly “news” and cable networks, our judicial system is absolutely broken and beyond corrupt.  Merrick Garland was rejected for a seat on the U.S. Supreme Court. Nominated by usurper “president”, Hussein Obama, no doubt in my mind, Garland would like to see every conservative rot in some prison.

Tragically for this country, Garland is the current U.S. Attorney General.  A slimy, lying POS Democrat who announced the appointment of another junk yard dog, Jack Smith, to ‘get Trump’ using “lawfare” and trying to bankrupt Trump along the way. Not to mention all these indictments are blatant election interference.

Special counsel Jack Smith wasn’t lawfully appointed, can’t prosecute Trump, legal scholars say, Jan. 12, 2024

But who would be a great pick for U.S. Attorney General should Trump win in November if he isn’t cheated again?

It has to be a fighter.  A tried-and-true warrior who knows the law inside and out.  My pick (although he would be sorely missed here) would be our (Texas) State Attorney General Ken Paxton who survived – unanimously not guilty on every charge after a senate trial – a 1,000% politically motivated impeachment last summer birthed by a drunk who is currently our RINO Speaker of the House in our state legislature.  Yes, that’s how he’s known:  Drunk Dade.

It’s unbelievable voters in Drunk Dade Phelan’s district in our March 5^th primary sided with Phelan’s RINO buddies and Democrats; there will be a run-off May 28^th and pray David Covey wins.  Dade Phelan Races to Raise Money from Austin Establishment, March 14, 2024.  Shadowy DC PAC Backs Embattled Speaker Phelan – “Conservative antagonists Karl Rove and Joe Straus are still messing with Texas.”

A lot of Americans have become familiar with Paxton outside of Texas because of the lawsuits he’s filed against the usurper in the WH, career criminal, Joe Biden and joint efforts with our governor regarding the deliberate and massive human invasion at the border.

What Americans outside of Texas don’t know (well, maybe some do) is under Paxton’s stewardship, he’s done so much more which is why he is enormously popular in this state.  Paxton’s office handles more than 30,000 cases a year with 4,000 employees, 750 attorneys, 38 divisions and 117 offices in this state.

Human trafficking: “Texas is on the forefront of combating this hideous crime. In 2016 — in one of his first major initiatives — Attorney General Paxton formed the Human Trafficking and Transnational/Organized Crime Section (HTTOC), tasked with combating human trafficking across our state.”  Years in prison sentences for human traffickers since 2016:  750

Attor­ney Gen­er­al Ken Pax­ton Refus­es Biden Administration’s Demand to Sur­ren­der Shel­by Park and End Bor­der Secu­ri­ty Measures, Jan. 26, 2024 (Never backed down)

About damn time but the developers are money power people.  That development is a magnet for illegals and drug cartels ‘safe houses’:  Attorney General Paxton Sues Colony Ridge For Deceptive Sales Tactics – The lawsuit follows a monthslong investigation by the Office of the Attorney General. March 14, 2024:

“In an October 2023 letter addressed to members of the U.S. Congress, Paxton wrote that “The development appears to be attracting and enabling illegal alien settlement in the state of Texas and distressing neighboring cities and school districts.”

Attor­ney Gen­er­al Ken Pax­ton Wins Case Chal­leng­ing $1.7 Tril­lion Fed­er­al Fund­ing Bill Passed Uncon­sti­tu­tion­al­ly With Less Than Half of U.S. Con­gress Phys­i­cal­ly Present, Feb. 27, 2024

Attor­ney Gen­er­al Ken Pax­ton Sues to End NGO’s Oper­a­tions In Texas After Dis­cov­er­ing Poten­tial Efforts to Facil­i­tate Ille­gal Immigration, Feb. 20, 2024

Court Denies Biden Administration’s Effort to Dis­miss Texas Law­suit Against Uncon­sti­tu­tion­al Asy­lum Rule, Feb. 8, 2024

Attor­ney Gen­er­al Ken Pax­ton Sues Pfiz­er for Mis­rep­re­sent­ing COVID-19 Vac­cine Effi­ca­cy and Con­spir­ing to Cen­sor Pub­lic Discourse, Nov. 30, 2023

Pax­ton Launch­es Inves­ti­ga­tion into Gain-of-Func­tion Research and Mis­rep­re­sen­ta­tions by Covid-19 Vac­cine Manufacturers, May 1, 2023

Attor­ney Gen­er­al Ken Pax­ton Files Con­tempt Motion Against Frisco ISD for Vio­lat­ing Restrain­ing Order Against Ille­gal Electioneering  //  Attor­ney Gen­er­al Ken Pax­ton Pre­vails Over Biden’s Unlaw­ful Attempt to Redi­rect Mon­ey Away from Bor­der Wall Construction

Attor­ney Gen­er­al Ken Pax­ton Sues Biden Admin­is­tra­tion to Stop New Cli­mate Pol­i­cy Expansion //  Attor­ney Gen­er­al Ken Pax­ton Wins After Pornog­ra­phy Com­pa­nies Sued Texas Over Age Ver­i­fi­ca­tion Requirements

Attor­ney Gen­er­al Ken Pax­ton Announces Bar­clays’ Inel­i­gi­bil­i­ty to Par­tic­i­pate in Texas’s Bond Mar­ket For its Inabil­i­ty to Ver­i­fy its ​“ESG” Poli­cies Do Not Vio­late Texas Law, Jan. 26, 2024  //  Attor­ney Gen­er­al Ken Pax­ton Deliv­ered Over $200 Mil­lion to Tex­ans from Med­ic­aid Fraud Inves­ti­ga­tions in 2023

Attor­ney Gen­er­al Ken Pax­ton Secures Set­tle­ment with Memo­r­i­al Her­mann Health Sys­tem to Ensure Parental Access to Children’s Med­ical Records

There’s a hundred more but you can see Paxton fights back and is aggressive in going after liars, crooks, criminals, illegals and corporations out to cheat taxpayers. Paxton is a staunch and consistent supporter not of just the Texas Constitution, but the U.S. Constitution.

Paxton’s been a bull dozer going after Biden and taken one beating after another by the liberal prostitute media in this state.  They never miss a chance to try to smear him.  No question in my mind whatsoever as Trump’s U.S. Attorney General, we would see timely prosecutions instead of the old legal trick of letting “the clock run out”, meaning statute of limitations expire.

Ken Paxton is exactly the kind of fighter Trump needs as U.S. Attorney General in my humble opinion.  It would be a shame to see him leave as our State Attorney General but we are at a critical time in our history and we need a Goliath for U.S. Attorney General.

Trump is going to likely be making announcements in the not-too-distant future.  If you feel Paxton would make a good U.S. Attorney General choice send Trump a short message on his Trump Social, X and other social platforms.  Or, email him directly.  I have.

Make your voice heard. Trump needs to hear from average Americans and what We the People want, not RINO’s in the old establishment out there in the District of Criminals sold out to the highest bidder.

“Let me ask you, sir, when is the time for brave men to exert themselves in the cause of liberty and their country, if this is not?” George Washington

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2024 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on X. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

Related:

Democrats indicate they may not certify Trump election if he wins, Feb. 26, 2024

Over 140 House Democrats Demand Ability to Block Veterans from Purchasing Guns, March 15, 2024 (My comment:  How could ANY veteran or active-duty vote for usurper Biden after the DISASTROUS withdrawal from crap hole Afghanistan?)

J.D. Vance: “JD was born and raised in Middletown, Ohio, a once flourishing American manufacturing town where Ohioans could live content, middle-class lives on single incomes. Over time, many of those good jobs disappeared, and JD’s family suffered the effects along with many others.

“JD went on to serve our nation in the Iraq War, then graduated from The Ohio State University and Yale Law School. He wrote a bestselling book, Hillbilly Elegy, which was turned into a Netflix movie. He also started a business dedicated to growing jobs and opportunity in the American heartland.”

INVASION: Another 3.2 Million Illegal Aliens Projected to Cross Border This Year, an All-Time Record, March 16, 2024

Here’s a look at where GOP endorsements stand right now, March 6, 2024 (Congress & Governors)

By Frosty Wooldridge

March 18, 2024

What if the University of Georgia nursing student, Laken Riley, killed by an illegal alien while she jogged on campus, was your child?  What if one of the 100,000 kids killed annually by fentanyl brought across our borders by Joe Biden’s drug cartel army was your child?  What if one of the thousands of automobiles “car-jacked” by illegals was your car?  What if one of the countless women raped by illegal aliens was your daughter or wife?

How would open-borders advocate former Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi feel if her children were killed or raped by an illegal alien?  How would California Governor Gavin Newsome feel if his kids were stuck in a high school with 50 different languages…so no learning could possibly take place?  How would the head of the NCAA like it if his daughter competed against a transgender DNA male—and got the crap beat out of her?

What if you were one of the hundreds of businesses that lose that $100 billion annually to illegal alien shoplifters?  What if you were the NYC former U.S. Marine Daniel Penny who must stand trial for a crazy—emotionally unstable subway passenger who threatened everyone around him—and Penny actually took action to protect fellow passengers?  Instead of being heralded as a hero, he’s up on murder charges.

What if you were one of the 10,000 homeless in Denver, Colorado, but your moron Governor Polis and Mayor Johnston invited another 40,000 illegal aliens into that “Sanctuary State, City” to feed and house them instead of legal Americans who deserve taxpayer dollars more than illegal border jumpers?  What if you’re a taxpayer paying for the 175,000 homeless illegals in New York City?  Question: why did you vote for such intellectual morons as mayor and governor?

What if you’re on the next plane inspected by “Diversity, Inclusion, Equity” mechanics who don’t know a wrench from a screwdriver, but their ethnicity was more important than their ability to pass tests and become competent at their jobs?  What if a “DIE” pilot, hired for the color of his or skin, instead of their engineering skills, kills you and your family in a “freak” accident while landing?

What if America is being led by an 81-year-old suffering from dementia, looks like a walking cadaver, with his only talent being able to eat ice cream, is allowed to pretend he’s governing the greatest nation on the face of the Earth, but doesn’t know what day of the week it is or where he is or what’s going on in the world?  And, who are the “mentally retarded” Democrats voting him into the next nomination for President of the United States?  Why not vote for someone who possesses a functioning brain?

What if crimes in big cities spiral out of control, but mayors and city councils vote to “Defund the Police”?  What happens when one of their loved ones gets shot, drugged, car-jacked or must attend schools that are overrun by foreigners who could care less about anything American?

You could write you own list as to the insanities facing our country in 2024.  This column only scratches the surface of what we’re facing as a country.

At some point, basic, rational and sane Americans must bring the needle back to reality.  DNA males must not be allowed to compete against DNA females, period. Not in one single sport!  The NCAA needs to get its head out of its proverbial rear-end, and create a separate NCTA for all those mentally unstable guys trying to pretend they can wear a woman’s bathing suit, wrestling tights, and tennis skirts.

All of us need to come back to center as to George Floyd who was a car-jacker, woman beater, felon, drug dealer, porno actor, counterfeit pusher, and career criminal who most likely died of a fentanyl overdose as he swallowed those pills just before he was arrested.  Instead of naming high schools after him, he needs to be recorded as an absolutely pathetic example of a human being.

When it comes to our nation, we need to arrest and jail criminals. Put the fear of instant prosecution and jailing in them for any crimes.  We need to deport every last illegal alien back to their own countries. We need to rescind any asylum laws. We need to impeach this president and his DHS Secretary Mayorkas for total failures on the border.  Heck, our U.S. House and Senate should impeach themselves for their stupendous failures as to illegal immigration, $34 trillion debt, failed cities, failed schools, failed infrastructure, and failing the American people. What they are doing is illegal, against our Constitution, against every legal American, against every legal immigrant, and against our kids as to the deaths for drug overdoses.  We need to stop this insanity before your kid becomes the next Laken Riley.

We need to stop the invasion before those Muslim terrorists reach critical mass to plan and execute another 9/11 in one of our big cities.  You MUST know they are planning something HUGE in order to kill the “Great Satan.”  With the number of demonstrators in our country supporting Hamas’ slaughtering all those women and children on October 7, 2023, we need to deport all Muslims because their only allegiance is to Sharia Law and the Qur’an.  We don’t need them in our country and don’t want what they have in store for us.

In 2024, we need to get back to the basics that made this country function at the highest level for everyone:  personal responsibility, personal accountability, personal educational excellence, personal work excellence, loyalty to our flag, honesty, ethics, critical thinking, our communities, our states, our nation and our way of life.

What if Laken Riley was your kid?  Well, the way things are going, anyone of us could be the next Laken Riley.

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Sidney Secular

March 18, 2024

(Adapted from The Phyllis Schlafly Report)

Is it a newfound fatuous infatuation or desperation born of a desperate financial situation as the nation’s 99% gets further in debt?  Either way, gambling that gambling will get out of hand is not much of a gamble today. There is a newfound romance with and acceptance of games of chance. Sports gambling had a field day on Super Bowl Sunday when football’s two top teams took to the field. Apps available for “mobile devices” made betting on this contest and other chancy games of chance more accessible, more convenient and more acceptable than ever. They are making “gaming” a game changer (all the while making people poorer) for increasing numbers of the addicted. The tech tyrants are finessing and filching funds in this field of endeavor as they do with respect to any field that could prove lucrative. Bets, no matter how small, are fed into an internet surveillance system that exploits this activity in order to target the bettor with a barrage of ads enticing him to gamble further. Online gambling companies are also mining this information for the marketing gold it represents. These companies aired expensive commercials during the new national extravaganza. Gambling addiction hotlines have popped up and the traffic thereon has spiked in the 38 states where gambling has been legalized.

When Ohio authorized sports gambling last year, calls to the state’s “gamblers’ hotline” tripled during in the very first month. The Supreme Court regrettably struck down a federal ban on sports gambling in the case, Murphy v. NCAA (2018). All but 12 states have since legalized sports betting, causing gambling addiction to rise to an all-time high. In January, a federal district court in New Jersey dismissed a lawsuit by a victim of gambling, declaring that casinos have no legal duty to stop taking bets by a compulsive gambler (something that would put them out of business, and we can’t have that, right?). Gamblers as consumers are not protected from exploitation as other consumers sometimes are. Of course, in this instance we see an “about face” from the belief that government should “protect all of us from harm” by removing all of our liberties! So while you will be forced to unnecessarily wear a mask though it doesn’t protect you, for addicted gamblers the State will help his or her addiction along until the “customer” is destroyed! Go figure!

“Higher” education, as well as “secondary” school students gamble now. One out of 5 college students admits to spending some of his student loan money or financial aid on sport betting according to www.Intelligent.com. College athletic departments are getting into the act, and many partner with “Best Sportsbook” sites to promote gambling to students who, in better days, might have been expelled had they been found betting on any athletic contest. The largest category of victims are young men and their families. These men are the most affected by unemployment and the poor employment prospects in the Bidenomics economy, and are thus more prone to “roll the dice” in hopes of obtaining by chance what they cannot obtain by work. Of course, this often results in them getting themselves into dicey situations.

A new category of bets called “prop bets” has also popped up. These represent bets on ancillary matters not a direct part of the games themselves; that is, betting on props, so to speak. Taylor Swift has swiftly become a national idol, sort of the Marilyn Monroe of popular music. Hundreds of bets were placed on different aspects of the clothes she would wear and what shade of lipstick she would employ during her Super Bowl performance – anything on which to place a bet and the more categories, the better. The “Swifties” as her fans are called, placed 89 different types of bets on the aforesaid outward characteristics of the character she was trying to portray, a true measure of the new gambling mania. She’s a fan of many across the age spectrum, but a special spectacle to young women. Indeed, young women are really getting into the gambling act. Twenty percent of women aged 18 to 49 are involved in online sports gambling. Their “sporting participation” is getting more popular than showing off their gams.

Until recently, the NFL has strictly kept gambling out of football for obvious reasons. Now, however, the NFL has partnered with online gambling companies to tap into the gambling profits and boost TV ratings. The action on the field cannot help but be tainted by this involvement and already three dozen players and league officials have been found in violation of the rules. Parenthetically, we may expect it will be the rules that will suffer rather than the gambling. Most oddsmakers, for some reason, felt that Las Vegas would never host the Super Bowl, which, though sort of odd may simply represent an older, more innocent (and decent) era.

Studies show that 16% of gambling addicts attempt suicide, which is over 20 times the rate in the general population, and the highest of any addiction. Having the necessary apps on their phones makes it easy for those hooked on hi-tech to place bets at any time at any place. Now with the Artificial intelligence tools in place, the odds against the fan are much higher while it becomes ever easier for him or her to engage in this vice.

With super bowl Sunday being such a national fetish and spectacle, gambling promoters are pushing for the following Monday to become a national holiday. Don’t bet against it.

© 2024 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

by Rolaant McKenzie

March 17, 2024

The Book of Eli (2010) is an American post-apocalyptic action film that tells the story of Eli, a nomad wearing sunglasses and ragged clothes, traveling on foot across the wasteland of the former United States for 30 years after a nuclear war with a special, powerful book holding the secret to humanity’s salvation.

On his long journey, Eli is blessed with uncanny survival and fighting skills that allow him to hunt wildlife, scavenge for supplies, and defeat highway bandits he encounters. Searching for water, he comes upon a dilapidated town ruled by Carnegie, the local warlord, who dreams of controlling people and building more towns using the power of a certain book, for which he has his henchmen search the desolate landscape daily to no avail.

Carnegie discovers that Eli has the book he has been seeking after overhearing Solara, the daughter of his mistress Claudia, repeating a prayer she learned from Eli. He orders his men to shoot Eli after he refuses to surrender the book, but the bullets miraculously do not harm him while Eli’s amazing shooting accuracy killed many of Carnegie’s men, with Carnegie himself being shot in the leg.

Eli escapes the town and is joined by Solara, who has also fled. She leads him to the town’s water source so that he can refill his water supply and continue his journey. Eli explains his mission to Solara. He is carrying the last remaining copy of the Bible. All other copies were deliberately destroyed following the nuclear war. He was led to the book by a voice and directed to travel west to a place where it would be safe, being assured that he would be guided and protected on his journey.

Carnegie and his henchmen, in a caravan of still-functioning vehicles, catch up to Eli and Solara, and a fierce gunfight ensues that kills many of his men. But they manage to capture Eli and Solara and force them to yield the Bible. Carnegie then shoots him and leaves him for dead, taking Solara and his remaining men back to the town. But in transit, Solara manages to escape with one of the vehicles and returns to a seriously wounded Eli. Carnegie, with his remaining vehicles low on fuel, continues back to the town.

Later in his office, Carnegie opens the Bible and discovers to his dismay that he is unable to read it because it is written in Braille, revealing that Eli is blind. His leg wound has become septic, signaling impending death, and he is powerless against the people of the town, who rebel against his rule as they see that nearly all of his enforcers have been killed.

Solara and Eli drive west until they reach the Golden Gate Bridge, then they find a boat and row to Alcatraz Island, where they find a group of survivors who have dedicated themselves to preserving what remains of literature and music. He tells the group’s leader, Lombardi, that he has a copy of the Bible.

Eli amazingly dictates to Lombardi from memory the entire Bible, word for word, exactly, from Genesis 1:1 to Revelation 22:21. Some considerable time later, with this task done, Eli begins to succumb to his injuries. Before he breathed his last, he thanked the Lord Jesus for giving him the strength, guidance, protection, and conviction to complete the task He entrusted to him. Peacefully committing his soul to His care, his last words echoed those of the apostle Paul when the end of his time on earth was imminent:

“I have fought the good fight, I have finished the race, I have kept the faith.” (2 Timothy 4:7)

Lombardi and his people, using his original transcription, are able to use the printing press at the facility to produce copies of the Bible. It was apparent that a world cataclysm and systematic destruction were unable to prevent God from preserving His word in the world, including the message of salvation through faith in Jesus Christ.

Sadly, attempts to destroy the word of God are not limited to fictional stories or films. In history, there are examples of kings coming with conquering armies and authoritarian governments who sought to obliterate God’s word from the face of the earth to direct worship to themselves and have absolute power over people.

Seleucid King Antiochus IV Epiphanes (215-164 BC), after a military campaign in Egypt, attacked and conquered Jerusalem in 168 BC, killing about 40,000 people, with the same number being sold into slavery, according to 1 Maccabees and 2 Maccabees, biblical apocryphal books.

Believing himself to be divine based on the title he ascribed to himself (Greek: Epiphanes, “God Manifest”), Antiochus IV engaged in a massive campaign of repression against the Jews and their faith in God. He tried to force them to abandon their faith, adopt Greek customs, and worship Greek gods, including himself. He desecrated the Temple by erecting a statue of Zeus (who resembled himself) and sacrificing a pig on the altar. Furthermore, he commanded that anyone with a copy of the Scriptures turn them in to the authorities so that they could be destroyed. Many who were caught by the authorities adhering to Jewish customs such as circumcising their children, observing the Sabbath, or possessing the Scriptures were cruelly put to death.

The oppressive rule of Antiochus IV sparked a rebellion by Jewish fighters in 167 BC, led by Judas Maccabeus and his family. Later called the Maccabean Revolt, these vastly outnumbered fighters in three years, with God strengthening them, eventually defeated the king’s forces and drove them out of the city and region. The Temple was cleansed, rededicated to the Lord, and returned to its proper function. The Jewish people to this day celebrate Hanukkah in commemoration of the victory and independence from Greek rule God granted them and the preservation of His word.

Diocletian was emperor of Rome from 284 to 305 AD. He believed in his own divinity, assuming the title of Lord and Master of the World, and demanded that his subjects worship not only the traditional Roman gods but the emperor himself. Perceiving Christians to be a threat to the stability of Rome and his rule because they refused to worship him or the Roman gods, he issued edicts forbidding Christians from assembling for worship, ordering the seizure and destruction of Christian property and places of worship, and demanding the confiscation of the Scriptures so that they could be burned. Christians who refused to comply with these edicts were put to death.

Near the end of his reign, Diocletian assumed that his drive to end Christianity was so successful that he erected a monument over a burned Bible inscribed with the words, “Extincto nomene Christianorum” (“The name Christian is extinguished”). Diocletian even commissioned the creation of a medal with the engraving: “The Christian religion is destroyed, and the worship of the gods restored.”

However, after Diocletian’s reign, Constantine became the new Roman emperor in 306 AD. He attributed his ascension to the throne to a vision he had revealing that, under the sign of the cross of Jesus Christ, he would have victory. He declared himself to be a Christian, ended the persecution, and offered a sizable reward to anyone who would deliver a copy of the Scriptures to him. Despite Diocletian’s efforts, 50 copies of the word of God survived his purge, and they were offered to Constatine. He went on to commission the reproduction of the Bible.

In spite of their best efforts, despotic rulers such as the Greek king Antiochus IV and Roman emperor Diocletian were unable to utterly destroy the word of God, and they died like men, bringing their boasts of divinity to naught. But threats to the Scriptures have not always come from systematic efforts to suppress or extinguish them, but from civilizational collapse.

Maewyn Succat (commonly known as Saint Patrick) was born at the end of Roman rule in Britain, starting in the late fourth century. While the exact dates of his birth and death are uncertain and subject to debate by historians, it is believed through his writings that his work as a Christian missionary and bishop in Ireland took place in the fifth century.

Succat was the son of Calpurnius, a senator, tax collector, and deacon at the local church in a Roman British city, and grandson of Potitus, a priest from Bannavem Taburniae. According to The Confession of Saint Patrick (5th century), he described himself as not being an active believer, though he grew up in a Christian home. That changed when, at the age of 16, he was captured by a group of Irish pirates near his home and taken to Ireland, where he was a slave for six years.

During his captivity, Succat worked as a shepherd, and his relationship with God was strengthened through prayer. It was at this time that he truly came to faith in Jesus Christ. He was introduced to Irish culture and developed a love for the people.

After six years, Succat heard a voice telling him to return home and that his ship would be ready. He escaped his master and traveled to a port 200 miles away. There, after Succat prayed, the ship captain was eventually persuaded to transport him back home.

His parents were overjoyed to receive their son back and did not want him to go anywhere else away from them, but God’s calling on his life remained. Reminiscent of the vision the apostle Paul received to go to the people of Macedonia to preach the gospel to them (Acts 16:9-12), the Lord revealed to Succat in a dream that he should return to Ireland to preach the gospel.

Succat traveled to France to study in Auxerre and was eventually ordained to the priesthood and commissioned to go to Ireland as a Christian missionary. He faced hardship, danger, and many other challenges, but God used his experience as a captive to bring him to genuine faith in Christ and to equip him for his mission.

Bishop Patrick’s work brought Christianity to Ireland, helped to safeguard the written word (especially the Bible), established centers of learning through the many monasteries that were founded, and helped set the pattern of missionary service leading to the promotion of the gospel far beyond Ireland. He can rightly be considered not only the patron saint of Ireland but also of archivists, librarians, and other information professionals who are tasked with preserving knowledge and making it accessible for the building of society.

Just as an external computer hard drive preserves critical programs and files from the primary computer in the event it suffers a catastrophic breakdown of its operating system, God used the ministry of Bishop Patrick and his successors to transform Ireland into an “external hard drive” as Europe, the “primary computer,” entered the Dark Ages (about 500-1000 AD) that followed the fall of the Roman Empire. The knowledge preserved eventually spread back to Europe through the preaching of the gospel and helped to restart its civilization, paving the way for the Renaissance (14th-17th centuries).

David expressed his confidence in the power of God to preserve His word:

“The words of the LORD are pure words, like silver tried in a furnace of earth, purified seven times. You shall keep them, O LORD, You shall preserve them from this generation forever.” (Psalm 12:6-7)

God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, stated that His word would stand forever (Isaiah 40:8) and that it would never fail to fulfill His purpose on earth (Isaiah 55:10-11). Jesus said, “Heaven and earth will pass away, but My words will not pass away.” (Matthew 24:35) The apostle Paul spoke of the word of God not being bound (2 Timothy 2:8-9).

No other book in history has been so attacked or attempts made to extinguish it as the Bible, yet like a mighty anvil, it has worn out the many hammers wielded against it by devils and men, despotic rulers and governments, false prophets and religions, natural and manmade cataclysms, and civilizational collapse.

Stories like The Book of Eli and historical accounts such as the Maccabean Revolt, the Great Persecution of Diocletian, and Bishop Patrick’s evangelism of Ireland illustrate God’s gift of His word to humanity and His providential hand, sometimes using the unlikeliest means and people, in maintaining its existence and integrity through the centuries, an important reason to believe what it says and teaches.

God has preserved His word for us, especially the gospel message, which will not fail to accomplish His purpose of bringing forgiveness of sin, reconciliation with God, and eternal salvation to all who believe in Jesus Christ (1 Corinthians 15:3-4).

© 2024 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

By Pastor Mike Spaulding

March 17, 2024

He has told you, O man, what is good; and what does the LORD require of you but to do justice, to love kindness, and to walk humbly with your God? Micah 6:8[1]

Justice for all! This statement is a great sound bite but little more than that. Indeed, as it is used today, it is superfluous on the surface and vacuous once a brief examination is undertaken. However, given that Americans have been conditioned to respond to sound bite journalism and half-truths and worse masquerading as fact-based news, this mantra has become a dangerous, misleading, and effective tactic utilized by those bent on destroying Israel, in part by undermining American support for it.

The recent action by the South African government in filing a legal proceeding with the International Court of Justice against Israel, accusing it of violating the Genocide Convention agreement, is one example of the upside-down world in which we live. I admire the detailed response by Tal Becker, legal advisor to the Israeli Ministry of Foreign Affairs. In his opening statement on January 12, 2024, he called the character of the government of South Africa into question. He said in part:

But, as this Court has already made clear, the Genocide Convention was not designed to address the brutal impact of intensive hostilities on the civilian population, even when the use of force raises “very serious issues of international law” and involves “enormous suffering” and “continuing loss of life”. The Convention was set apart to address a malevolent crime of the most exceptional severity.

We live at a time when words are cheap. In an age of social media and identity politics, the temptation to reach for the most outrageous term, to vilify and demonize, has become for many irresistible. But if there is one place where words should still matter, where truth should still matter, it is surely a court of law.

The Applicant has regrettably put before the Court a profoundly distorted factual and legal picture. The entirety of its case hinges on a deliberately curated, decontextualized and manipulative description of the reality of current hostilities.

South Africa purports to come to this Court in the lofty position of a guardian of the interest of humanity. But in delegitimizing Israel’s 75-year existence in its opening presentation, that broad commitment to humanity rang hollow. And in its sweeping counter-factual description of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, it seemed to erase both Jewish history and any Palestinian agency or responsibility. Indeed, the Application delegitimization of Israel since its very establishment in 1948 in its submissions, sounded barely distinguishable from Hamas’s own rejectionist rhetoric.

It is unsurprising, therefore, that in the Applicant’s telling, both Hamas’s responsibility for the situation in Gaza and the very humanity of its Israeli victims are removed from view.[2]

For justice to be realized by all, at least two things are necessary foundationally: there must be a standard or system of justice available to all that is objective, that is, it is beyond the frailties and double mindedness of man, and all parties interested in justice for all must recognize this objective standard as the guiding principles for determining when justice has been exhibited. In other words, there must be law and the rule of law must prevail over all well-intentioned and/or misguided arguments based on emotions, feelings, or the ideology-du-jour of the day.

In order for true justice to prevail and guide any people in their shared lives, justice must be impartial, proportionally related to behavior so that each individual receives his or her due, whether that due is reward or punishment. This must be in accord with the objective standard agreed upon as the guiding principles mentioned above.

America was founded upon Christian principles. Therefore, God’s moral law has undergirded the guiding principles of this republic even before the American Revolution. The Mayflower Compact, the first governing document of English settlers to America makes this clear. The Declaration of Independence, the Articles of Confederation, the US Constitution and Bill of Rights follow suite in recognizing the God of the Christian Bible as Creator, Sustainer, Lord, and Law Giver. His immutable and timeless law is recognized as the foundation for America’s laws.

John Locke said, “The end of law is not to abolish or restrain, but to preserve and enlarge freedom.” President John F. Kennedy recognized that truth when he stated during his inaugural address that: “The rights of man come not from the generosity of the state, but from the hand of God.” Sir William Blackstone, the acclaimed English jurist and scholar of jurisprudence, wrote that:

“Man … must necessarily be subject to the laws of his Creator…This will of his Maker is called the law of nature…This law of nature…is of course superior to any other…No human laws are of any validity, if contrary to this: and such of them as are valid derive all their force…from this original.”[3]

Additionally, justice has many different applications and therefore must be understood within several different contexts, among them: commercial, vindictive, retributive, punitive, and remedial justice.[4] Commercial justice defines voluntary relationships, while vindictive, retributive, punitive, and remedial justice defines involuntary relationships. Theologian and Philosopher E. Calvin Beisner, offers this explanation:

Commercial justice requires that if we desire what another has, we must offer something he prefers in exchange for it, not acquire it by force or fraud – whether directly (picking his pocket) or indirectly (using a law to take from him and give to ourselves or others). Violations of commercial justice by fraud, theft, or violence bring punitive and vindictive justice into play as correctives.

When one person violates another’s rights (which are defined by justice), the injury is to be redressed by vindictive, retributive, and punitive justice. Vindictive justice judges the victim right in his cause (1 Kings 8:32; Deuteronomy 25:1). Retributive justice (from the Latin re, or “back,” and tribuere, “to pay”) requires the offender to restore the victim to his status before the offense (Exodus 22:1-15). Punitive justice applies a penalty to the offender as punishment for violating the law (Romans 13:4). In crimes against property (theft or destruction), punitive and retributive justice combine in the offender’s restoring what was taken or destroyed (retribution, also called restitution) plus some additional amount (punishment).

Sometimes someone harms another accidently. Then, remedial justice requires the one who caused the harm to share the cost equally with the victim (Exodus 21:35) but adds no penalty. But if he is negligent, he must be punished by bearing the whole loss (Exodus 21:33-34, 36), restoring the victim fully to his former state at his own expense.[5]

In the current climate of identity politics, gender dysphoria, and Marxian and Critical Theories run amok, these requirements for justice appear to be out of reach. That leaves us with a bare-naked power grab by certain people, or cast in Darwinian terms, a fight for the survival of the strongest, where might makes right. In America today that means political power financed by globalists who espouse anti-American ideologies. The ability to force people to comply against their wishes and of the common good has defined tyranny throughout the ages. Sadly, much of the American Protestant church has been deceived and is supporting the multi-pronged Luciferian lunacy of the leftists and other assorted God haters.

Instead of giving up and giving in to the wickedness of our day, a better approach would be to educate ourselves and others in the methodologies and strategies of the enemies of God and then begin to broadly denounce this present darkness for what it is – a direct attack against God. Mankind has consistently done a very poor job of administering justice when the laws used to determine justice are constructed on the shifting sand of rogue philosophies and the subsequent politics that pander to tyrannical lusts. The fight is on. You must join the fray or watch America and her allies die a slow painful death.

© 2024 Mike Spaulding – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Mike Spaulding: drmichaelspaulding@gmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] All Bible references are taken from The New American Standard translation (Lockman Foundation, 1995).

[2] Jewish News Syndicate, International Court of Justice Opening Statement On Behalf of Israel, January 12, 2024.

[3] See Natural law the ultimate source of constitutional law

[4] See E. Calvin Beisner, Social Justice vs. Biblical Justice: How Good Intentions Undermine Justice and Gospel, Good Tree Press, 2018.

[5] Beisner, p. 24-25.

By Rob Pue

March 17, 2024

Given the work that I do, it grieves me to see so many professing Christians who are so ignorant of the days and times we’re living in.  Most don’t know and don’t want to know what’s really going on in this world — or how Christ-followers are to respond to it all.  Truly, those who are not Christians, or are “nominal Christians” at best, are much more well informed than those who claim to be “devout.”  Because most modern American churches today do more harm than good for the Kingdom of God.

Let me give you a case in point.  I know a couple of people who are very devout church-goers.  Literally, whenever the doors to the church are open, they’re there.  These folks receive our newspaper, Wisconsin Christian News, and have for many years, but it’s doubtful they ever read it, or even open it.  Theirs is a typical modern American church, where the pastor is careful to never speak anything that may be construed as “offensive.”  The church only offers the modern praise and worship choruses, and then an “uplifting, feel-good” message as a sermon.  To put it succinctly, it’s a “Your Best Life Now” church.

They teach that God just wants His people to be nice to others, be happy, blessed, financially secure, comfortable and at peace.  Certainly, you can have all, or most of these things as a child of God, but as with most modern American churches, the people are never called to actually do anything, nor are they trained for the work of the ministry.

Now, the people I’m referring to will never read or hear this message, because they listen only to Contemporary Christian Music radio stations, and obviously never open the pages of Wisconsin Christian News or follow any other alternative Christian news sources.  They’re clueless about things like the Globalist “new world order,” the radical LGBTQP+ movement, the demonic “transgender” agenda, the pornographic books and sexually-perverted indoctrination of our children in public schools, the imprisonment of the J6 political prisoners, the deadly hospital protocols, the depopulation agenda with the COVID jabs, the radical pro-death agenda of Planned Parenthood, the invasion of our nation by foreign enemies, and so much more.  Needless to say, they both received all their COVID jabs.  In fact, their church opened up as a “vaccination center” a few years ago.

This past Christmas, these folks gave some framed artwork to someone I know well.  The recipient is a wide-awake Christ-follower who is well informed and active in standing against evil and deception.  As he unwrapped the gift, he was astonished — this framed artwork was a rainbow flag with the words “Love is Love” emblazoned upon it.  This gift, from a couple of extremely devout church-goers, left him and his wife nearly speechless.

As gently and tactfully as they could, they asked, “Don’t you know what this is? Don’t you know what this means?  How could you not know what this is?”

Their response was, “Oh, no…we had no idea.  We just saw it at Target and thought it was a pretty picture that would bless your home with love.”

While their intentions were good, they truly had no idea what the rainbow flag stood for, or that the words “Love is Love” is the clarion call of the same-sex-marriage movement.  It’s been nine years now since the Supreme Court’s Obergefell decision.  Nine years, and still these extremely devout church-goers had no idea…nor did they have any idea of Target’s blatant hatred for Christians and conservatives — or Target’s arrogant advancement of the homosexual and transgender movements with products they sell, even for children.  Or Target’s pro-transgender “open restroom” policies.

You see, their pastor has never spoken on any of these things, and the only news they get is from the mainstream media propaganda machine.  They have no interest in topics they deem “political” and so they only know what they hear in their church.  They’re completely clueless.

A few years ago, I was speaking with a friend who had taken it upon himself to distribute Bible tracts and other Christian materials in his neighborhood.  He’d go door-to-door, leaving the materials on the doors of homes.  He told me that it was rare to ever actually speak to anyone — he just dropped off the literature and went on to the next house.  But the occupants of one house, in particular, were very unfriendly to him and actually called the police on him.  He pointed the house out to me as we stood in his driveway.  It was adorned with a rainbow flag on the front.

I asked him, “well, what did you expect?  Didn’t you see their flag?”  He gave me a blank stare.  So I asked, “Don’t you know what that flag is?”  After I told him, he still didn’t believe me — “I just thought it was a pretty yard decoration,” he said.  He was completely clueless.

It astonishes me that so many are so ignorant.  And, over the past 25 years of my work with Wisconsin Christian News, I receive the harshest criticism from professing Christians, and especially pastors.  They want nothing to do with us.  The majority of pastors won’t allow our newspaper in their churches, and if they do, almost none of the people there will pick up a copy.

In one instance, we had a very dedicated distribution volunteer who would take a bundle of newspapers to a church in her area. The pastor always greeted her with a big, wide smile and always thanked her for dropping the papers off.  This went on for a couple of years before the church secretary called me to say, “I’m so sorry to have to tell you this, but I feel so badly and so guilty about it, I must.  Our pastor told your delivery person he loves your newspaper, but I’m instructed to throw them in the recycling the minute she leaves.  The bundles are never even opened.”  So, in other words, this pastor was lying — right to our friend’s face — with a big, broad smile, for years.

But God has a remnant, even in the “Best Life Now” churches.  Countless times, I’m contacted by people who are so enthusiastic about our newspaper they want to make it available at their church.  I tell them to first show a copy to their pastor and then let me know what he says.  One of two things always happen: either I never hear from this person again, or they call me back to say “the pastor said ‘no.’”

So in order to get the truth — and the whole counsel of God — along with the Gospel message out to those who have never heard, we stock our newspaper in news racks in public places for people to pick up for free.  In other words, we have to do an “end-run” around the pastors in order to get information with a biblical worldview to the people.  And the papers literally fly off the shelves.  Grocery stores are great places to distribute the newspaper.  Countless times, I’ve arrived at a store to stock the new edition and before I can even get the first bundle cut open, there are people coming up to me saying, “OH! Wonderful!  I’ve been waiting for this.  I love this paper.  Can I have one of those?”

You see, there are MANY who are starving for the truth.  They’re not getting it in their churches or the mainstream press.  If they go to church, their pastors will never speak on any of the subjects we cover; never anything of real substance, but rather, mere platitudes.  And many people are smart enough to know propaganda and “fake news” when they hear or see it.  So they’re very eager for each new edition of Wisconsin Christian News.  For many, it’s the only source of real news and information — and deep insights into God’s Word they ever get.

Those who are wide awake and know all about the things we cover, can sometimes find themselves overwhelmed, anxious and fearful of the days we’re living in and where this nation is headed under God’s judgment.  It happens to me, too.  A 24/7 news feed of real information, coming from trusted and verified, fact-based sources often leaves me overwhelmed.  I often have “information overload,” and the news is almost never good now.  I understand, it can wear a person out.

But we won’t back down. We can’t afford to.  I believe we owe it to our readers to be here, to persevere and press on — because there are so few who will dare speak the hard truth anymore.  And Christians, especially, should never be ignorant of the devil’s devices, and should always be the most informed and well-equipped of all, in order to be able to explain to others all that is really going on, along with the real hope that we have in Christ.  Not just a “hope,” but a “knowing” that God is in control — and though the world is now enveloped in darkness, deception, delusion and deceit, that He will work all things together for good for those who love Him and are called according to His purpose.

We can’t be ignorant, but we can’t be fearful either. Not if we’re real Christ-followers, with the Holy Spirit inside us.  We must be knowledgeable, informed and prepared for ministry and evangelism, but we must also be willing to pick up our cross and carry it, no matter the cost.  What I’m saying is that knowledge without action — or knowledge combined with cowardice — is what causes the anxiety, fear, and despair so many struggle with today.

Wisconsin Christian News serves an important purpose.  Perhaps the most important purpose is bringing the Gospel message and a biblical worldview to the unsaved world…and the unsaved among us are often the most intrigued by our newspaper.  As I said, even in churches that do allow our paper to be distributed there, few people ever pick up a copy.  But an average grocery store will easily go through 200 copies in a week.  The world is starving for truth!

But if all you’re doing is reading our newspaper, you’re missing the point.  Most of the articles we publish are meant to direct the reader to further and deeper study of God’s Word, the Bible.  That’s where all the answers are, and that’s what we’re trying to point people toward.  Yes, we must know the news of the day and we must be aware of and understand the latest lies and schemes of the enemy.  But it’s God’s Word that makes what we see in our daily headlines all make sense, and it’s God’s Word that explains the role we have to play in such a time as this, and it’s God’s Word, when properly studied, that moves us to action in His name, boldly calling out the lies, informing the ignorant and leading the lost to the only One Who is able to save their souls.

So in these days, we all need to spend more time making a serious study of the Word of God.  It contains not only the history of the world, but timeless lessons from our Creator Himself on how we should act, what we should do, how we should respond to all that’s coming upon the earth right now and how we overcome the enemy.  Sadly, most pastors today won’t even admit we have an enemy, much less, instruct and equip their people for spiritual warfare.

Along with serious, intentional, deep Bible study, we also need to draw near to the Lord in fervent prayer.  Not repetitious prayer; not compulsory prayer, but real prayer.  Talking with God and doing so without ceasing.  Like the disciples in the book of Acts, we need to go to our “upper rooms” — alone or with other like-minded believers — and fervently pray for wisdom and knowledge of God’s will, for guidance and direction as to what He would have us to do.

Of course, I’m assuming you are one with the Holy Spirit within you, and that you’re not only “pretty sure” you have the Holy Spirit, but you know you do because you can feel it.  If you don’t know or don’t feel the Holy Spirit within, speaking to you, guiding and directing you, repent and pray for personal sanctification first, and then ask God to fill you with His Spirit.  This is not the time to remain apathetic about the things of God, but rather to get deadly serious about it all. “Business-as-usual churchianity” is not adequate to triumph over the forces of darkness and evil in this world.  The Bible tells us that Lukewarm people literally make God vomit.  So don’t remain in your ignorance. There’s no excuse for being clueless.

© 2024 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 422.

By Reverend Glynn Adams

March 17, 2024

The greatest trick the devil ever pulled was to convince the world he didn’t exist. This philosophy has worked so well among pastors and churchgoers in America!!! The first thing you need to know about the spiritual being called Satan, or the devil, is that you won’t find him running around in a red suit, with horns and a pitchfork. No! He would much rather you fall for the lie that he is just a myth and he doesn’t exist at all. In Matthew 4:1, Jesus was led into the wilderness, He was tempted by the Devil, a real demonic entity on this earth.

You are warned in 1 John 2:15, Do not love this world system nor the things of this world system because this is Satan’s domain. You are further warned in James 4:4-5a, that friendship with this world system is hostility toward God? Therefore, whoever wishes to be a friend of the world makes himself an enemy of God. Or do you think that the Scriptures speaks to no purpose? Never have we witnessed so much of the world system in the church today!!

James 4:7 also warns us, “Submit, therefore, to God. Resist the devil and he will flee from you.” As does 1 Peter 5:8-9, “Be of sober spirit, be on the alert. Your adversary the devil prowls about like a roaring lion, seeking someone to devour. But resist him, firm in your faith, knowing that the same experiences of suffering are being accomplished by your brethren who are in the world.”

The Word of God, which is a “war manual” and is full of scriptures warning us about Satan and what weapons God has given us to resist and overcome him. To ignore him or to disregard him is very foolish and can be deadly because his ministry is to deceive us, to torment us, to rob us, to steal from us, and to kill us!!! To say the least, we are in a spiritual war and the truth is – if we are not resisting him; he will overcome us. All we have to do is look at our nation and you will see because the evidence abounds – we have been captured by Satan and his powers of darkness and we have become a habitation of demons and demonic strongholds. Why? Because pastors and the Body of Christ in America are sound asleep, disengaged, and refuse to resist the evil before us!!!

There are so many false teachings by false pastors in the Body of Christ in America. You are being told that Satan can’t bother a follower of Christ because he has been defeated at the cross. He was defeated but Satan is still on this earth. He knows that he has but a little time left and he is ramping up his ministry of deception, robbing, destroying, and killing. You have no defense if you are not firm in your faith. Satan comes to you in the area of your ignorance. In the Body of Christ in America, many are being destroyed for a lack of knowledge of the Word of God.

Any follower of Jesus Christ is going to continually face spiritual warfare as long as he or she is on this earth, even though the battle has been won and Satan has been defeated. There is no way the follower of Jesus can get out of it. Spiritual Warfare is God’s designed means by which to spiritually develop man. This is real spiritual warfare. Satan is God’s necessary means by which to mature us into the image of His Son, Jesus Christ!!!

The person who is seeking to surrender self to the Lordship of Christ is more susceptible to spiritual warfare. When a believer gets really serious about following Jesus and comes to the place of identification with Christ, will discover his position and purpose in Christ, and then discovers Satan’s position, he or she becomes a real threat to Satan. Carnal or nominal churchgoers or ear-tickling pastors are not a threat to Satan. So, your growth process will intensify and get worse in order to move you higher than where you are now.

It is good of God not to allow Satan to deal with babes in Christ the same way He deals with adults. It is beautiful that God in His sovereign grace and mercy measures out the measure and means by which Satan is able to oppose us!!!

Always remember this – the more spiritual growth you have, the more like Jesus you are and the more authority you exercise over the forces of hell, the more our responsibility increases, and the more our satisfaction increases because you are seeing God’s will done more perfectly in your life. This is the abundant life. When there is no change in your life, you are dead inside and Satan has you under his control!!

Again, I repeat – no individual can be victorious against Satan unless he or she understands Satan. We hear very little about Satan in our churches and our pastors and consequently many in the Body of Christ as well as their pastors are ill-prepared to meet and deal with him. Therefore, we are being destroyed because we are ignorant of the knowledge of Satan and what the Word of God teaches about his person, his methods, his plans, his programs, and his devises. Many pastors and those in the Body of Christ are being destroyed for a lack of God’s knowledge and fall in defeat. That is why our nation has been captured, is ruled by Satan and not God, and we have become a habitation of demons and the gods of Babylon and Egypt.

We have much work to do – repent, get into the Word of God, and commit yourself to His ways!!! There are great benefits in obedience to the Lord Jesus Christ. There are grave consequences if you neglect the growth process Jesus has, even greater than you can image and part of that growth process is resisting Satan and the powers of darkness in your life and your culture and nation.

Now I want to carry this spiritual warfare teaching to a higher level so we can better understand the absolute importance of it. This will help you understand Jesus’ reaction to the evil around Him during His time on earth and His reaction to the religious leaders, the Scribes and Pharisees. After the fall of Adam and Eve, it is important we understand the implications of what God said in Genesis 3:15, “And I will put enmity between you and the woman, and between your seed and her seed; He shall bruise you on the head, and you shall bruise him on the heal.”

To keep this simple, the word “enmity” means hostility. As believers, we are in Christ and He is in us. This means the aggression against Satan that Jesus showed while He was on this earth must be expressed through us today!!! Did you get that Body of Christ in America?!!! Do you receive it? Not to become like Jesus and be an aggressive warrior against Satan is blatant disobedience to the Lord Jesus Christ.

Now glorified and seated at the Father’s right hand “far above all principalities, and power, and might, and dominion,” Jesus as Lord of all is beyond reach of Satan attacks. The finished work of Calvary is now finished and nothing Satan may do can change the finality of the victory stroke that crushed his head. However, Christ’s victory over the powers of darkness and evil in this world is now in the hands of the Body of Christ on this earth. Consequently, the bitter enmity of Satan is now directed against the Head through the members of his Body on earth.

Because of Satan’s hostility, the work of conforming the members of the Body of Christ on this earth into the likeness of the Head’s soldier image is high on the priority list of the Holy Spirit. Because we in America and around the world have not become warriors like our Head, too much of the full effect of the finished work of Christ has been lost in America. Satan’s fiery darts are zeroing in today on the members of the Body of Christ because we have not learned to take our position in the heavenly places with Christ by faith and too many in the Body of Christ are ignorant of spiritual warfare.

Many in the Body of Christ face life without taking to themselves the whole armor of God by prayer. As believers we are in Christ and He in us. I will repeat this again – the aggression against Satan that Jesus showed while He was on this earth must be expressed through us today!!! Did you get that Body of Christ in America? Do you receive it? Not to become an aggressive warrior for Christ is disobedience to the LORD Jesus!!!!

So, as the Body of Christ in America, we are no longer free to play the role of civilians, living as if there is no war. Our soldier role is pictured for us throughout the Old Testament. It is also established by our union with our Conquering Head and is affirmed in the New Testament. The history of the saints of God in every age is one of conflict. The pathway of the disciples of Christ throughout the Word of God is one of certain warfare. If you are not now or have not recently become a warrior for Christ, you are living in blatant disobedience to our LORD Jesus Christ!!!

Today if you are not expressing the enmity God put between the devil and Jesus our Head, or if you are seeking detente, co-existence, and peace through compromise with the Kingdom of Darkness or if you refuse to make yourself available to your Lord as a willing instrument of war, ready for His use in His warfare, or if you are not aware of the teaching of Scripture about your part in this spiritual conflict raging in this nation today and if you do not change your way to that of a warrior, you will probably be the one who Jesus says, “Depart from Me, I never knew you!!” (Matthew 7:21)

God is serious about His Word and our obedience to His Word!!! You have no option not to obey the Word of God!!! In the Kingdom of God, obedience to the King is mandatory. Some terrible storms of judgment are coming to the Body of Christ in America because in the area of our failure to resist evil, our nation has been captured and Satan now rules over America and not God. We have put our merciful God to the test and we shall reap His whirlwind in judgment if we don’t repent and quickly return to His ways!!!

Have you ever stopped and ask yourself, “Why are we in this spiritual mess in this nation?” We are tolerating an enemy who has said he wants to destroy our children, our family structure, and our moral fabric in this nation. Do we take that serious as we see it being accomplished before us as we continue to play religious games in this nation?

When you have abdicated spiritual responsibilities and you are not doing what you are supposed to do, things go wrong very quickly. One of the most dangerous places to stand is where you were never supposed to be in the first place. Such is the story of King David – “In the spring, at the time when Kings go off to war, David sent Joab out with the king’s men and the whole Israelite army…..but David remained in Jerusalem – (David stayed at home having abdicated his spiritual responsibilities).”

David lost his purpose and when you lose your purpose, you are vulnerable to your worst decisions. In avoiding going to the battlefield as a warrior, David had become a liar, an adulterer, and a murderer. After that, his family, in disagreements, fighting among themselves, jealousy, and on and on were destroyed. I have to believe that if he had seen where the last domino would fall, David would have never made the choice and that spring, the king would have gone out to war. What the giant Goliath could not do to David, complacency destroyed with ease.

Is not our complacency in the Body of Christ in America in our failure to obey the Word of God, and abdicating our spiritual responsibilities in refusing to resist this evil that has overtaken our nation, allowing Satan to destroy us with ease? How many who refuse to become warriors and go to the battlefield in this nation who are being destroyed because they have lost their purpose, they are “ho hum” to the things of God and in our refusing to engage the enemy, we have false pastors and many of our churches have become playgrounds for demons to rob, kill, and to destroy those who claim to know Christ?!! Now hopefully you can see the consequences of our disobedience in this area of spiritual warfare in America.

For the remainder of 2024, it seems likely that Klaus Schwab and his demonic New World Order occults will move to further their agenda. Only resistance from the Body of Christ in America can slow him down and defeat his evil purposes. This is an election year so expect them to increase their agenda in order to gain more power.

We must in the Body of Christ in America repent quickly and turn back to the ways of God. If you are in a denomination religious system, get out of it NOW!!! As Jesus said, you will become like your teacher. Many in these denominational religious systems have crossed the point of no return where the sacrifices of Christ can no longer help them!!!

“For if we go on sinning willfully after receiving the knowledge of the truth, there no longer remains a sacrifice for sins but a terrifying expectation of judgment and the fury of fire which will consume the adversaries. Anyone who has sat aside the Law of Moses dies without mercy on the testimony of two or three witnesses. How much severer punishment do you think he will deserve who has trampled under foot the Son of God, and has regarded as unclean the blood of the covenant by which he was sanctified and has insulted the Spirit of grace. For we know him who said, ‘Vengeance is Mine, I will repay.” And again, “The Lord will Judge His people.” It is terrifying thing to fall into the hands of the living God.” (Hebrews 10:26-31) HATH GOD REALLY SAID?!!!

We have lied to ourselves and others about who God is and we have carried “God is love” to the extremes. We really do not know the real Jesus and living God; we know about God but not in a personal way!!! I will warn you, in the future, if you want to know and hear God’s voice in the days ahead, be ready to have Him speak of cleansing and repentance, your closeness to Him, your idols in your heart, your unforgiveness, how you love your family, are you preparing and equipping your children for what they will face in these hell holes we call public education and our culture, and are you an aggressive warrior resisting evil before He speaks direction to you or gives you favor? Next week Spiritual Warfare Part III. God bless, I reman His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks for the writings of J. Dwight Pentecost, “Your Adversary the Devil”, “Demons and Spiritual Warfare” by Ron Phillips, and “The Way of the Warrior” by Erwin Raphael McManus)

© 2024 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

By Lex Greene

March 16, 2024

According to long-standing US Election Laws under the US Constitution, voting rights are not based upon ones presence in the USA at election time. There’s a distinct and critical difference between those who are eligible to vote in US elections, and those who are not.

To make it clear, the following individuals are not currently eligible to vote in US elections under US election codes.

INELIGIBLE TO VOTE

• Non-citizens, including permanent legal residents, illegal aliens, foreign citizens visiting the USA, and foreign individuals in the USA under a temporary VISA, cannot legally vote in federal, state, and most local elections.
• Some people cannot vote after being convicted of a felony or if they are currently serving time for other types of crimes.
• Some people who have a mental disability may not be eligible to vote.
• People under the legal age of 18 cannot vote.
• S. citizens residing in U.S. territories cannot vote for president in the general election.
• Anyone attempting to vote on behalf of someone else.
• Anyone attempting to vote outside of the resident district or vote more than once.

Because US Law dictates who is and is not eligible to legally vote in US elections, it is entirely constitutional to require all voters to prove their individual eligibility in order to vote in the USA. Depriving “ineligible voters” of any right to vote is what government is required to do, under the law.

I have been voting in US elections for 44-years. I have never been able to vote without showing my voter registration card and photo ID as proof of who I am, my legal residency, and if I’m eligible to vote under US and State election laws.

But in recent years, politicians and kids indoctrinated into global Marxist theories think every person in the USA should have a right to vote, despite election laws that say they can’t. The recent open borders policies responsible for more than 40-million non-citizens in our country is an overt operation to replace legal American citizens, aka eligible voters, with what democrat politicians have concluded is a more desirable voter…ineligible voters.

Today, as we head into what promises to be the most critical election cycle in 247-years, democrats are working around the clock to “legalize illegal voting.” In states like Michigan and Colorado, democrat-controlled governments have rushed in new election legislation designed to legalize the illegal election procedures used in the 2020 and 2022 elections. It’s a direct assault on legal American eligible voters.

The democrat party is also working hard to use millions of intentionally imported foreign citizens to redistrict congressional apportionment. Why would any sane nation allow foreign citizens to be used by one political party to upend and subvert the will of legal Americans? Why would any American tolerate illegal aliens being placed on US Courts, in law enforcement or used for redistricting purposes, leading to ineligible voting?

Only someone with an agenda to subvert the will of legal Americans and destroy the Constitutional Republic, could support any such notions or policies.

ELECTION FRAUD

Of course, the same people responsible for this disastrous policy also claim, “there’s no evidence of election fraud.” Those at the top of the leftist food chain know better, even if their deaf, dumb, and blind sheep don’t.

• If someone is legally ineligible to vote, and they vote, it’s election fraud.
• If an eligible voter votes more than once, it’s election fraud.
• If someone votes as a deceased person, it’s election fraud.
• If people no longer living in a district, vote in that district, it’s election fraud.
• If someone uses “ballot harvesting” to cast numerous ineligible ballots, it’s election fraud.
• If someone engages in counting votes cast before or after voting deadlines, it’s election fraud.
• If voting machines are connected to the internet, it’s election fraud.
• If any foreign government or entity has access to our election procedures, it’s election fraud.

ALL of the above items took place in 2020 and 2022.

Every “ineligible vote” cancels an “eligible vote.” The result is a Deprivation of Rights, an act of subversion against the American people, and if any organization is involved, it’s “conspiracy to defraud voters.” If any governmental body is involved, and many are, it is a “deprivation of rights under color of law” and it’s illegal. If it’s illegal, then it’s election fraud.

Now, this is the easy stuff, which no American can honestly deny or disagree with, as we watch millions lie about it, including the entire mainstream media.

Add to this, any effort to switch votes on election day, whether via paper balloting (such as knocking hanging chads to the ground in endless Florida recounts circa 2000, or ballot harvesting) or via electronic machines programmed to switch votes in the tabulation process…you have witnessed a major operation to defraud voters, deprive them of their constitutional rights as legal citizens, and overthrow a government via massive fraudulent activities that can only be described as intentional…treason.

Three things have always been true.

1. No government in human history has ever earned the trust and faith of the people. They are all at best, a necessary evil that can never be trusted with unbridled power.
2. Election fraud has happened as long as elections have existed.
3. Neither side wants to fix it.

Therefore, it’s up to ALL legal American citizens to fix.

We must have free, fair, lawful, and transparent elections or we don’t have a country. We must have secure borders, or we don’t have a country. We must hold fraudsters fully accountable for their actions, or we don’t have a country or government of, by or for the legal American citizens.

In my previous piece Two Visions, Two Agendas, No Middle Ground, I put a very fine point on what’s really at stake in the USA 2024 elections.

Approximately 30% of Americans DO NOT CARE or ARE DIRECTLY INVOLVED IN AND SUPPORTIVE OF GLOBAL MARXIST FRAUD DESIGNED TO BRING AMERICA TO ITS KNEES. They have NO interest in ever Making America Great Again.

So, the remaining 70% MUST unite for this fight, or we will lose our country for all future generations, in just one election cycle.

Understand? Reach out to me if you do… I have some work for you!

© 2024 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

By Ms. Smallback

March 16, 2024

On June 8, 1966 the most destructive tornado in the history of America (up until that point) struck Topeka, Kansas.  [Details here.]  I wasn’t alive then, and I didn’t grow up in Topeka.  I grew up on a farm in a county south of Topeka.  When I actually moved to Topeka in my adult years, I began hearing stories about the deadly tornado that ripped a 22-mile path, including through the center of Topeka destroying much of the college known as Washburn University.

As stories go among the locals, I began to hear about a pastor who prophesied the coming tornado before it happened.  He is well known in Topeka, and in fact many places for his faithful work unto God and in serving across the world.  I was intrigued, but I only knew of the man.  We did not run in the same circles.

A couple weeks ago I was thinking about that story and I told God that if I were to see Max Manning (the pastor who prophesied the destruction), I was going to ask him my question.  (Max would be 95 years old at this point today.)  Less than two days later Bill and I were at a diner we don’t frequent, and I turned the corner and there was Max Manning, sitting alone.  I introduced myself and asked him if I could ask him about the 1966 event.

Max told me he was preaching Sunday, May 29 to his congregation.  He said as he was giving his message, the Spirit fell upon him and in the midst of the message he said, “Thus says the Lord, in ten days destruction will hit your city.”  He said it startled him greatly as he had never had such a thing happen to him before.  Max said he stopped abruptly, lowered his head and prayed, saying to God, “what is this, God?  I didn’t say this, where is this coming from?”  He then raised his head to continue his sermon and the same words came out of his mouth, startling him.  “Thus says the Lord, in ten days destruction will hit your city.”  Twice the warning was issued.

Max told me that he and his wife left town on the ninth day to visit some people in the southern part of the state.  The next day when they turned the radio on, they heard of the F5 half-mile wide tornado in Topeka.  Up until that point he did not know how the “destruction” would manifest.

I was then able to ask him my question, “Did God tell you why?”  He seemed intrigued by my question.  I reworded, “Did God ever tell you why the destruction was coming to Topeka?”  In my mind, destruction of such a nature can be a judgment for a breach or sin.  Local rumors said Topeka was cursed for building houses on an old Indian burial site (Burnett’s mound).  Others said it was representative for Washburn University adopting the “Ichabod” mascot.  (Ichabod means “the glory of God has departed” and incidentally though, Topeka, Kansas is also the home of the Stone Street Revival that led to the Azusa Street Revival.)  I hadn’t heard from the Lord if there was truth in either of those rumors, but I did wonder if the man who gave the city a ten day warning was also told the reason of the destruction.

Max smiled at me and shook his head.  “No,” he said, “He never told me why.”  “Do you know now?”  I asked him.  He smiled and shook his head and said, “No, I still don’t know why.”

Seventeen people died in the path of that tornado in Topeka, and another 550 were injured, not to mention the costliest damages to date in its history.  The tornado took 26 minutes to pass through the city.  I wonder what the numbers would have been if the whole city had heeded the warning?

The Coming Solar Eclipse

On April 8, a solar eclipse will make its way across America six years, six months, six weeks and six days from the date of the last solar eclipse that swathed a path across America.  The place the eclipses’ paths intersect is called “Little Egypt” in southern Illinois.

Two of the seven “Nineveh” American cities are in the direct path of the eclipse, while the other five are clustered around it.  The 2017 solar eclipse passed through seven American cities called “Salem” (a derivative of Jerusalem).

The anomalies are worth paying attention to.  Of course the obvious question of — is God warning America to repent? — is at the foremost of a lot of minds.  I think the obvious answer is yes, but I also think that cry for repentance has been heralded for a few decades now.  Is this the undeniable last warning and call?

The intersection of the two eclipses being at Little Egypt says a lot by itself.  Egypt, of course, is representative of idolatry – of which America has become a land full of.  More telling than that is the particular “gods” mainstream America has adopted.

Mainstream America is woefully ignorant of the systems the powers that be have put into place that revolve a great deal around their worship systems.  Just in the last week they applauded themselves and awarded little trophies mimicking the Egyptian creator God “Sokar” (another name for Ptah), and which they named a clever anagram of in Oscar…

It’s a common belief that the signs in the heavens (skies) are orchestrated by God to speak directly to those paying attention in a manner man cannot create or manipulate.  History is replete with sun and moon and star signs, the most obvious being the star marking Christ’s entry.  If anything, it would behoove the children of God to consider and pray about what God may (or may not) be saying.

We haven’t even touched on all the other precipices we’re dangling from…

Eye witness accounts of invading mercenaries through our defenseless border describe terrorists on the FBI terrorist lists, murderers, rapists, traffickers, Chinese secret police, Middle Eastern terrorists who had the boldness to tell the video journalist, “You don’t know who I am?  You will.”… Countless more have been videoed coming across with full military style weaponry and body armor.  And the one that makes my blood boil, people they say who have been sent by the U.N.  These people have been given money and addresses to head to.  This aren’t the huddled, tired masses.  This is an invasion of mercenaries with marching orders waiting for the “go” signal.

The economy is long overdue for collapse.  Inflation is stealing from the middle class at alarming rates.  People have never been more in debt in America, and America itself has never been more in debt.  Real estate is not affordable for the average family anymore, and exorbitant taxes are sucking Americans dry.  It’s cheaper for our family to eat at a restaurant than a fast food restaurant in our city.

Since the covid vaccine (mRNA gene therapy) was mandated, heart disease, strokes, cancers and miscarriages have escalated at alarming rates.  The American working force is being whittled down from increasing disabilities.  And overall deaths are increasing disproportionately, especially in the young.

Threats of new viruses (Virus “X”) are talked about like it’s a foregone conclusion.  Almost all of our food is genetically modified, laden with chemicals and artificial ingredients, and/or outsourced out of the country.  Eating healthy is a full time job just figuring out.

Violent crime is escalating.  The law abiding citizen is shunned justice and the criminals are let free.

Oh there are plenty of threats in and to America.

Solutions exist…

We’re not at a loss for solutions, it’s just that the System won’t allow them.  The powers that be need us broken to accomplish their objectives.

I travel a lot, and there is not a city I have been in (large or small) that doesn’t have ample abandoned homes and buildings.  Some of those empty buildings are absolutely beautiful.  With all the money the government (federal, state, local) wastes on nonsense, they could just as easily put it toward helping restore abandoned homes.  Malls are quickly becoming a thing of the past.  Imagine converting them into housing complexes with small businesses interspersed that produce and provide a variety of needs locally sourced.

Imagine if the cities created incentives to rebuild broken neighborhoods and establish community food sources.  There are fantastic underground greenhouses that enable even the coldest climates to produce tropical fruits and a variety of vegetation.  There’s a compelling book called Holy Shit that expounds on the issues of animal waste and vegetation fertilizer.  We have everything we need for everything we need right in front of our faces.  They’ve just industrialized our society and put our dependence on corporations instead of local sources.  It’s always about money and control.

Every neighborhood in America could provide for the needs of their neighborhood.  It’s not unimaginable.  The local high schools, community colleges and tech schools could make affordable services for the community in exchange for much needed internships and experience.

Energy sourcing is another thing they lie about and keep us in the dark about.  Every alternative energy source from harvesting energy from the ionosphere to water powered cars has been buried and the inventors paid off or killed.  Look into “earthship” homes to see practically self-sustaining homes that don’t even need public utilities.

Oh there are solutions.

We don’t have a lack of space, a lack of opportunity, a lack of housing.  We have deliberate dependence on a broken system and an intentional repression of ideas that actually work.

Corey’s Digs does a fantastic series called The Solution Series that covers just about everything you could think of for freeing oneself from the tentacles of corporate and bureaucratic America.  Check it out (yes there’s a small fee, but the sheer volume of information is worth it).

So about those storms….

Yeah, we have some hard things in America right now, and the crystal ball looks like even harder things are coming.  But we are not powerless.  They want us to think we are and they have an arsenal of schemes to make it appear so.  But we should never agree with the enemy.  Our job is to stand on what we know to be right and true, and only agree with God.

It’s like the 1966 tornado.  Was that sent by God for a particular purpose or judgment, or was it orchestrated from some arena of darkness?  Either way God warned the city.  And that’s what He wanted me to know as I was pondering the coming season of storms to hit America.  Some of the storms will be storms of judgment from Him, and some will be the chaos orchestrated from the dark players attempting to destroy America and its people.  Either way the Lord is faithful to warn His people, just like He sent Jonah to Nineveh.  We just have to be faithful to listen and respond as He shows us.  The Wise Men followed the star to Bethlehem (they were Spirit led), but were warned in a dream to travel home a different route (because the enemy countered).

Some storms we aren’t going to be able to be spared from.  There are some hard, hard things coming to America.  It will likely be a mixture.  Some hard things may be released for judgment for the unrighteousness in the land, while some other hard things may be the works of the enemy for our destruction.  Like the 1966 tornado, we may not know if the storm beating down on us at the time is sent from God or the enemy.  But ultimately the storm is either sent or allowed by God, and He is our only shelter.  We must be prepared to seek Him and heed His warnings.  We have to know if our response is repentance (judgment storm) where we put ourselves at the mercy of God, or faith (enemy-facilitated storm) where we take our stand against the works of the enemy.  If He warns us of coming destruction, our next response should be, “What do you want me to do?”

Daniel 11:32, my friends…. “the people who know their God shall be strong, and do exploits.” Another translation puts it this way, “the people who know their God shall stand firm and take action.”

If we posture ourselves correctly, the outcome is on the side of righteousness.  We just need to make sure that’s the side we’re on.

© 2024 Ms. Smallback – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ms. Smallback: M.Smallback@cox.net

by Amil Imani

March 16, 2024

Senator John Cornyn is a former Texas Supreme Court judge and State Attorney General. He has been a close ally of Mitch McConnell. Even with good credentials and background, he is mostly referred to in Texas as a RINO or an establishment Republican who needs to be removed from office. But no serious contenders have come forward to challenge him in the primaries. For the most part, he was reelected without major challenges despite being one of the most unpopular men in Texas. John Cornyn has done nothing substantial for Texas. He has been out of touch with the people of Texas for decades. He is a Washington insider.  Like other establishment Republicans, Cornyn is a warmonger and supports sending unlimited American Taxpayers’ money to an utterly corrupt country, Ukraine.

John Cornyn’s announcement to run for the leadership of the US Senate, following Mitch McConnell’s decision to step down, is news, especially in Texas. The spin is that as the first senator to declare his intention to run for Senate Republican leader, Cornyn’s candidacy is notable for his “experience and leadership background” and “how his aim is to restore the Senate to its essential role in the constitutional republic” and a lot more about his “electoral strategy and external support.”

However, as of today, Cornyn is unsuitable for leadership for two main reasons. For one, he did not back Attorney General Ken Paxton during his impeachment by the Texas State House. He is also anti-Trump and anti-gun, as AG Paxton has already pointed out.

“It will be difficult for @JohnCornyn to be an effective leader since he is anti-Trump, anti-gun, and will be focused on his highly competitive primary campaign in 2026. Republicans deserve better in their next leader, and Texans deserve another conservative Senator. https://t.co/IKJYcoXzat
— Attorney General Ken Paxton (@KenPaxtonTX) February 29, 2024

It is worth noting that after the fake impeachment by the “Deep State” Republicans in the Texas House (known as the UniParty) and his final acquittal in the State Senate, Attorney General Ken Paxton has become an icon, the only man left blocking Biden and his cronies from making Texas as blue and lawless as California. His popularity has soared.

Cornyn played a significant role in negotiating the first major anti-gun bill in decades following the Robb Elementary shooting in Uvalde. The Second Amendment clearly states. Anyone going against the spirit of the 2nd Amendment doesn’t have the commitment to understanding its historical context and purpose.

Cornyn has also been involved in efforts to support the migrant influx at the U.S.-Mexico border, and he has introduced bills aimed at making this influx easy, including measures to rapidly process migrant invasion and speed up the processing of asylum seekers. His approach has completely exposed him, and for one, to put it mildly, it reeks of an agenda-driven policy detrimental to the well-being of the state of Texas.  For one, rapidly processing illegal aliens raises concerns about sacrificing thorough vetting procedures, potentially undermining national security, and also resulting in overlooking legitimate asylum claims.

His current abilities as a leader are under a cloud, as it is clear that Cornyn’s involvement in supporting measures to ease the illegal alien flood is driven more by political expediency and the New World Order (NWO) agenda.

On the other hand, we have Senator Ted Cruz. Cruz has consistently advocated against gun regulation, arguing that such policies are ineffective and do not prevent crime. This stance reflects a commitment to uphold the Second Amendment and the belief that the focus should be on enhancing law enforcement and security measures rather than on restricting gun ownership. For those who prioritize individual rights and the belief in the efficacy of law enforcement over gun control, Cruz’s position is to be seen as more aligned with their values.

In fact, Cruz was chiefly instrumental in introducing a rival bill that would increase school security funding, showcasing his willingness to propose alternative solutions to address the issue of gun violence. This action exemplifies Cruz’s abilities as a leader as he offers a comprehensive approach to safety beyond just gun control, which is more in keeping with broader strategies to prevent violence. “Cruz says $8B in economic aid to Ukraine is “crap”: “A lot of that is almost certain to go to waste.”

Moreover, Ted Cruz’s support for Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton during the impeachment effort highlights his commitment to the principles of due process and conservative governance. Cruz very openly supports Paxton for his efforts to combat the abuses of the Biden administration, emphasizing his effectiveness in battling these issues. Cruz’s defense of Paxton contrasts with the position of John Cornyn, the senior senator from Texas who found the investigation into Paxton’s alleged wrongdoing “deeply troubling.”

In short, Texas has two Republican Senators. One is pro-Texas, and one is in tune with the Washington “Deep State.” Cornyn’s overall approval rating hovers around 24 percent, and this represents a dramatic reversal from previous years when a majority of Texans were not even aware of Cornyn’s daily activities.

Conclusion

Senator Ted Cruz emerges as a more suitable choice for Texas and the nation as a whole. Cornyn’s past actions, including his stance on key issues such as gun confiscation and illegal immigration, raise concerns about his commitment to upholding fundamental principles and addressing complex challenges effectively. In contrast, Cruz has consistently advocated for preserving individual rights, upholding due process, and proposing comprehensive solutions to issues like gun violence. His support for Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton during the impeachment effort demonstrates a commitment to conservative governance and principles.

Moreover, Cruz’s approach resonates with a broader base of Texans, as evidenced by his higher approval ratings and continued support. In a political landscape where leadership and integrity are paramount, Senator Ted Cruz stands out over John Cornyn for representing the values and interests of Texas. Texans overwhelmingly favor Cornyn to retire.

© 2024 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Lex Greene

March 15, 2024

Thousands of Americans who have been dog whistle trained to “hate Trump” despite no evidence ever being presented against him to prove he is guilty of anything he’s been accused of, took to Nikki Haley in the 2024 GOP Presidential race. Among 15 challengers to Trump, she was the last challenger standing. But after losing all but two primaries, D.C. and Bernie Sanders land, her campaign for President (or Vice President) ended abruptly the morning after Super Tuesday.

Indeed, Nikki had a chance to not only “make history,” but to actually do something great for her country and every American citizen.

Her policy positions are far closer to that of the Democrat Party than the GOP. This explains why she won the two most far left primaries… D.C., (the most democrat city in America) and Vermont, Sanders socialist country, via “open primaries” where democrats were able to vote in the GOP primaries.

According to Nikki’s campaign and her fans, Nikki could beat Joe Biden in a head-to-head race, by at least a 5-point margin. Based upon this theoretical claim, she could have eliminated Biden by running against him for the DNC nomination. If Nikki had truly been for America, that’s exactly what she would have done.

Had Nikki run against Biden for the DNC nomination, as someone allegedly opposed to the O’Biden regime and their anti-American policies, she may have defeated Joe for the DNC nomination, setting up a general election race between Democrat Nikki Haley and Republican Donald Trump.

In this situation, America would have had two choices better than O’Biden come November and Obama’s 3^rd term behind the Biden facade’ would have come to an immediate end.

But instead, Nikki attempted to run as a Republican by using the same lies about Trump that the DNC has used since 2015. Even California Democrat Governor Gavin Newsome openly referred to Nikki as “democrats best surrogate against Trump,” who has always been the clear 2024 GOP nominee for President.

As a result, Nikki lost her bid for the GOP nomination in a massive landslide loss to Trump, seen as nothing more than what Newsome said she was, a surrogate for the reelection of Joe Biden. She not only eliminated any chance of ever becoming President, but any chance of becoming a Vice Presidential running mate as well.

On the heels of a stolen 2020 election and three years of horrific disastrous performance by O’Biden, Trump was a shoo-in for the 2024 GOP nomination and every awake American knew it, which is why democrats have tried every dirty trick in Mao’s book of dirty tricks to eliminate Trump’s ability to even appear on a ballot, all of which will fail.

80-million+ Make America Great Again voters were never going to support anyone but Trump in 2024, and no matter what happens next, they never will. Contrary to false propaganda on the matter, Trump supporters are not Trump followers. They are pissed off American patriots determined to Make America Great Again for future generations, who happened to choose outsider Trump for their mission.

Trump supporters are simply AMERICA supporters. They want national sovereignty, security, justice, peace, and prosperity for every American citizen, even those not smart enough to vote it for themselves.

Nikki had a chance to be part of Making America Great Again. But instead, she took the bait from pre-programmed Trump-haters and took the road most traveled, doing the bidding of the Democrat Party and their O’Biden reelection attempt for a 4^th Obama term.

I’d much rather see a general election race between Haley (D) and Trump (R) in the fall, than face another corrupt election process designed to keep Obama in power for a 4^th term.

If Nikki was what her fans think she is, they would prefer that too, and Nikki would have challenged Joe for the DNC nomination instead of helping the DNC attack Trump, the clear GOP nominee from day one.

The error, or was it an intentional operation, likely ended any political future for Nikki Haley. It’s all in the history books now…

The only open item is what her fans are going to do next?

Half of her primary votes came from registered democrats who crossed over in the open GOP primaries but will likely vote democrat in the general election. The other half will face a decision to either close ranks with 80-million+ Trump supporters to defeat the 4^th Obama term hidden behind a demented old political criminal of over 40-years now…or they will vote for the worst President in US history out of their unfounded, childish, and ill-advised hatred for Trump.

Hate is a terrible thing…especially when it may cost every American the future of freedom and liberty. It’s not logical, ethical, moral, or conservative. It’s just emotion driven.

Nikki could have been important to the future of the USA. But she chose to hate and to do the bidding of democrats instead, and unless Biden wins and throws her a bone for her help, her political future just ended.

© 2024 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

By Cliff Kincaid

March 15, 2024

“There is no pain like losing a child” is one of the messages in the St. Jude’s commercials we see regularly on television, and we are all touched and contribute to this worthy cause. Childhood cancers are devastating to the children and the families. But on Thursday, in what Axios calls a “historic” first for a member of a presidential ticket, Kamala Harris visits an abortion clinic in Minnesota to celebrate the extinction of innocent unborn human life.

As Harris celebrates the surgical or chemical destruction of human beings, our media are filled with talk of a gang leader named “Barbecue” taking control of Haiti and a possible exodus of people from that poor nation to America. It’s another disaster on Biden’s watch.

There is a lesson here for America. The flaming tires in much of the footage in Haiti remind us of what happened when communists took control of South Africa and “necklacing” was a common practice. Flaming tires were put around the necks of traitors to the revolution.

In America, the Biden-Harris revolution means sacrificing the lives of unborn babies. Anyone opposed to the practice is considered a traitor to the revolution.

Other facets of the revolution in America include transgenderism, dope on demand, and anti-Semitism.

Interestingly, I ran into a Catholic priest in a local Post Office in the Washington, D.C. area, and he confirmed previous reports that exorcisms are being conducted on several demon-possessed individuals in the region. In my opinion, the church itself needs an exorcism so that it can stand up to the madness.

Every year, as the March for Life approaches in D.C., the Catholic Church proclaims the sanctity of human life. So it will be interesting to see what their reaction is to Kamala Harris’s visit to the abortion business in Minnesota.

Harris has not given birth to any children of her own, but she wants to make sure women have a “right” to destroy their own.

Meanwhile, here in Maryland, the California of the East, Maryland Attorney General Anthony G. Brown, a Democrat, has joined a coalition of 19 attorneys general in “opposing a state law in Idaho that blocks the ability of transgender youth to access critical, lifesaving gender-affirming care.”

So-called “lifesaving gender-affirming care” is communist terminology for chemicals and surgeries that mutilate a child’s God-given gender characteristics.

At the same time, Biden himself, during his State of the Union address, appealed to the stoners. An influential pro-dope publication called Marijuana Business Daily says, “President Joe Biden’s mention of ongoing marijuana reform efforts during his annual State of the Union address is considered a landmark achievement for MJ [marijuana] policy by political observers as well as stakeholders in the $34 billion U.S. cannabis industry.”

The Democratic Party, under the guidance of George Soros, brought this $34 billion industry to prominence as another source of campaign money for them. They prey on young people.

In his State of the Union, Biden said that he had directed his “cabinet to review the federal classification of marijuana,” to make it seem less dangerous and expand use, even while numerous studies link the drug to mental illness and gun violence.

This week, Kamala Harris will host a pro-pot rally in the White House.

We regularly see “Stop Smoking” and “Quit” public service announcements regarding tobacco, but smoking dope is now celebrated.

There are many different required warnings for cigarette packages and advertisements with graphic images of various health problems. But marijuana is given a pass because the industry generates campaign money for the Democrats.

As if the cases of cannabis-induced psychosis are not enough, the latest study from the American Heart Association finds that daily marijuana users are at an increased risk of heart attack and stroke.

Meanwhile, the Congress debates a ban on a social media platform called TikTok but nothing is done on the national level about Chinese marijuana-growing operations in California, Colorado, Massachusetts, Michigan, Nevada, Oklahoma, Oregon, and Washington.

Scott Chipman of Americans Against Legalizing Marijuana says, “Legalized pot has become an invitation to international crime rings and cartels.  No need to smuggle drugs across the border. Just set up shop in a ‘legalized’ state. There is not enough law enforcement to deal with the proliferation of criminality so most of the will go unaddressed.”

This is another result of Biden’s open borders policy.

There is some official concern on the federal level, and even some Democrats are alarmed. But a grand total of only 50 lawmakers sent a letter to Attorney General Merrick Garland over Chinese Communist Party-linked marijuana farms on America soil.

By any measure, the CCP-linked dope farms are clearly even more of a threat than TikTok, now a subject of national attention. In November 2022, a Chinese national murdered four people on an Oklahoma marijuana farm after a monetary dispute, the congressional letter says.

“In addition to growing marijuana,” say the Congressional members, “investigators in Oklahoma discovered illicit marijuana growers engaged in human trafficking, sex trafficking, ketamine trafficking, illegal gambling, and international money laundering.”

The Biden campaign uses TikTok even while denouncing its influence and promoting acceptance of marijuana. This crowd will do anything for votes, even destroying the young people they cultivate for those same votes. It is truly sick.

Commenting on the transgenderism issue in sports, in which men perform as women, former ESPN host Sage Steele made some interesting observations, noting that something “insidious” is happening that is “evil” and “lurking” in society.

The word “lurking” seems like an appropriate term. The definition means “To lie in wait in a place of concealment, especially for an evil purpose.”

It is now out in the open, however.

With exorcisms underway in the Washington, D.C. region, let us hope and pray that the “Powers of Darkness” are addressed directly by the Catholic Church and other religious leaders.

Instead, I fear the church will double-down on meddling in the Middle East and adopting an anti-Israel policy known as the “two-state solution” that guarantees more bloodshed and another Holocaust.

This is Biden’s approach. In what the site Just the News called the “harshest” comments made to date against Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu by a top-level U.S. official, Senate Democrat Leader Sen. Charles Schumer criticized Netanyahu’s leadership and called for Israel to hold elections to depose him.

Netanyahu wants to win the war. But Biden wants Israel to fail, in part because the Muslims that are members of the base of the Democratic Party base are upset at Israel’s success and realize that a nuclear-capable Iran is the next logical target for Israeli leaders anxious to save the Jewish state.

So in addition to abortion, transgenderism, and dope, I need to add anti-Semitism to Biden’s winning formula this November. He fears anti-Israel protests at the Democratic National Convention in August so he must undermine Israel and overthrow Netanyahu during a time of war for Israel’s survival.

While destroying America from within, with the help of the communists, Biden also wants to destroy Israel in the name of peace. It is truly evil.

We can see where all of this is going. If Biden has his way, the Jews will have to leave Israel after the next Holocaust and arrive on our shores, perhaps with a group of Haitians fleeing the gang leader known as Barbecue and his promised “bloody revolution.”

America and the world are on fire. The Biden team wants to pour more gas on the flames, in a desperate effort to maintain power.

© 2024 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Steven Yates

March 15, 2024

“Our students will learn the foundations, blessings, and challenges of a free and prosperous society. They will grasp the importance of law, virtue, order, beauty, and the sacred. They will appreciate the distinct vitality of the American form of government and way of life.”   —Dr. Jacob Howland, Provost and Dean of Intellectual Foundations, University of Austin

Higher education in Western civilization is broken. As the saying goes, it has lost its way. This happened gradually, but now the process is pretty much complete. Based on my own experiences as well as those of others, I am skeptical that anything can be salvaged. If its mission ever was to educate and not indoctrinate, and given the ludicrous price tag of a four-year degree today, the ideal would be to allow today’s academic mainstream to die a natural death.

The time has come to create and build up new institutions of higher learning: parallel institutions in a parallel academy.

True, there have been a handful of private colleges that for years have remained steadfastly independent and committed to their own visions, typically by refusing all federal money. Hillsdale College in Hillsdale, Mich., and Grove City College in Grove City, Penn. come to mind first. They are the most visible. There are a few others. Because our situation is dire — the collapse of real education in the face of the rise of the bogus surrogates that pass for education in today’s urban wastelands, not to mention centers of governmental and corporate power, is a threat to our survival — we need new institutions and we needed them yesterday.

From the Plagiarism Crisis to the Fundamentally Fraudulent Nature of Most Higher Education.

What is the evidence that existing institutions cannot be salvaged and ought to be allowed to die?

I think the most recent thing that did it for me was this. It is worth reproducing; this is Harvard University’s flagship publication, at what is still the most prestigious university in the country:

“Plagiarism Is the Right’s Newest Weapon. Harvard Must Disarm It.”

You read that right.

This is in the wake not just of Claudine Gay’s forced resignation from the presidency of Harvard following her exposure as a plagiarist (“retiring” to a position in the history department that will pay her a cool $900,000 a year!), but the accusation of the school’s DIE officer (okay, DEI, if you insist) Sherri A. Charleston, of 40 counts of plagiarism.

By “disarming it,” the authors (the entire Harvard Crimson editorial board) mean contending that plagiarism and DEI (Diversity-Equity-Inclusion ideology) “have nothing to do with each other.”

Don’t they now? Well, the connection is less direct than pure cause-and-effect.

If the allegation is that DEI, which is just the latest and most extreme permutation of affirmative action ideology, obtains admissions for students and positions for faculty and administrators that they aren’t qualified for, then one might expect its beneficiaries to take short cuts. Plagiarism is one such short cut, possibly the easiest. Claudine Gay was clearly unqualified to be the president of anything. Were she not a “woman of color,” as the prevailing jargon would have it (white isn’t a color, after all), she’d never come anywhere near Harvard, much less be instilled at its helm.

I don’t know how much plagiarism exists in academia today. Software’s ability to detect it has improved by leaps and bounds in recent years. The problem is that the torrent of academic publications — books with dozens of academic presses, book reviews and review essays, stand-alone articles, shorter discussion pieces, in hundreds of academic journals in every discipline — has never been larger. According to one estimate it would take thousands of hours to vet all the publications of the faculty of a single institution such as Harvard, even with today’s enhanced detection software.

Don’t get me wrong. I’m not of the view that plagiarism is limited to affirmative action’s beneficiaries or hard academic leftists. With full-time, tenure-track teaching jobs increasingly scarce and competition correspondingly fierce, the pressure to publish in order to be visible to hiring committees has never been greater. This, too, is bound to tempt the ambitious to take the same short cuts if they believe they can get away with it, knowing that no editor at any academic press or journal can possibly be familiar with all the literature out there, even in their specialty.

Plagiarism is thus just one massive problem plaguing academia. Philosopher Peter Boghossian — co-author of a controversial series of articles (search for “conceptual penis”) which were accepted for publication in journals of the feminist / postmodernist / DEI persuasion despite being purposefully fraudulent — gave a recent interview in which, in the context of a devastating criticism of wokeness (yet another term that emerged for the affirmative action mindset; see also here and here) recommended also searching for replication crisis.

Replication of results is essential to so-called scientific method. If a study has been done properly, methodologically speaking, it should be possible for others to use those same methods to reproduce the results of that study, thus validating those results as contributions to our knowledge base. Yet after the past couple of decades it has become clear that many supposed findings by academic scientists have resisted replication.

How much of this is due to incentivized carelessness, resulting from the need to publish as a condition of tenure and promotions, and how much is due to actual dishonesty, is not clear. According to Nature, as mainstream a scientific periodical as you’re likely to find, a poll of 1,500 scientists yielded these results: 70 percent reported that they had failed to replicate results of at least one study conducted by peers. Various more specific percentages cut across scientific and technical disciplines: 87 percent of chemists, 69 percent of physicists and engineers, 77 percent of biologists, 64 percent of environmental and earth scientists, 67 percent of medical researchers, and 62 percent of all other respondents made such claims. Fifty percent, moreover, had been unable to reproduce one of their own experiments.

Two percent of this group confessed to having falsified results, and 14 percent knew someone who had. Alarmingly, this same study indicated that bogus results are more frequent in medical research than elsewhere. Think about the implications of that when you are assessing official narratives about the safety and efficacy of the mRNA shots for covid.

Where does all this leave academic science? Most academic science is either government science or corporate science or both in some combination, because of the reality that a scientific study is too complex and cumbersome to undertake in the absence of outside funding — an obvious source of potential bias in favor of the ideas, worldview, and perhaps ideological agendas of those holding the purse strings.

Boghossian argues compellingly, moreover, that “smart people” (people with PhDs) are especially prone to missing the problem here. Most probably believe themselves above making that sort of mistake. Being a “smart person” doesn’t necessarily make you conscious of your limitations, however. Sometimes it does just the opposite.

For as Boghossian observes, “smart people” are very good at coming up with rationalizations for dominant ideas that may be utterly irrational, or at least lack the support that is assumed, incorrectly if the studies it is based on are methodologically botched. If the hard sciences can have gone as far sideways as the above percentages suggest, think what this means for the “softer” humanities!

Groupthink and intellectual inbreeding are definite factors; no one wants to be the “odd man (or odd woman) out,” and in academia given the above-noted structural pressures, being ostracized for any reason can jeopardize a career. The need to be hired in the first place; then tenured; then promoted; cumulatively create an environment which breeds corruption as professors praise and cite each other, sometimes publish one another, and play off and reinforce one another’s irrationalities.

As I’ve put this previously: conformists can gain admission to the club. Dissidents are weeded out. The results are a vast echo chamber — fundamentally fraudulent and compelling us to ask: how much of our supposed knowledge base I referred to above really merits that designation in the present environment?

Diversity-Equity-Inclusion ideology, having brought about the opinions that “math is racist” (because black students have trouble with it) and that “gender reassignment” is viable for kids, is probably the most obvious sign of the fraud. A moral (or pseudo-moral) impulse took priority over actual, demonstrable results. The best way to describe this pseudo-moral impulse: absent discrimination (active or “structural”), every group identified as such via identity politics will be politically and economically equal and have equal access to resources and positions of authority. If we don’t see this we shouldn’t advocate for mere equality of opportunity, as this will only reinforce “structural” discrimination; but instead equity, which sets about rearranging the structure to achieve politically desirable results. Moreover, your identity is yours based on your feelings, which are now prioritized over reasons and even hard evidence. The worst sin is to give offense. Hence all the pap about “microaggressions.”

DEI advocates have tried to impose this irrationalist ideology on institutions by force. With “bias response teams,” “cancellation” of dissidents, etc., they have largely succeeded. Thus, most of the small handful of conservative intellectuals still on campuses self-censor, and conservative students say they are afraid to state their actual views on politically sensitive topics in class, or on tests, or assignments. This further reinforces the hard left echo chamber.

This, then, is what millions of students are accumulating five and sometimes six figures of student loan debt to endure for four or more years. Often, they graduate with degrees that are worthless, whether in the marketplace or as actual knowledge, which implies that what they’ve been compelled to listen to for four years is true.

Back to Basics.

What was higher education — education generally — supposed to be about? Even if it is exemplified almost nowhere today, and even if public schools never really exemplified it at all?

First, the pursuit of truth — to service human flourishing (I like to put it). Here we hit the snag that goes back at least as far as Pontius Pilate’s “What is truth?” Thanks to roughly a half-century of postmodernism, this is a far bigger problem than it needs to be.

We don’t need an intellectually perfect “theory of truth” to have some idea what we’re talking about. We just need to be realists. We’re talking about reality, what exists independently of our prior knowledge, wishes, or will — or the language in which our talk about reality is expressed. In a sense, we begin trying to understand the world around us as children. At least some knowledge of common horse sense truths is necessary to avoid harming ourselves. We learn as children that hot stove surfaces burn. We learn that blueberries are nourishing but that toadstools are poisonous.

Those among us who are lifelong learners never stop pursuing truth. Some truths (such as those above) are easy to come by. Others take a tremendous amount of work. Knowing that truth has eluded us in some arena often constitutes a problem. We are problem-solvers, however. Some of us prove to be very good at it.

To pursue truth is not inherently political, although certain institutional and societal norms will enable and enhance the pursuit of truth. What norms are these?

Freedom of thought, freedom of inquiry, freedom of speech — in every area of the world, society, and life generally, we may see fit to explore because we perceive a problem in need of a solution.

Without the first two, members of an intellectual community cannot realistically pursue what is true. Without the third, they cannot meaningfully share their results, just in case these lead them to question the prevailing groupthink.

Then, because of real diversity — of circumstances of birth and upbringing, background, experience, personal inclination, and so on (not just ethnicity) — differences of opinion are bound to emerge whenever thinking people exchange ideas freely.

It then becomes important to maintain an environment of civil discourse — in which such differences are respected and handled, if necessary, through structured exchanges and debates, in which the parties to any dispute have the maturity to police themselves.

You’d think “smart people” (with PhDs) would be able to do this, to create this sort of environment.

Disrupting public speeches with shouts and insults should not be tolerated. Much less open threats, or just the sense of the potential for physical violence that has come to characterize places like Berkeley, where the administration has paid as much as $500,000 in security to protect an outside conservative speaker in the face of threats (sometimes then cancelling the appearance because that wasn’t enough).

Unfortunately, the prospects for stopping such incidents from occurring doesn’t appear likely, because circumventing the dominance of the campus ideologies that rationalize such reactions especially to conservative ideas.

First, there’s the tenured hard left, activist types who gave us movements like radical “gender feminism” and critical race theory in the 1990s (yes, Virginia, this has been developing that long). Dislodging professors who have tenure, absent obvious criminal behavior or extreme moral turpitude, is extremely difficult, especially if those doing the dislodging are perceived as “angry white male” conservatives coming in from outside and the whole campus has the person’s back. Claudine Gay is tenured in Harvard’s history department; her newfound status as a plagiarist was not enough to send her packing.

Then there are students. Now that Gen Z (born from 1996 to 2012 or thereabouts) is moving through college, we have an entire generation that’s never known anything but identity politics and takes DEI for granted. They’ve been told all their lives that injustice is systemic, that if they are white they benefit from “white privilege” as a central component of “structural racism,” that racism is (as Boghossian puts it) an “everyday state of affairs.” They’ve also grown up with the idea that we’re killing the planet with man-made climate change.

Small wonder members of this generation, whatever their ethnicity, are having to deal with more psychological problems than any of their predecessors. They are angrier, more depressed, and a small but not insignificant fraction have considered suicide.

The situation is even worse. The mindset that sees everything through the lens of systemic oppression and seeks to rectify it with “equity” based hiring itself now threatens people’s lives. It spread to medical education and from there into the medical profession some time ago. It is spreading to occupations such as airline pilots which do not have enough women and blacks to satisfy “diversity” bureaucrats. I recall someone jokingly asking back in the 1990s whether “feminist airplanes would stay aloft for feminist engineers.” As we realize that the DEI crowd is very serious about trying to have proportional representation of women (feminists — Trump-voting women need not apply!), ethnic minorities, homosexuals, and transsexuals, according to their percentage of the population in every occupation, such quips cease to be funny.

Would you want to fly in a plane piloted by someone who got hired through the airline’s DEI office?

How This Disaster Happened. Conservative Organizations Bear Part of the Blame.

Coming back to the beginning. Back in the 1990s when exposés on what was then just called political correctness were beginning to appear, this might have been reparable from the inside. Political correctness and its ideological spawn (e.g., radical academic “gender feminism”) could have been stopped back then with forceful opposition, including class action (as opposed to a handful of individual) lawsuits, had a decisive effort been made.

It wasn’t.

For whatever reason, the few conservative organizations which had influence failed to make use of the resources available to them, which would have included obtaining positions or at least financial support for conservative scholars most of whom eventually left intellectual professions out of frustration when they ended up at bottom-tier institutions, or with marginal, part-time jobs in think tanks, or unemployed.

The vastly better organized (and far better funded) academic left simply took over.

We Need New Parallel Institutions, a Parallel Academia.

By the late 1990s the term parallel institutions was circulating in conservative circles. Again, though, very little was done. A few online entities were created. Only a couple (that I know of) survived. They are professionally invisible.

Today the situation is far more dire. In the face of the rise of foreign powers such as Russia and China, whose strengths are that they take education seriously, the collapse of higher education in the West is an existential threat to our survival — one of several!

The only way we can come back is through the creation and building up of new institutions. I only know of one so far whose founders seem to be doing everything right and are planning to launch their first full freshman class next fall: the University of Austin, presently taking up one floor of a single building in downtown Austin, Texas; and with plans to break ground for a traditional physical campus in the near future.

Other things being equal, the country — indeed, the entire Western world — needs more such efforts. One institution alone cannot possibly do the job of bringing back (or possibly creating) and implementing a philosophy of education that values the pursuit of truth, free speech and inquiry, affirms the necessity of civil discourse, and can carry it forth into society. That is: education and training there can merge intellectual-foundations learning into real world action for the purposes of problem-solving and human flourishing.

I have no idea if the present marketplace will support such efforts, so deep is the cultural Marxist rot in contemporary culture. Will such efforts, assuming their founders are able to get the word out, find networks of support who are willing to invest in them? Will students come, perhaps of all ages, who are fed up with the self-censorious ambience of the mainstream institutions, willing to take a chance on something new? Will accreditation agencies support them, or are they, too, compromised by the DEI worldview (last I heard, most were just as bad as the mainstream institutions themselves)? Will prospective employers place any stock in courses taken, or credentials earned, from parallel institutions?

I don’t know the answers to these questions. But if investors or other sources of funding do not see the value in supporting financially the ideas for new institutions still on drawing boards between now and the end of the present decade, and if prospective students do not come, we can expect the present rot to deepen until it pulls down what is left of Western civilization which will seem to have committed intellectual and institutional suicide.

That’s if a major cyberattack, a physical terrorist attack, another plan-demic, or some other calamity we should have anticipated and circumvented but didn’t, doesn’t do us in first.

© 2024 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

Steven Yates is a (still recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. He taught for more than 15 years total at several universities in the Southeastern U.S. He authored two books, around 25 articles, book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and eventually unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and heretical notions, including about academia itself. In 2012 he moved to Chile. He is married to a Chilean national. They live in a remote location in Chile’s Bío-Bío region.

Steven Yates’s Substack publication Navigating the New Normal is here. Please consider subscribing (it’s still free).

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023), set in a version of H.P. Lovecraft’s cosmos, can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

March 14, 2024

“The Bible Says it.  I believe it.  And that settles it.”

I often hear that as the fallback position of many Christians when it comes to defending their faith.  That sounds good and holy, but that does not always fly as TRUTH.

The Bible says a lot of things which, when taken out of context, can be made to sound true.  But sounding like Truth and BEING the Truth are not the same thing.  Context is everything.

Context is defined as “the circumstances that form the setting for an event, statement, or idea, and in terms of which it can be fully understood and assessed.”  The Luciferian LEFT loves to take statements…something someone said…out of context and ascribe to the statement a meaning that was not at all what the person said.

For instance, JUDGE NOT, is a statement that we often hear when we are pointing out where someone might be doing something that we believe to be wrong.  Jesus never said not to judge, He said be careful HOW you judge.

As a result, many believe that Christians are wrong to judge others because the statement is out of context.  Here is what He actually said…in context.

“Judge not, that ye be not judged. For with what judgment ye judge, ye shall be judged: and with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again.  And why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother’s eye, but considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye? Or how wilt thou say to thy brother, Let me pull out the mote out of thine eye; and, behold, a beam is in thine own eye? Thou hypocrite, first cast out the beam out of thine own eye; and then shalt thou see clearly to cast out the mote out of thy brother’s eye.”

Jesus was referring to HYPOCRITICAL judgement.  In other words, to criticize someone while you are doing the same thing.  OF COURSE we are to judge…we do it all the time.  IN fact, you are judging what you are reading right now.  Only a fool or a weak Christian does not judge.

Be careful, for Scripture, taken OUT of context can make the Scripture mean something it does not actually say.

Here is a list of CHRISTIAN Denominations.  There are currently 45,000 different ones.  NOT CHURCHES.  DENOMINATIONS.  Remember your 2^nd grade math…long division?  Numerator and denominator?   The denominator was the number by which the whole number was divided.  Hence CHRISTIAN denominations are separate VERSIONS of Christianity.

The 44,000 denominations all profess to be Christians, yet they denominate (divide) over what the Bible says.  That is how we end up with Catholics, Lutherans, Baptists, Methodists, Presbyterians, Pentecostals, etc.  They DON’T agree on what the Bible says.  Some things in the Bible are not clear and are open to interpretations.  Baptism, communion, gifts of the Spirit, function of the church, role of the Holy Spirit, healing, tongues, feasts, and end times are some of the issues that Christians divide over.  Check this site out.

Yet, every denomination can show why what THEY believe is the TRUTH.  They all read the same Bible, but disagree on what it actually teaches.  Hence, The Bible Says it.  I believe it.  And that settles it is not actually true.

All Christian denominations are part of the Christian RELIGION. Religion is simply a belief in a Supernatural God.  THEOLOGY is the great divider.  OLOGY is defined as “the study of” while THEOS means God.  So, theology is simply “the study of God.”

Denominations are the problem.  Paul warned us “But foolish and unlearned questions avoid, knowing that they do gender strife’s.”  Division within the body of Christ because “strifes,” are hindering the advancement of the Gospel.  The Prophet Amos asked a very simple question:

“Can two walk together, except they be agreed?”

Much of what you and I have been taught is mere speculation based on the opinions of man.

I host a daily podcast where we openly discuss the things that we believe.  There are no sacred cows.  We ask the question “who told you some of the things you believe and why have you not investigated it more deeply?”  For instance, WHO are the Jews and are they God’s chosen people?  Is there anyone in Heaven today?  Did speaking in tongues cease?  Are we supposed to always obey the government?  Does God love everybody?  What do Christians DO?  Once saved always saved?  Is there a Rapture of the church?  Is God pro-choice?  What we find out often shocks us.

Nothing is too sacred to discuss and after 2118 weekday broadcasts most of us are still friends.

Who taught you what you believe?  Where did he learn it?  Have you always been in the same denomination your whole life?  If the Bible says it and that settles it why aren’t some of these issues settled? Where did your Pastor learn what he is teaching you?  Aren’t you curious?

Is there any wonder America is such a divided nation.  Heck we cannot even get the Christians to agree on what is true.  Jesus warned us that “if the blind leadeth the blind they both end up in a ditch.”  It is time to start digging our way out.

“Not everyone who says unto me Lord, Lord shall enter the Kingdom.” Evidently some folks who claim to be following Jesus are missing the boat.

“What is Truth?”  That is what Pontius Pilate asked Jesus on the night He was sentenced to death.  Jesus never replied.  Pilate was looking into the face of the incarnation of Truth and he was unable to recognize it.

Ronald Reagan exhorted us to “Trust, but verify.”  If it is a good axiom for politics, wouldn’t it be even more imperative for the things of the Spirit?  Are you content to blindly follow what the hireling in the pulpit tells you?  Are you sure that other denomination has got it wrong?

Only the Truth makes you free, Jesus told us. Doesn’t Truth matter to you?  Are you comfortable believing things that are not True?  Is it possible that some of the things your “church” teaches is not true?

Jude, the half-brother of Jesus warned us that “evil men have crept in unawares and changed the Truth of God into a lie…”   Crept in where?  What did they change?  How do we recognize the imposters?   Interesting, eh?

I was taught from an early age that Mary was ever Virgin.  But a reading of the Bible shows Jesus had siblings?  How can that be?  Is somebody is pulling my leg.  Check this out.

The Bible says it.  I believe it…but it is far from settled.  We all need to “study to show thyself approved.”

Broad is the way and narrow is the gate…many come, FEW find it.  What if what you have been taught is not true?  Are you ok with that?

Only the TRUTH will make you free.  One God.  45,000 denominations.  Trust but verify.

© 2024 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

By Lee Duigon

March 14, 2024

Let’s pretend the United States was a single property–its people, its culture, its economy: everything–and it was your job to find a buyer for it. How would you advertise it? And let’s further suppose your sales pitch had to be as honest as possible, without being suicidal.

What would you say? “A Great Fixer-Upper”? “Needs Work”? “Invest in Hope”? (I like that one; I must find a use for it.)

Uh-oh. Here are two factors that might drive down the market value.

Political Corruption. As reported by The Federalist, our current administration has been laundering tax dollars, paid by everyone regardless of party, to recruit college students for a massive “get out the vote” project–in reality, a scheme to get out the vote for Democrats, Republicans need not apply.

You’d think there’d be some kind of law against this–using tax dollars for partisan political shenanigans. Maybe no one ever thought we’d need such a law. So we have “Biden bucks” for SloJo’s re-election, enthusiastically backed by teachers’ unions who want it to reach all the way down into freakin’ kindergarten–“teaching kids about disinformation.” For those who haven’t paid attention, “disinformation” is any information that doesn’t jibe with Far Left politics.

Corruption in the Churches. What do you get when you mix religion with pop culture? Look and see.

Crossroads Church in Cincinnati, a megachurch boasting 34,000 weekly congregants, this year held a “Super Sunday Super Bowl Service (!),” featuring an alleged pastor kicking the Bible off the stage. (Yeahbut, yeahbut! The Bible was decorated with football stitches!) They also reveled in what another pastor called “middle school humor”… from the pulpit. It was all supposed to make church “fun.” And be spiritually beneficial, too!

Once upon a time, men and women would rather be martyred–and in many cases, were martyred–than lend themselves to such a spectacle. St. Paul wrote, “Let all things be done decently and in good order” (1 Corinthians 14:40). What do you think he would have thought of this?

We have many broken churches in this country. What do you get when you mix religion with pop culture? You get pseudo-religious garbage.

It’s not going to be easy to clean up this mess. Corrupt politics and fake religion won’t simply depart if we show them the door. They’ll fight us tooth and nail, and not according to any rules you ever heard of.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, Click the link and drop in for a visit: we promise not to show you any football. My articles can also be found at http://www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2024 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Frosty Wooldridge

March 14, 2024

One sociologist said, “Mass illegal immigration is being used to destroy the United States politically, culturally, economically, and even geographically.”

A dear friend of mine in Michigan said, “When Joe Biden is not eating ice cream, which further adds to his arcane attempts at speaking, he claims that his administration’s programs are a ‘success’. Ironically, he is in one sense diabolically correct, as his goal, assuming he understands some of what he is reaping on our country, coincides with Obama’s “fundamental transformation of America.”

“I recently read that those of us in America who are 75 or older now make up less than 1% of the population. Following the passing of almost all of the Greatest Generation of WWII vintage, the majority in America includes some of the most poorly educated (especially in the areas of History, Government, and Civics), apathetic, self-serving, and falsely entitled members to ever call themselves citizens. That we should add another 20 million illegals who have no intention of assimilating into our culture, nor honor the hard-won freedoms and traditions of our Founding Fathers, and the documents drawn up to secure them in a rule of law, simply adds to the confusion and division which characterizes our present society as we slip ever faster down Nobel Prize winner, FA Hayek’s Road to Serfdom, presciently written in the 1940s.

“We had better ‘wake up and smell the coffee’ soon, or find ourselves relegated to picking through the grounds.”

You must remember that Barack Obama did not grow up in America. He grew up in a Muslim-dominated country. His father was a Muslim or a Marxist depending on which report. He fooled the American people by attending a Christian church in Chicago, but his Pastor Wright denounced America, in fact, hated and “damned” America.

March 13, 2008; Senator Barack Obama’s pastor said, “Blacks should not sing “God Bless America” but “God damn America.”

The Rev. Jeremiah Wright, Obama’s pastor for 20 years at the Trinity United Church of Christ on Chicago’s south side, had a long history of what even Obama’s campaign aides conceded was “inflammatory rhetoric,” including the assertion that the United States brought on the 9/11 attacks with its own “terrorism.”

If this journalist was a betting man, I bet that Barack Obama would change America into an Islamic caliphate if he enjoyed the power to “fundamentally change America.” He flooded Detroit and Minneapolis with Muslims. In fact, Detroit is now called the “Jihad hotbed of America.” For sure 300,000 Detroit Muslims marched in support of the Hamas’ slaughter of women and children on October 7, 2023. Those same Muslims support Sharia Law, female genital mutilation and honor killings. None of them support the U.S. Constitution.

Which makes you wonder, when will their first terror cells launch rocket propelled grenades into our electrical substations. You must understand that they didn’t come to America to become Americans. They came to America to make sure we follow Sharia Law. If it takes them 10 years or 100, they are dedicated Jihadists. Do you think I’m kidding? Read this and weep:

“Islam isn’t in America to be equal to any faith, but to become dominant. The Qur’an should be the highest authority in America, and Islam the only accepted religion on Earth.” Omar Ahmed, director of Council on American Islamic Relations.

Now we face Obama 2.0, in the name of dementia-patient Joe Biden who intends to finish the job with his first invitation of 11 million illegal aliens in his first three years in office. You better believe that his inner circle of operatives hates America because they are the ones guiding the senile old man toward saturating our country with incompatible foreigners who never intend on becoming Americans.

“Immigrants devoted to their own cultures and religions are not influenced by the secular politically correct façade that dominates academia, news-media, entertainment, education, religious and political thinking today,” said James Walsh, former Associate General Counsel of the United States Immigration and Naturalization Service. “They claim the right not to assimilate, and the day is coming when the question will be how can the United States regulate the defiantly unassimilated cultures, religions and mores of foreign lands? Such immigrants say their traditions trump the U.S. legal system. Balkanization of the United States has begun.”

If you look into history, we are being Balkanized at the fastest rate of speed of any country in history. Look at Rome…it too several hundred years of a constant flow of Vandals, Franks, Visigoths, and other tribes to change Rome’s language, saturate its military and disenfranchise Roman citizenship. Who let it happen? Corrupt politicians like Caligula and Nero who watched Rome disintegrate.

How effective is illegal alien power and how fast is it growing? One look at Europe will show you a “drastic and fundamental change” with Islamic power growing beyond any chance of stopping it. Europeans have killed their countries with mass immigration out of the Middle East and Africa. All in the name of compassion? Why and how could so many leaders be so stupid? Why are European citizens SO docile? Some brave souls are trying to stop it:

Michael Hansen’s documentary, Killing Europe, was “removed by Amazon from its Prime Video service. Amazon cited ‘quality assurance’ concerns — despite the fact that the documentary had been hosted on the platform since 2017 without issue.” Killing Europe is about the effects of mass migration and Islam in Europe. Amazon has caved to the Sharia police. Additionally, read the painful book, The Strange Death of Europe: Islam, Immigration, Identity by Douglas Murray.

Most Americans don’t know it, but Obama had a Sharia Law “czar” in his cabinet named Majid. A big fat slob of an African man with a single purpose: bring Sharia Law into mainstream America.

Who is footing the bill for Biden’s 11 million illegals, or should we call them “newcomers?” Take a look at Europe’s mess with immigrants from third world countries:

Switzerland: Over 80 Percent of Somali Migrants on Welfare

“According to newly released data, several migrant groups of different national origins in Switzerland have welfare dependency rates well above 50 per cent, with over 80 per cent of Somalis in the country taking state handouts.

“The data was gathered and released by both the Federal Statistical Office and the State Secretariat for Migration and shows that the 4,000 or so Somalis in Switzerland are by far the most prone to being on government benefits with 83.7 per cent relying on state income, 20 Minutes reports.

“While Somalis are by far and wide the largest recipients of welfare, several other nationalities also have rates of over 50 per cent, such as Eritreans at 54.7 per cent and Angolans at 54 per cent.”

Again, we have our own 125,000 Somali immigrants in Minneapolis, with average IQ’s at 68, who remain on welfare, and stole over $2,000,000.00 off U.S. taxpayers in EBT card fraud. As lacking as they are in intelligence, they outsmarted the U.S. government officials by defrauding all of us. Nonetheless, the vast majority of them in Minneapolis and Detroit remain on welfare. It’s a way of life for Muslims. They simply lack the intellectual horsepower to “want” to contribute to American society. Couple that with all Muslims’ intention to change America into an Islamic caliphate, voila, no more America.

Muslims’ agenda in America, Canada and Europe: “Putting up with being offended is essential in a pluralistic society in which people differ on basic truths. If a group will not bear being offended without resorting to violence, that group will rule unopposed while everyone else lives in fear, while other groups curtail their activities to appease the violent group. This results in the violent group being able to tyrannize the others.” ~ Pamela Geller ~

As Biden 2.0 continues on his current path, all of us are at risk whether our tax dollars or our lives—-as these illegal aliens overwhelm and destroy the foundation of our country. Can’t you see it coming? Do you understand if you are a democrat, independent or republican—you and your kids are in the cross hairs of Balkanization of America?

Tell me that we aren’t being invaded by: Weaponized Immigration as a Form of Asymmetrical Warfare Against America.

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Paul Engel

March, 13, 2024

• In the United States, who is sovereign?
• Did we replace a sovereign monarch with a sovereign oligarchy?
• Do you need government’s permission to sue it?

When can you sue the government? What started out as an erroneous credit report filing has turned into the heart of the question brought before the Supreme Court in the case Department Of Agriculture Rural Development Rural Housing Service V. Kirtz (USDA v. Kirtz). What the court found, and how it got there, points to a serious flaw in the constitutional education of lawyers and judges throughout this nation.

Background

Although not at the heart of our story, this begins with a simple violation of the Constitution.

This case arises from a loan Reginald Kirtz secured from The Rural Housing Service. The Service, a division of the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), “issues loans to promote the development of safe and affordable housing in rural communities.”

USDA v. Kirtz

The Constitution does not authorize the United States to issue loans for any reason. As the Tenth Amendment states:

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

U.S. Constitution – Amendment X

This may seem like a trivial thing, but if Congress had not passed legislation to allow agencies to loan money, then Mr. Kirtz would not have had the problems that led to this case. Yes, Mr. Kirtz’s problems began after he paid off the loan, but that is not the heart of this case.

According to Mr. Kirtz, he repaid his loan in full by mid-2018. … Despite this, the USDA repeatedly told TransUnion, a company engaged in the business of preparing consumer credit reports, that his account was past due. … These misrepresentations damaged his credit score and threatened his ability to secure future loans at affordable rates. … In an effort to resolve the problem, Mr. Kirtz alerted TransUnion to the error, and the company, in turn, notified the USDA. But, Mr. Kirtz says, the USDA failed to take “any action to investigate or correct” its records. So he eventually decided to sue the agency under the FCRA.

USDA v. Kirtz

Yes, any lending firm could have erroneously reported past due a loan that had been paid in full. And any lending agency could fail to take action to resolve the error, which could lead to a lawsuit. In this case, Mr. Kirtz sued under the Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA).

According to his complaint, the USDA furnished information to TransUnion. The agency had notice that the information it supplied was false. That false information impaired Mr. Kirtz’s ability to access affordable credit. Yet the agency failed to take any steps to correct its mistake—either willfully (in violation of §1681n) or negligently (in violation of §1681o). By way of remedy, Mr. Kirtz sought money damages consistent with what the FCRA allows.

USDA v. Kirtz

Mr. Kirtz’s complaint seems simple enough. The lender, the USDA, had been notified that the information it provided to credit reporting service TransUnion was false, and either negligently or willfully refused to correct its mistake. For this violation of the law, Mr. Kirtz sought monetary damages. The response from the USDA is when Mr. Kirtz’s issues went from bad to worse.

In response, the USDA moved to dismiss the complaint. The agency did not dispute that allegations like Mr. Kirtz’s state a viable claim for relief. Instead, it pointed to this Court’s precedents holding that, as sovereign, the federal government enjoys immunity from suits for money damages unless Congress waives that immunity.

USDA v. Kirtz

The USDA did not dispute the fact that Mr. Kirtz had a viable claim. They simply claimed “You can’t sue us, we’re the government.” Notice that the USDA did not claim they had immunity based on a constitutional or even statutory argument, but because the court had previously said so.

Sovereign Immunity

What is this “Sovereign Immunity” the USDA was claiming?

Sovereign immunity is a judicial doctrine that prevents the government or its political subdivisions, departments, and agencies from being sued without its consent. The doctrine stems from the ancient English principle that the monarch can do no wrong.

Sovereign Immunity – The Free Legal Dictionary

Did you catch that? This whole sovereign immunity comes from the idea that the monarch, the sovereign, can do no wrong. This is exactly what we tried to get away from in 1776. Read the Declaration of Independence and count how many times they complain that the king could do what he wants? There were not consequences for the monarch, because they believed he could do no wrong. This of course was because the king was sovereign.

A chief ruler with supreme power; one possessing sovereignty. (q.v.) It is also applied to a king or other magistrate with limited powers.

Sovereign – The Free Legal Dictionary

What about here in the United States?

In the United States the sovereignty resides in the body of the people.

Sovereign – The Free Legal Dictionary

That means the government is not the sovereign, and therefore does not have sovereign immunity. That hasn’t stop federal courts at all levels from pretending they do. Rather, courts have argued about whether or not Congress had waived said immunity in the Federal Credit Reporting Act.

Yet the lower courts have reached different views on the question whether federal agencies are answerable under the FCRA for their mistakes. Like the Third Circuit, the Seventh and D. C. Circuits have held that the FCRA authorizes suits against government agencies no less than it does private lenders. The Fourth and Ninth Circuits, by contrast, have held that sovereign immunity bars consumer suits against federal agencies. We agreed to hear this case to resolve that conflict.

USDA v. Kirtz

While the Supreme Court notices that the circuit courts are split, it’s not on the question of sovereign immunity, but whether Congress had waived said immunity under FCRA.

Opinion

The court gave a unanimous opinion, written by Justice Gorsuch.

The Executive Branch may question the wisdom of holding federal agencies accountable for their violations of the Fair Credit Reporting Act; certainly the many and resourceful arguments it advances today suggest as much. But Congress’s judgment commands our respect and the law it has adopted speaks clearly: A consumer may sue “any” federal agency for defying the law’s terms. Because it faithfully followed this legislative direction, the judgment of the Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit is

Affirmed.

USDA v. Kirtz

While I admire the court for respecting the acts of Congress, I point to a superior law they completely ignore in this opinion. That the United States has limited and enumerated powers, and that among those powers delegated to it, the power of sovereign in not one of them.

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment X

Furthermore, that when the justices took office, they were required to swear or affirm that they would support the Constitution of the United States.

The Senators and Representatives before mentioned, and the Members of the several State Legislatures, and all executive and judicial Officers, both of the United States and of the several States, shall be bound by Oath or Affirmation, to support this Constitution;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment VI, Clause 3

As such, the court should have found for Mr. Kirtz not because Congress said the people could sue under FCRA, but because no federal branch, department, or agency has sovereign immunity.

Conclusion

There was plenty more in the opinion of this case, but in my estimation it’s pure distraction. The federal courts, at all levels, agreed that the United States has sovereign immunity, even though that is not a power delegated to it in the Constitution. There was not a single point in the opinion about sovereign immunity being constitutional, yet they still uphold it. How could that be?

For years I’ve asked those who have attended law school a simple question. “When you were in law school, did you study the Constitution or “constitutional law”. In the 4-5 years I’ve been asking that question, I have had exactly one person tell me they studied the Constitution in law school. The supreme law of the land is not studied in law school? The document that every government official is required to swear or affirm they will support, is not studied in law school? This is the fundamental and abject failure in our legal education system.

I doubt a single judge or justice who has heard this case actually studied the Constitution in law school. That explains why the very men and women who took an oath to support it placed the opinions of judges above the supreme law of the land. Although Mr. Kirtz got the outcome he wanted, which was to be allowed to sue the USDA, this is the reason why this case is actually a further corruption of our judicial system. Think about this for a second: Mr. Kirtz was ALLOWED to petition the government for a redress of grievance, a right protected by the First Amendment. However, Congress can allow federal agencies to violate the law without concern they may be sued, based on this false idea from some court that the government is sovereign, but not the people. Is any of this different than some of the grievances we had against King George?

He has combined with others to subject us to a jurisdiction foreign to our constitution, and unacknowledged by our laws; giving his Assent to their Acts of pretended Legislation:

For protecting them, by a mock Trial, from punishment for any Murders which they should commit on the Inhabitants of these States:

For depriving us in many cases, of the benefits of Trial by Jury:

For taking away our Charters, abolishing our most valuable Laws, and altering fundamentally the Forms of our Governments:

Declaration of Independence

Saddest of all, neither the judges, justices, attorneys, nor parties to this case, seem aware of the fundamental coup d’etat this represents. It’s the destruction of our Constitution and a fundamental alteration of our form of government.

© 2024 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By Bradlee Dean

March 13, 2024

“You can only oppress a people for only so long.”

The history of oppressors is that they are going to be allowed to oppress the people for only so long before the oppressed respond.

Anyone and everyone that paid attention to the repeat criminals such as Anthony Fauci, Bill Gates, CEO of CDC Rochelle P. Walensky, etc. already knew what the whole plandemic was all about, a planned crisis (Jeremiah 11:9).

It just so happens that over in New Zealand that the hunters have now become the hunted.

The People’s Voice reported: “Vaccinators in New Zealand Fear for Their Lives As Public Rise Up Against ‘Pandemic Genocide.”

Thousands of nurses in New Zealand say they now fear for their lives as the public begin rising up against the genocide committed against them during the pandemic.

The names and details of over 12,000 vaccinators in New Zealand was recently leaked online. The Te Whatu Ora data breach has left nurses who administered the deadly shots fearing a backlash from an angry public.

One nurse, who did not want her name used, said she was shocked to receive an email from Te Whatu Ora on Friday telling her her name was on the list.

Nzherald.co.nz reports: She was not sure what else to do to feel safer, and so far had asked her landlord to fix her fence.

“I just worry that someone will come to my house and threaten me and my children,” she said.

The email to the vaccinators said their names were found on a document on the US site on January 25.

“To the best of our knowledge, your name was removed from the publicly available file on 29 January,” it said. “In saying this, I also need to acknowledge that the information is still held by one or more parties outside of our control.”

The nurse worried people might track her down years later and wanted Te Whatu Ora to guarantee it would support any nurses with safety help long-term.

She felt let down by the breach. The importance of privacy was drilled into her and her colleagues in training and she had expected the same from Te Whatu Ora, she said.

“I assumed that their standard of confidentiality and privacy would be top-tier, pretty much everything sealed so nothing like this could happen,” she said. “I’m quite frustrated they haven’t upheld their side of keeping us, as nurses, safe in New Zealand during a pandemic.”

Union the Nurses Society represented about 6000 nurses, and its director David Willis said they had heard from a lot of worried people. They were also concerned that they could be approached.

Wills said he had not spoken to anyone who had been threatened or harassed, but the union had emailed advice to all its members on what to do if they were.

“Of course, people are mindful that [the data] is still in the hands of people outside their control and that is concerning and disturbing and hopefully Te Whatu Ora has taken steps to make sure that doesn’t happen again.”

In a statement, Te Whatu Ora chief of people Andrew Slater said any unauthorised release of data was a gross breach of trust and they were very disappointed.

Maybe this is the reason for increased security for those who are to serve the people.  The people are coming around that they have been deceived by those who are supposed to protect them (Luke 22:48).

© 2024 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Kelleigh Nelson

March 12, 2024

Wherever replacement theology has flourished, the Jews have had to run for cover.  —Thomas Ice

When the Ark of the Covenant was being brought up to Jerusalem, King David could be seen “leaping and dancing before the Lord” with “all his might” (2 Samuel 6:14-16).  This evoked strong displeasure from his wife, Michal, who was left barren for having despised the joy of the Lord in her husband’s heart.  How full the church is today of Michals who despise those who are rejoicing in the nacham (comfort), racham (compassion), and chesed (loyal covenant love) of God toward His people.  How spiritually barren the church is where love for Israel is absent.  —Paul Wilkinson, author, Israel The Inheritance of God

If God has not spoken in His Word about replacing, fulfilling, retelling, enlarging, redefining, nullifying, reconstituting, universalizing, reinterpreting, incorporating, renewing, or even “Christifying” Israel, then how are the church speak this way!  —Andrew Robinson, Israel Betrayed Volume I: The History of Replacement Theology.

There is a preciseness in the exegesis of the above-mentioned books, along with Dr. Arnold Fruchtenbaum’s approach to teaching the scriptures. It is a preciseness that many decades ago resonated with my soul.

As a youngster, I was raised in a Jewish neighborhood, grew up with Jewish friends, dated Jewish men, and always had an affinity for both Israel and her people. It was no surprise then, that a Jewish man led me to the doctrinal truth of scripture so many decades ago.  Yes, Jewish folks can lead gentiles to truth.  The Lord works in mysterious ways, his wonders to perform.

Long before that time, I had studied antisemitism in the Church for a number of years, and was appalled at the “teaching of contempt” which resonated from the false doctrine of “Replacement Theology,” especially in the “reformed” protestant churches.  The study of this lamentable portion of Christian history, and the departure and deviation of its original foundation is anathema to those who know Biblical truth.  As such, we must act against this evil and uphold the original bedrock of faith.  The tragic results of anti-Semitic replacement theology is an indictment against the Church.

This series of articles will hopefully explain the core of the rot found in our churches today.  We must remember that not all who are congregants of these various denominations understand the false doctrine or are even aware.  There can be no blanket condemnation of those who attend these churches, but only a denouncement of the heretical doctrine which has permeated the church and society in a vastly evil and catastrophic way against Israel and the Jewish people.

Replacement Theology

Replacement Theology is a huge subject, one that would take countless historical studies to fully understand. In the first century, the Church was poisoned with rotten fruit that grew into a forest of libel against God’s people, ultimately causing death and destruction throughout history.  It is also known as Supersessionism, from the word supersede, and Fulfillment Theology. In simple terms, it is the belief that the Church has replaced Israel and the Jewish people in the New Testament in terms of God’s calling and His promises.

This means that Israel plays no role in current and future world affairs and where the NT mentions “Israel” it refers to the Church. This belief stems from the idea that due to the Jew’s rejection of Jesus Christ as their Messiah, their place in the Promise has been forfeited to the Church.

Clearly stated, “Replacement Theology” is an unbiblical heretical doctrine and has destroyed the true church proper.  It is a curse laid upon the cornerstone of truth, that the twelve tribes of Israel are no longer of interest to our Creator. The One True God, our Creator, loves His people Israel and will never forsake His promises to them.

The objective is not to trash Christianity, but to reassess and if possible, remove the false tenets which are damaging to Jews, Christians and the rest of humanity.  We have seen that damage throughout history.  In our lifetime, the Shoah, and now the worldwide outpouring of anti-Semitism against Israel and her people while they are at war with terrorists who mercilessly slaughtered men, women, children and babies.

This false doctrine is the decay and effect of ecclesiastical hatred and contempt for the Jews and Jewishness within the early church, by those considered Church Fathers, who were responsible for the evil perpetrated by the church throughout the centuries against God’s people, Israel. Ignorance of this subject is extremely detrimental to all Christian life.

The Lord has an Eternal Plan

In a February, 2024 article by Dr. Tim Sigler, entitled “Israel’s Current Conflict and God’s Eternal Plan,” he tells of being asked to speak to all three services at a church regarding what is happening in Israel.  The pastor told him that he could not preach on these things adequately.  He was right.  There is a lack of clear biblical teaching and preaching about the role of Israel in God’s plan, about how to understand current issues in light of Scripture, and about how to navigate biblically the ethical challenges that receive lots of one-sided coverage in the culture at large.

Dr. Sigler spoke to the congregations about why Israel is special to God and God’s choice of Israel to be the recipient of covenant blessings.  He listed four verses.

• To be blessed by God and be a blessing to all the families of the earth. (Gen. 12:3)
• To be the inheritors of the land of promise. (Gen. 28:13)
• To have God’s special favor from generation to generation. (Deut. 7:7-9)
• To have a line of kings from which an ultimate righteous ruler would come.

(2 Samuel 7:11-16)

Dr. Sigler went on to explain that even in the Christian New Testament (Romans 11:28-32), God’s promises to the Jewish people, the descendants of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, are beloved of the Lord because of God’s covenantal promises given to the fathers, meaning the patriarchs of Israel.  And the Lord’s promises never change.

The pastor of this church is right, few gentile preachers teach in any depth about the Lord’s covenants with His people, Israel.

Early Heresy

Elements of Replacement Theology can be traced as far back as Marcion (A.D. 85 – 160), who carried on a theological crusade to purge the Church of what he perceived to be dangerous Jewish errors and influences.  Later, many of these same anti-Judaic sentiments found their way into the thinking (and writings) of the Early Church fathers. Irenaeus (c.180) wrote, “The Jews have rejected the Son of God and cast Him out of the vineyard when they slew Him.”  Anyone who has read the New Testament words of Christ knows this is a lie, as Jesus himself said in John 10:18, “No man taketh it from me, but I lay it down of myself. I have power to lay it down, and I have power to take it again. This commandment have I received of my Father.”

There is much that has happened to the church throughout history, but the Real Great Schism was brought about by the work of the second century Patristic Fathers who took the Church away from the Synagogue and cleansed it of Jewishness.  This is how the Church became different from the Apostolic Church and left the truth of scriptures.

Justin Martyr, in the second century, was one of the first Patristic Fathers who as an intellectual with literary skill was able to pull together the defense of Christian beliefs, refute non-Christian teachings and his numerous anti-Jewish diatribes in a manner that resonated with other elitists within the church.  His focus was on Moses’ Law.  He called it burdensome, that neither Abraham nor other patriarchs lived under the Law, that it was abrogated with Christ, that Christians should not and do not live under the Law of Moses, but under the New Law which is Christ, that the Jews never really understood Scripture given by Moses and the Prophets, but now is understood by Christians which makes the Church the true Israel. Justin provided the Christians with an argument well packed with hateful theological rational.

In the process of defending Christianity, Justin articulated a set of Christian tenets which no other Christian apologist could outdo later. Every single tenet of Christian anti-Jewish theology of the Middle Ages is found in the two works of Justin (Apologies and the Dialogue with Trypho).

Those who followed suit after Justin (Irenaeus, Origen, Tertullian, John Chrysostom, Augustine, Ambrose, and others) honed and polished the tenets Justin himself had already created. None of them added any new tenet to Justin’s anti-Jewish philosophy; they only elaborated upon them and adapted them to the current conditions of their own world.

The Patristic Fathers and their destruction of the true church and their movement away from the synagogue has caused massive evil.  Justin Martyr’s writings reveal not only his hatred for the Jews as a people, but for the Torah.

The Hebrew Bible and America’s Founding Fathers

The political discourse of America’s founding, for one example, is replete with appeals to the Hebrew “republic” as a model for their own political experiment. In an influential 1775 Massachusetts election sermon, Samuel Langdon, the president of Harvard College and later a delegate to New Hampshire’s constitution ratifying convention, opined: “The Jewish government, according to the original constitution which was divinely established, … was a perfect Republic … The civil Polity of Israel is doubtless an excellent general model …; at least some principal laws and orders of it may be copied, to great advantage, in more modern establishments.” Most of what the founders knew about the Hebraic republic they learned from the Bible. The republican model found in the Hebrew Scriptures, however, reassured pious Americans that republicanism was a political system favored by God.

Our once robust society and Godly culture are no longer what our founders envisioned. Our second US President, John Adams said, “Our constitution was made only for a moral and religious people. It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other.” Morality and virtue are the foundation of our republic and necessary for a society to be free.

The believers’ debt to Hebrew Scripture, Jewish exegesis, and divine revelation were evident to all of God’s people. In fact, Jewish-Christian relations, in spite of second and third century Christian elitist assaults upon all things Jewish, continued with good rhythm and solid relationship until the mid-fourth century with the advent of the First Council of Nicaea. At the Council of Nicaea, under Constantine’s oversight, the Church formally disconnected from the Jewish roots of Christian theology and practice by separating the celebration of Easter from the Celebration of Passover.

With time, this theological approach has gained momentum and has been the instigator of many atrocities carried out against the Jews.

The fruits of Replacement Theology have been the foundation of almost two millennia of Jew-hatred known as anti-Semitism. Its doctrine has enabled fallen man’s evil instincts to enjoy unlimited acts of horror, terror and extreme violence towards the Jewish people.

Hundreds, if not thousands, of episodes rooted in historical Jew-hatred have manifested themselves under the guise of this doctrine – for example, the infamous Spanish inquisition when 200,000 Jews were expelled from Spain by the Catholic Church. Tens of thousands were slaughtered, purposely drowned in the sea, or their bodies ripped open after rumors spread that Jews who were fleeing had swallowed their gold and silver items.

Sails of Hope

Sails of Hope by Simon Wiesenthal asks the question, “Was Columbus Jewish?”  That would be a shock to those who believe he was Italian while many claim he was Portuguese.  However, Wiesenthal spent five years researching this completely factual, radical re-interpretation of the events which led to the discovery of the New World and changed the course of history.

From the back of Simon Wiesenthal’s book comes the following:

“We herewith decree that all the Jews living in Our dominions, without distinction of sex and age, must leave Our royal possessions and seigneuries, together with their sons and daughters and their Jewish servants…and let them not presume to set foot again in the land for the purpose of settlement, or to pass through to some other land, or for any purpose whatsoever.”  Royal Edict of Expulsion

By midnight, August 2, 1492, all Jews must leave Spanish soil.

That same night, the three sailing ships which are to carry Christopher Columbus on his voyage of discovery are anchored quietly in Palos harbor, and although they are not scheduled to embark until the following day, Columbus has ordered his crew to be on board by eleven o’clock that night.  A Hebrew translator, Luis de Torres, will accompany the expedition, but strangely enough, not a single priest is included.

The auspicious coincidence of these two events, compounded with the intense mystery which has always surrounded the identity of Columbus, has led to a complete re-examination of all previously accepted theories about the true nature of his mission.

Conclusion

So many have asked, “Where is the Church?”  As Dr. Sigler well knows, today’s church leaders are bereft of the truth regarding the Lord’s eternal promises to the Jewish people and have long ago left the original doctrinal veracity of the Apostolic age.

In upcoming portions of this series, the more famous Church fathers who expounded on Justin’s Replacement theology, will be discussed, including Tertullian, Chrysostom, Augustin, Origen and Constantine, all of this leading to today’s Christian Palestinianism.

© 2024 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Cliff Kincaid

March 12, 2024

‘“THIS IS LIKE A SHOUTING MATCH,” former President Trump said about Biden’s State of the Union speech, “EVERY LINE IS BEING SHOUTED.”

Trump’s Truth Social play-by-play commentary was amusing. But Biden’s angry tone can also be seen as a symptom of dementia. It sometimes happens with people losing their mental faculties. They lash out.

Perhaps the only true Biden statement was that an “illegal” had killed nursing student Laken Riley. Biden has since expressed regret for using the term. He also mispronounced Laken’s name.

But Biden was clearly in command of his faculties when he was caught after the speech in an anti-Semitic outburst on a “hot mic,” saying the Jewish Prime Minister of Israel, Benjamin Netanyahu, needed a “come to Jesus moment” because of the war against terrorism in Gaza.  This was Biden’s effort to pander to the pro-Hamas wing of his party. He is worried about anti-Israel riots at the Democratic National Convention in August.

Clearly, Biden doesn’t want Israel to win the war, in the same way he doesn’t want Ukraine to win its war against Russia. Instead, he wants Israel to reward Hamas with another “Palestinian state” on its border, ready to wage another war on the Jewish state.

Biden, the “Catholic” President, stands with the pope, who just declared his preference for Ukraine to surrender to Russia.

At times, Biden knows what he is doing, telling his fellow Democrats during that hot mic moment not to repeat what he was saying. He knew, or had to know, that the comments would be repeated.

This is an example of Biden’s anti-Semitism. He made the invasion of Israel possible through his financial support of Iran. He is prepared to sacrifice Israel for a few Muslim votes.

Regarding Biden’s frequent coughs, Trump said, “Don’t shake his hand, he’s been coughing into it the entire night!”

We must laugh or cry and sometimes it is better to laugh. However, Biden’s coughing could also be another symptom of his deteriorating physical condition.

In fairness, we also must laugh at those on “our side,” such as Tucker Carlson, whose UFO stories about cows being sucked into flying saucers and leaving mutilations and crop circles in their wake have now been officially debunked and laid to rest by a new and through examination of the UFO phenomena.

We can rest assured that the Anti-Christ will not emerge from a flying disc arriving in Washington, D.C.

Tucker’s “The truth is out there?” segments, as a flying saucer circled overhead, belong in the same category as the popular “conservative” belief that Vladimir Putin is a Christian nationalist battling the New World Order.

In the infamous “Roswell incident,” as noted in the new report, “The alleged ‘alien’ bodies reported by some in the New Mexico desert were test dummies that were carried aloft by U.S. Army Air Force high-altitude balloons for scientific research.”

I admit I was a sucker in my youth, consuming such titles as “God Drives a Flying Saucer” and “Chariots of the Gods.” They were fun to read, like a comic book.

But at a time when the world is experiencing two major wars courtesy of Joe Biden, in Europe and the Middle East, we have to remember that even the National Security Agency (NSA) spent precious time and resources on this scam, producing reports entitled, “UFO and Other Paranormal Information.”

The NSA was apparently monitoring UFOs rather than the Russians, as Putin engineered an invasion in 2014 after Biden approved that limited “incursion” that continues into its third year with hundreds of thousands injured or dead.

On Ukraine, Trump countered: “He didn’t stand up to Putin, he gave Putin Ukraine!”

Trump added, “He said I bowed down to the Russian Leader. He gave them everything, including Ukraine. I took away Nord Stream 2, he gave it to them! He was a Puppet for Putin and Xi, and virtually every other Leader!”

It’s time-consuming to go over all the lies in Biden’s State of the Union address. But one deserves comment — his reference to God when he declared, “Many of you in this chamber and my predecessor are promising to pass a national ban on reproductive freedom.” He added, “My God, what freedom else would you take away?”

He is referring to the “freedom” to “choose” abortion and take away the life of an innocent unborn child.

This comes from Biden, who compared himself to Abraham Lincoln freeing the slaves.

How many times do we see public service commercials about the need to save animals from suffering and cruelty? They air regularly on Fox News and other channels. We love our pets and want to save animals. But don’t expect any graphic public service announcements about the need to save unborn babies.

Speaking of death and dying, during his attacks on his “predecessor,” Biden said, “The pandemic no longer controls our lives.  The vaccine that saved us from COVID is now being used to beat cancer. Turning setback into comeback.  That’s what America does.  That’s what America does.”

The vaccine was developed under his “predecessor,” and Trump on his Truth Social website took justifiable credit for it.  “YOU’RE WELCOME, JOE, NINE MONTH APPROVAL TIME VS. 12 YEARS THAT IT WOULD HAVE TAKEN YOU!” he wrote.

Unfortunately, some of Trump’s so-called “supporters,” concerned about the jabs being the Mark of the Beast, attacked Trump for his successful initiative.   They are Luddites who fail to realize that vaccines have been improved over time and today use mRNA technology. Vaccine mandates in the military are as American as apple pie and were used by General George Washington during the Revolutionary War to save soldiers from smallpox.

Trump’s Operation Warp Speed, producing anti-China virus vaccines in record time, is the one achievement that China Joe Biden won’t dismantle and in fact wants to exploit for his own political benefit. But Trump’s fair-weather friends won’t admit it, even as the mRNA technology is in fact being used to treat and prevent cancer.

The Chinese and the Russians are envious because the United States leads the world in this new technology.

I’ve written extensively about the life-saving vaccines, and I won’t convince anybody at this point who already believes they were part of a diabolical plot, rather than a defense against such a plot. My new report on “The Killing Fields of COVID in America” goes into detail about the death and suffering.

At this late date in the pandemic, which Biden erroneously declared was over, the Chinese Communists are laughing at us.

The virus is real, not a hoax, and was designed as a bioweapon designed to inflict damage on Trump’s re-election campaign and of course the American people, more than 1.2 million of whom have died.

Although it is still dangerous and life-threatening, the data show a weakening of the virus over time, partially due to the vaccine, which lessened its impact but did not stop transmission.

But the virus coming out of Hollywood is at epidemic proportions, as we saw in the Academy Awards presentation on Sunday night, when the film “Oppenheimer” was given several Oscars. The film whitewashes the communist spying of Manhattan Project scientist J. Robert Oppenheimer and the activities of the communist spy ring working for Russia of which he was a part. Our report on the film exposes the lies.

As someone who was a media critic for decades with Accuracy in Media founder Reed Irvine, I know how difficult it is for people to sort through the omissions, distortions, and lies that bombard you daily. Reed Irvine and I called it “Media Malpractice” in one of our books.  I have made it my mission to tell the truth, no matter who is offended by it.

© 2024 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By: Devvy

March 11, 2024

Conspiracy theorists who yak on ABC, NBC, CBS, MSNBC, write for cat cage newspaper rags and write on-line continue to this day to deny the biggest, in-your-face stealing of a presidential election in America’s history in November 2020.  “Experts” on talk radio continue to vomit up “President Biden” who was installed through massive vote fraud covered up by governors like Brian Kemp (GA) who hates Donald Trump and their SOS, Brad Raffensberger.  Both of those slimy, lying “public servants” won their reelection because they sold their souls for power.

New Report Confirms Brad Raffensperger’s Office Committed a Crime in Jan. 2021 as The Gateway Pundit First Reported in Feb. 2023, Mar. 9, 2024 – Bad news for Big Fani Willis.

Yellow journalism rules big newspaper conglomerates either for their fat paychecks or because of blind loyalty to the Democrat/Communist Party USA and for which it stands:  The total destruction of these united States of America; nullifying the Bill of Rights through unconstitutional bills signed into “law” upheld by partisan black robes who think they’re gods on the bench.

Thoroughly brainwashed, they are the Unreachables.  What those hacks in the prostitute media don’t understand is too many are selected elected (or reelected) because they are willing to sell out our republic.  The same ignorance applies to the brain-dead cackling crones on The View who don’t realize that when the real kingpins, the big decision makers Americans have never heard of decide you’re done, you’re done.

Either by assassination (JFK, Robert F. Kennedy, senior,) former governors who suddenly found themselves the target of corruption charges as well as members of Congress, a few judges along the way as well as state legislators.  The “fall from grace” has hit some of the biggest names Americans recognize.

Like Donald Trump or hate Donald Trump, imagine how he felt as he watched his election stolen from him.  He left the White House with dignity and the kingpins (the true shadow government) have been after him ever since, determined to stop him from winning again while bankrupting him in legal fees.

Anyone who doesn’t believe the shadow government has been planning (besides all the bogus indictments/trials) for probably at least a year how to steal the November 2024 election is either in denial or is in favor of cheating to win.  However, all those indictments/trials have backfired on those cockroaches and they know it.

Oh, how empty-headed narcissists like Rachael Maddow all crowed when a NY jury of Trump haters awarded an $83.3 MILLION judgment against Donald Trump in the defamation lawsuit brought by a female named E. Jean Carroll.  E. Jean Carroll Trashes Trump, Reveals What She Will Do with Trump’s Money After Jury Awards Her $83.3 Million (VIDEO), Jan. 29, 2024 – “This is the same woman who previously said ‘rape is sexy’ and a ‘fantasy’ – CNN’s Anderson Cooper was so disturbed he cut to a commercial break.”  March 8, 2024, Donald Trump secured a $91.6 million dollar bond; his attorneys filed yet another appeal.  He had to borrow the money.

What about DNA?  Judge rejects Trump offer to provide DNA sample in E. Jean Carroll rape defamation case, Feb. 15, 2023: “Judge Lewis Kaplan said Trump’s offer, which came after years of litigation in E. Jean Carroll’s suit, was too late in the process.”

Oh. Judge Flapdoodle*, er, Kaplan said it was too late in the “process” to provide proof of innocence.  Judge Kaplan was nominated by (oh, that’s so rich) Billy Clinton.

Is it ever too late to prove innocence?  Man Freed After Serving 38 Years for a Murder and Rape He Didn’t Commit, DNA Proved His Innocence //  DNA helps free innocent California man who spent 15 years in prison for murder – Ricky Davis spent 15 years in prison for a crime “he did not commit.”  //  For 110 Inmates Freed by DNA Tests, True Freedom Remains Elusive:

“It destroyed my family,” says Vincent Moto, unjustly convicted of rape and imprisoned for 10 1/2 years in Pennsylvania. “It cost me over $100,000 to get exonerated. That was my mom and dad’s money to retire. They’re struggling. I’m struggling.” Moto, a 39-year-old father of four, says his kids suffered psychologically and he still has nightmares of prison. He survives on odd jobs, welfare and food stamps. “I have to live with these scars all my life,” he says.

“Richard Danziger is even less fortunate. Wrongly convicted of rape and sentenced to life, he suffered permanent brain damage when his head was bashed in by another inmate. Danziger was released in 2001 after he served 11 years in Texas. Now, at age 31, he lives with his sister, Barbara Oakley. “He basically gets up, watches TV, goes to the park, and that’s the extent of his day,” she says.

“Lesly Jean, a 42-year-old former Marine imprisoned in North Carolina for a rape he did not commit, struggles to rebuild his life.  “You know that old saying, ‘When someone knocks you down, you need to get back up’? Well,” he says, “sometimes it’s not that simple to get back up.”

Trump doesn’t deserve the same right to prove his innocence because some NY judge says, sorry, you offered too late?

Before that travesty was the alleged rape of Carroll by Trump.  Yet another biased NY jury found him innocent of rape but still awarded Caroll $5 million bux for sexual abuse?  Huh? “Sexual abuse is a broad term that could refer to several types of illegal sexual conduct, including sexual assault, sexual exploitation, molestation, and rape.”  Trump didn’t rape Carroll according to the jury so just exactly what was he guilty of under sexual abuse conduct?  Well, the jury decided Trump didn’t put his Johnson in her vagina.

Remember, we’re talking about a dressing room in a store you and I can’t afford to shop in:  Bergdorf Goodman where people are walking all around the area.

Trump allegedly did this to Carroll: “…he shoved his mouth on hers, yanked her tights down, and penetrated her with his hand and then his penis. She described him curving his finger inside her, saying it was “extremely painful” and “a horrible feeling.”  Did she scream, yell out to anyone?  Apparently not.

If I were the jury forewoman, I would ask my fellow jurors a few questions:  Trump allegedly shoved (odd word choice) his mouth on hers.  Did lips remain locked the whole time so she couldn’t yell or scream or did Trump use one hand to muzzle her mouth?  He yanked down her tights, presumably while holding her captive while she’s “fighting back”.  Ladies know it’s difficult to pull down your tights even with two hands.  They’re not called tights for nothing.  Pulling them down with one hand would be quite a feat while your captive is allegedly trying to fight you off.  Did Trump use one hand to pull them down, use which hand to penetrate her and then insert his Johnson?  All this going on and no one heard a thing?  No one trying on clothes in the other changing rooms?  Not a single person.

Well, Judge Flapdoodle weighed in: “Judge Lewis Kaplan ruled in August that the jury verdict showed Carroll’s rape allegation was “substantially true”.  This was a civil case where a jury thinks the allegation(s) might be true, but we’ll settle for a lesser charge.

Uh, oh…do we all remember Monica Lewinsky’s little blue dress (story exposed by Matt Drudge) she kept which had Billy Clinton’s semen on it?  Do we all remember serial adulterer, Billy, poking his finger at the media saying, “I didn’t have sex with that woman”?  Well, Billy, pesky DNA evidence hung your crooked little pene out to dry.

Let’s not forget Billy paid “trailer trash” Paula Jones an $850,000 settlement when she sued him for exposing his “little crooked penis” in front of her at a hotel in 1991.  Billy’s law license was suspended in Arkansas; he was impeached by the U.S. House, but never went to a trial in the Senate.  I believe (but too long to lay out when and where in this column) Hildebeast saved him from a trial. She saved his presidency.

May we have a drumroll now for Ms. Carroll:  Trump Responds to The Gateway Pundit’s Report of E. Jean Carroll’s Jacket Dress — Says Assault Claim Invalid Due to Dress Date Discrepancy, Jan. 22, 2024:

“Posing for New York Magazine in June 2019, Carroll claimed it was the same Donna Karan jacket dress she wore in 1994 when the attack supposedly occurred.  E. Jean Carroll wrote her bizarre story in New York Magazine in June 2019.  Carroll said she kept the dress in her closet after the alleged assault.  She says she never wore it again and that “I have never had sex with anybody ever again.”  I could make a comment about that quote but I don’t need a defamation lawsuit.  Quoting again from the article above, “But there was one big problem with this woman’s story.   The Donna Karan jacket dress was not even made or sold in 1994.”

Please keep in mind Carroll was at one time an actress!  Never watched any of them for even one minute:  1975 Saturday Night Live episode, something called Cable Crossing, episode in 1994 and the Best of Phil Harman show in 1998.  A jury makes a great audience – especially for salacious ‘testimony’ regarding someone so famous as Donald Trump.

Do I believe any of Carroll’s well-timed decades old accusations? Not for a nano-second and I’m entitled to my opinion under the First Amendment.  We are to believe one of the most recognized faces not just in America, but Europe as well, goes into a high-end store, somehow gets a female into a dressing room, assaults, rapes her then walks out as if nothing happened.  Of course, Carroll was so traumatized, she said not a word but kept a coat she allegedly wore that day that hadn’t even been made yet.  What happened to the tights she allegedly was wearing?  DNA wasn’t as advanced in 1994, but it was accurate if there is a large enough sample.

If people believe Carroll, they don’t know much about Donald Trump.  He’s known as a germophobe; someone who is afraid or wary of picking up germs from someone else.  So, knowing Trump’s desire not to pick up germs from human interaction would he sexually assault any woman he had never seen or met before in a public place, not knowing if that woman has slept with one man or one hundred, has any STD’s or even HIV/AIDS?

Getting back to stealing the November election from Trump (and down ballot GOP votes for U.S. House and Senate).  I did not watch career criminal and fake president, Joe Biden, give his handlers State of the Union Address.  Haven’t owned a propaganda box (TV) going on eight years.  However, I’ve watched a number of video clips.  No question in my mind whatever they shot old Joe up with had to contain some sort of methamphetamine or a drug that pumps you up.  Americans paying attention have all seen the video of Biden falling, not once, but three times trying to get up the stairs on Air Force One.  THAT is the real Joe Biden.

It was obvious to anyone following the 2020 election year the DNC was determined to make someone they knew had dementia as their choice for president.  Someone who could be controlled.  But over the past three years, sniffer Joe hasn’t been able to control his mouth or make his brain work.  The fact he’s now suffering from Altzheimer’s should scare the hell out of every American regardless of political party.

The usual political whores, TV and on-line blabber mouths all cheered Biden’s fantastic speech! his energy! his leadership!  See, even at 81, “he’s not there” Joe, has done a great job! Joe Biden is and always has been a habitual liar and he told one whopper after another.  It’s old Uncle Joe’s trade mark whose been the butt of bar jokes for decades.  As for his “energy”, what we saw was rage, hate, anger and promoting division, not unity for America.

Just my personal opinion but I think all those meds (liquid or pills) to treat first the dementia and then Altzheimer’s have taken a huge toll on him.  Add a little extra energy booster and what the world saw that night was disgraceful and frightening.

Biden had surgery for a second brain aneurysm on May 4, 1988.  Long term effects from the types he had include memory loss and physical impairment.  Tack on three decades of aging, car loads of meds and you have a marionette who loves ice cream.  Cognitively his decline has accelerated a lot since 2020.  He was a mess then and that’s why it was imperative his handlers keep him in the basement ‘because of COVID’ as much as possible.

Biden spends as little time in the public eye as possible and no doubt in my mind when away from the public eye – besides guzzling down ice cream – he sleeps a lot.  In order to get Biden to stand up long enough to vomit up a train load of lies for his State of the Union Address, my money goes to giving him an even stronger dose of whatever he gets for his Altzheimer’s along with some form of “upper”.

There’s a saying: “God works in strange ways. We don’t know his plan.”  I’ve thought about the Big Steal a lot.  Can’t help it, I just think a lot.  While what happened, stealing Trump’s legal win, was and has been horrible for him, his family and our country, what would have happened had he stayed in the WH?

Continue having to fight his own party over the wall at the border and many other issues as well as the socialists and communists in the U.S. Congress and rotten partisan judges.  He would have stayed in the face of the media whores, make no mistake about that.  But the American people would still be in the dark about what’s really going on and how they’ve been played. 

So, what happened after Trump left the WH?  FINALLY, tens of millions of pissed off Americans saw for themselves how an election is stolen even though people like me (since 1993) have written about it a thousand times and too many radio shows to count as a guest since 1993 focusing on election fraud.  Spoke at conferences and hounded state legislatures and counties to ban electronic voting machines and scanners.  Back then we were called sore losers, now it’s election deniers.   Well, that’s no longer the case.

Americans have watched the Democrats go after Trump using “lawfare” beyond any rational justification other than to “get Trump”.  Even Democrat voters are fed up with what they’ve seen.  They’ve also gotten a rude awakening regarding the Biden Crime family.  Because of independent media, Americans by huge numbers have become knowledgeable about the shadow government, EVIL organizations like the WEF (World Economic Forum) and just how dirty the communists in DC play.  Since trump left the WH, there’s been a great awakening and not just here in America.

Election fraud being at the top of the list for millions here along with the illegal aliens invasion.  I want you to please remember:  NO ballots can be counted after midnight ON election day for federal offices.  We’ve got to get to as many county clerks and county commissioners BEFORE the Nov. election because despite the Supreme Court’s 9-0 decision it’s still going on and it’s how the Democrats cheated Trump in 2020 and many excellent GOP House and Senate challengers.  Ballot dumps in the middle of the night.  Tens of  thousands of them in two states alone.  Ballot counters going home until the next day to continue counting.  Votes for federal offices counted a week or longer after election day.  All in violation of federal law.

If you missed my column on this, please read it:  Finally: RNC Files Bombshell Election Lawsuit, Jan. 29, 2024 –“Any other construction would render the statutes inoperable.  If “the election” – which is defined in Foster v. Love – as the combined acts of voters and officials – begins before Election Day, then continues after Election Day, there is no real Election Day.  The statute would be utterly inefficient, and the plenary authority of Congress over the time to choose electors would be denied.  There is no possible construction of the statute which would allow State elections for presidential electors to continue after Election Day.”

“Many thousands of votes were “discovered” days after the November 2020 election and still more in the last few months.  Counting of votes in key swing states extended well beyond Election Day when counting of the ballots had to stop at midnight ON Election Day…

“Well, imagine my surprise two days ago when I read this on foxnews.com that magically disappeared from their front page an hour later:  RNC files an election integrity lawsuit in Mississippi challenging ballot counting deadlines, Jan. 6, 2024.  “The Republican National Committee filed a lawsuit Friday to stop Mississippi ballots received days after Election Day from being counted, arguing a current statute violates federal law. The state’s current deadline allows ballots postmarked on or before Election Day to be counted if received within five business days of the election.

“The RNC, along with the Mississippi Republican Party and the Hinds County Republican Party, are claiming the practice violates the federal Election Day statute, which states that “the Tuesday next after the 1st Monday in November, in every even numbered year, is established as the day for the election.”  I’ve been writing about this for almost three years as have a few others.

Judicial Watch Sues Mississippi for Counting Absentee Ballots Received after Election Day, Feb. 5, 2024.  In that article:  “In 2022, Judicial Watch, on behalf of Congressman Mike Bost and two other registered voters, sued Illinois allowing vote-by-mail ballots (even those without postmarks) to be counted if received up to 14 calendar days after Election Day if the ballots are dated on or before Election Day. The case is now on appeal.”  Nearly two years down the road for an appeal to still be sitting there is UNACCEPTABLE.

Popular talk show hosts Clay & Buck spend practically everyday yapping about whether or not Biden will be the nominee or step down at the DNC convention for health reasons.  What they should be talking about is stopping another steal and how to prevent it.  Get the millions who listen to their show mobilized.  The same goes for Sean Hannity.  No counting votes for federal offices after midnight ON election DAY and I’m going to make sure it doesn’t happen in this county.  What about yours?

The shadow government is backed into a corner with their brain gone fake president.  They know no one wants ‘Legs in the Air’ Kamala Ho Harris.  They absolutely HATE Donald Trump with a passion.  The Democrat/Communist Party USA IS A CRIMINAL SYNDICATE.  The Biden family are Kings of Crooks.  Since Trump left office, look at all that’s been exposed.  I doubt all that’s come out in a little over three years would have if Trump would have remained in office.  A lot at stake for the kingpins and their “dark” money dirty players like George Soros will stop at nothing to keep Trump out of the WH.

God is in charge and as painful as it’s been, I believe He decided Americans needed to get kicked in the gut to wake up and see how they’ve been deceived and played.  Give US a last chance.  There’s no way the colonials outnumbered and out gunned could have won the Revolutionary War and birthed a new nation, America, without God’s intervention.  He blessed this nation and over the past 60 years, millions of Americans have spit in his face in too many aways to cover here.  Our Father must surely be angry and we are paying the price of an immoral society.  A now lawless land where the evil doers – including illegal aliens – are protected and the innocent persecuted and prosecuted by political enemies.

I believe the 2020 election was stolen as a tough lesson for Americans and make no mistake about it:  There will be violence when Trump wins.  BLM, ANTIFA, the feds (think Jan. 6^th) – sheriffs had better be ready and not just in big metropolitan cities.  I hope it won’t happen but as Patrick Henry said,

“Mr. President, it is natural to man to indulge in the illusions of hope. We are apt to shut our eyes against a painful truth, and listen to the song of that siren till she transforms us into beasts. Is this the part of wise men, engaged in a great and arduous struggle for liberty? Are we disposed to be of the number of those who, having eyes, see not, and, having ears, hear not, the things which so nearly concern their temporal salvation? For my part, whatever anguish of spirit it may cost, I am willing to know the whole truth; to know the worst, and to provide for it.

“I have but one lamp by which my feet are guided, and that is the lamp of experience. I know of no way of judging of the future but by the past.”

Elon Musk says Biden flying 320K ‘unvetted’ migrants into the US sets stage ‘for something far worse than 9/11’, March 5, 2024

I leave you with the highest recommendation to watch this documentary.  It will stun most and I hope anger millions so they become part of the solution instead of sitting on the side lines doing nothing.  It’s powerful and the last ten minutes you’ll see Americans are not only fed up, they’re are standing up.  A lot going on out there.

FREE WORLDWIDE RELEASE! “Let My People Go” by Dr. David Clements – Watch It Here!

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

(* – I borrowed Judge “Flapdoodle” from my dear friend, Dr. Edwin Vieira.)

This is also a must watch (19:10):  Professor David Clements Speaks to TGP About his New “Let My People Go” Film

Video made by Americans for Americans who treasure fair and honest elections.  It is OUR RIGHT to have fair and honest elections.  Well worth watching:  Alabama Election Integrity: Uncovering Cheating and How to Fight Back

6:01 video is also a must watch if you haven’t seen it:  Sheriff Grady Judd Reveals How US Federal Government Provides UNLIMITED Plane Tickets to ILLEGALS FOR FREE Heading to Any Destination in US Including Those Used in Human Trafficking Industry

Biden says that illegal aliens, including aliens who murder US citizens, deserve respect because “they built the country”, March 9, 2024

A must read by the great Kat Stansell:  Secretaries of State Are Epicenter of Election Controversy – Let’s Do Some Border Crossing from Tallahassee to Atlanta, Jan. 26, 2024: “Were Ron DeSantis really in favor of Trump’s winning 2024, and this is just my personal take, I believe he would immediately ensure that Florida’s elections were secure, as most of his state is very pro-Trump. That’s not happening. Byrd is already busy denying what happened in his Integrity Committee meeting 12/7/2023. The FL SOS still thinks there’s nothing wrong with the way they are doing things, insecure machines, phantom voters, and all.

“In 2022, when presented with the evidence of over 50,000 phantom ballots produced in Miami-Dade alone, and asked what he was going to do about them, Byrd just said, “So sue me”.   (What hubris.)

The Perfect Crime: Tech Companies Are Manipulating Our Elections and Indoctrinating Our Children — How We Can Stop Them

Just sickening:  GOP effort to stop illegal immigrants being counted for House districts, Electoral College shot down in Senate, March 9, 2024

California US Senate Candidate Katie Porter Claims Her Election Against Adam Schiff and Steve Garvey was “Rigged”, March 8, 2024  //  Former CIA Director John Brennan Says Intel Community will Withhold Key Information From Trump’s Security Briefings This Summer (VIDEO), March 8, 2024  // EXCLUSIVE: Effort to Recall Wisconsin Assembly Speaker RINO Robin Vos Over Rigged Elections in Wisconsin and Newly Discovered Ties to CCP – LAST TWO DAYS TO SIGN RECALL PETITION THIS WEEKEND, March 8, 2024

CATCHING THE FRAUD: Check My Vote Investigators Uncover FAKE MI Addresses On Voter Rolls—One Address Has 19 Registered Voters—8 of Them VOTED In 2020 and 2022 Elections, Jan. 16, 2024  //  DC Democrat Official Fined For Committing Election Fraud – Voted in Both DC and Maryland in 2020, Dec. 18, 2023 – No more fines.  Jail time.

VIDEO: Box of 289 Absentee Ballots from 2020 Election Discovered in Michigan Storage Unit, June 10, 2023  //  New Database Shows a Single Vote Has Altered Outcomes in Hundreds of Elections, July 12, 2023  //  Harris County Republicans are mad.   They are mad because the Secretary of State has refused to audit the elections in the largest county in Texas. This is a County which we know had major election irregularities. August 1, 2023.  More fraud.

August 1, 2023: “It’s no secret that Harris County has repeatedly had issues with its election processes. Since the November midterms, 20 lawsuits citing election fraud in Harris County have been filed. Right now, the first of those lawsuits is having its day in court.  In successive elections, Harris County has been unable to reconcile the votes. Equipment malfunctions and lack of supplies caused voters to be turned away and polling locations to be closed. Shockingly, over 100 of the polling places in Harris County ran out of paper ballots on Election Day.

“Simply put, this should never happen and these blemishes on Texas’ election reputation need to be corrected. At the Republican Party of Texas, we are committed to ensuring the truth comes to light, the races are revisited, and that Texans get the fair elections they deserve.”

NOW WE HAVE PROOF! TGP EXCLUSIVE: Massive 2020 Voter Fraud Uncovered in Michigan – Including Estimated “800,000 Ballot Applications Sent to Non-Qualified Voters” – Bags of Pre-Paid Gift Cards, Guns with Silencers, Burner Phones, and a Democrat-Funded Organization with Multiple Temporary Facilities in Several States, Aug. 8, 2023

Bench warrant issued for attorney charged in Michigan tabulator probe, March 8, 2024  // Voter Fraud in Detroit. Voters show up — only to be told they already voted absentee. It’s already happening. This is a CRIME, not an oversight. Nov. 8, 2022

By Lex Greene

March 11, 2024

A war for the future of American freedom, liberty, sovereignty, security, and prosperity is already underway. Just because tanks aren’t rolling in the streets yet, doesn’t mean that our country isn’t already at war within. Anyone the least bit awake, already knows.

There’s been much talk about the unprecedented depth of political divisions in our country for years, and trust me when I tell you, it’s no accident. Not one single American citizen benefits from these deep divisions. However, every corrupt politician and the corrupt anti-American global cabal they work for, benefits from their planned “divide and conquer” operations.

No Middle Ground

While some still asleep banter back and forth about “compromise” and some silly alleged “bipartisanship” that hasn’t existed for decades, the reality is that compromise is not possible when there’s no middle ground upon which to meet and agree.

Just as there’s no middle ground between life and death, there’s no middle ground between the two competing visions and agendas for America. There’s no place where compromise is possible. Adherents to the two competing agendas are dug in, unable to even discuss issues peacefully, with neither side seeking any form of compromise, more interested in cancelling their opponents than listening to them.

This means that one side will have to defeat the other, in order to set the future course for America, and all the marbles hang in the balance. With all the marbles in play, nothing can be left to chance.

Agenda One

1. America First
2. Freedom and Liberty for all legal citizens
3. A basic Right to Life guaranteed in our Declaration of Independence
4. A government that works for the citizens, not citizens who work for the government
5. Economic Freedom, free market economics with minimal government intrusions
6. Limited, lawful, and ethical government within Constitutional authority
7. Free, Fair, Lawful, and Transparent elections worthy of the people’s confidence
8. Enforcement of the Bill of Rights for all legal citizens
9. Secure Borders and Legal Immigration in compliance with our Immigration Laws
10. Safe cities and neighborhoods
11. Real Education, not Marxist Indoctrination
12. A Moral Society capable of self-governance
13. A lawful and ethical Justice System, free from political corruption
14. Immediate accountability for anyone who violates their Oath of Office
15. Consequences for all who break and enter our country illegally

There’s much more, but this should be enough for now.

Agenda Two

1. A global Marxist “One World” Commune where Americans funds the 3^rd world
2. No distinction between legal citizens and illegal invaders, equal rights for both
3. A Right of mothers to Kill whole generations in the womb
4. A Government that controls all citizens for benefit of the elites in power
5. Socialism, wherein productive citizens are penalized for benefit of the non-productive
6. An all-powerful government involved in every facet of citizen’s lives
7. Unlawful, hidden, fraudulent elections with a tightly controlled outcome
8. A total disregard for the Bill of Rights and all founding documents
9. Erased borders and an end to national sovereignty and security
10. Sanctuary cities where criminals are welcome and a protected class
11. Global Marxist Indoctrination and a continued dumbing down of America
12. Every immoral perversion and corruption known to mankind
13. A weaponized Justice System designed to persecute all political opponents
14. No accountability for violations of the Oath of Office
15. More rights and benefits for illegal aliens than any American citizen

Again, this should be enough and, in both cases, everything on these two lists is easily confirmed and verified to be FACT.

Now, Agenda One is the “MAGA” agenda and the MAGA movement has chosen President Trump to represent this agenda from the Oval Office. Agenda Two is today’s Democratic Socialist Party’s agenda and democrats have chosen Barack Obama and Joe Biden to represent their agenda.

The 2024 elections are not about two political figures, or two political parties. It’s all about two very different opposite agendas for America, and as America goes, so goes the entire world.

For the next eight months, we will be flooded with an endless stream of outright lies, half-truths, and globalist propaganda. Mainstream Media, Social Media, Hollywood elites, talk shows, friends, family, education, lecture halls, you name it…we will be bombarded by the worst political garbage slinging we have ever seen in this country.

But remember, truth matters, and the truth is presented above. Every American will vote for either Agenda One or Agenda Two this year. If Agenda One emerges victorious, America may still have a future worth living and passing on to our children and grandchildren.

But if Agenda Two wins, no American citizen will ever know freedom, liberty, security, or prosperity ever again. One of these two competing agendas will emerge victorious. YOU get to decide which one!

“Those who expect to be both ignorant and free, expect what never was and never will be.”  —Thomas Jefferson

© 2024 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

March 11, 2024

Since the day Joe Biden captured the White House, he has done everything in his power to destroy your American citizenship. He’s done everything in his power to invite terrorists into America. He’s succeeded in aiding and abetting drug cartels to kill an average of 100,000 Americans from ages 15 to 35, annually. He’s invited human sex trafficking from $500,000,000.00 annually to $15 billion annually according to U.S. Senator Britt, according to an interview with Shannon Bream, Fox News, 3/10/24. Biden invited 85,000 unaccompanied children to be dropped off at our border—to be cared for by American taxpayers. He’s invited gang-based shoplifters to steal $100 billion annually from our mercantile stores.

He’s invited 11 million illegal aliens to kill, rape and burglarize our society at a level unprecedented in American history.

To top off the killings by illegals, which are now into the hundreds if not thousands over the years of unsecured borders, he mentioned University of Georgia nursing student Laken Riley’s death at his State of the Union. Only, he mispronounced her name. After rightfully saying that an “illegal” killed her, he later apologized for not calling him “undocumented.” Instead of an illegal alien killer, Biden made him an “undocumented killer.”

In other words, Biden invited the illegal alien killer Jose Ibarra into America, while New York Governor Kathy Hochul invited him into her “Sanctuary State”, and “Sanctuary City” Mayor Eric Adams let him back onto the streets after two felony arrests—-until he traveled to Georgia where he bludgeoned Laken Riley to death as she jogged on campus.

Then, Biden, tripping over his senile-dementia-addled brain, blamed her death on Donald J. Trump and the Republicans. When in fact, with a stroke of his “executive order pen”, he could secure the borders instantly with current laws in place, i.e., Article IV, Section 4 of the U.S. Constitution, Title 42, 287 G, and U.S. Code 8, Section 1324. Which, by the way, were all in place during Trump’s administration, but Biden dropped all those successful measures to encourage the invasion.

Biden would rather see our citizens killed and make excuses for their killers.

How much more damage can he do in the next nine months? Answer: A LOT MORE DAMAGE!

In fact, the long-term damage to our culture, our language, our schools, our law and order, our way of life, our financial systems, our welfare systems, our infrastructure, and our cohesiveness as a society—-will be destroyed beyond our understanding.

Number one: Biden and/or his handlers imported over 11 million illegal aliens who are wreaking havoc on our cities, bankrupting our taxes, destroying our schools, and in the end, we’ll be paying for this invasion for years.

Number two: Biden has imported terrorists who are planning any number of added 9/11’s on a large scale or smaller scales. Any number of us American citizens will die in those attacks.

Number three: Biden has created human trafficking and sex trafficking like no other president in our history. He possesses no regard for our citizens or our communities.

Number four: Biden has enhanced and supported enormous drug-pushing into our communities that has killed 300,000 our kids in the past three years.

Number five: Biden has allowed Mexico to transport those refugees for millions if not billions of dollars into Mexico’s pockets, and consequently, out of our taxpayer pockets. The costs of this invasion will be with us for years if not decades.

Number six: Biden continues to “fundamentally change” the definition American citizenship from “honorable, loyal, patriotic, and committed to our Constitution”…to criminals, rapists, shoplifters, anchor babies, Muslim terrorists, 11 million refugee-homeless, and illiterates. He’s doing it at such speed that we cannot possibly sustain our society as to law and order…let alone honorable citizenship.

Number seven: Biden has caused the deaths, rapes and abuse of thousands of women and children trekking across Central America and Mexico—to arrive in America. You never hear about those stories. You won’t hear any of it from the mainstream media what remains complicit with supporting this invasion.

Number eight: what happens when all these illegals start rioting, burning, looting, killing our police, killing us and terrorizing American citizens? You know it’s coming!

Finally, let all of us understand that Joe Biden suffers from dementia and lacks any understanding of what he’s doing to our country. Whomever in Biden’s cabinet has engineered this invasion, he or she should be tried for treason against the United States. Biden should be impeached.

Biden will go down in history as the most inept, corrupt or totally incompetent president in United States history. Just like that University of Georgia coed Laken Riley, our country faces a deadly future. This invasion will not end well for any of us whether we’re Independents, Democrats or Republicans.

What is the greatest irony of all? Answer: 36 percent of voting public thinks Biden is a fantastic president. Reality check: they must be as brain-dead as that walking cadaver Joe Biden.

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Rob Pue

March 10, 2024

Please take a minute and think with me: what is it in this world that you value most highly?  Many people might say it’s their husband or wife, their children or grandchildren…their loved ones.

Others might immediately come up with a different answer related to their possessions.  In my high school years, I had a friend who had a saying that he used to say often: “He who dies with the most toys wins.”  He was referring to his love for snowmobiles, ATVs, motorcycles, cars, boats, trucks, things like that.

Still others have their “most prized possessions,” which might include family heirlooms, handed down from their ancestors.  I, myself, am grateful to have some of the tools my grandfather used in his business as an architect and builder, when he emigrated here from Ireland.  I also have some of his old hymnals, one of his Bibles, very worn and filled with underlined Scriptures and personal notes.  And, I have a clock he used to own, with a plaque on it stating that it was given to him by his co-workers, on the occasion of his wedding, September 21st, 1910.  These things are special to me, as are the precious photo albums we have of our children growing up and all the adventures we had as young parents.  These are irreplaceable items.

For most people, the most significant (and valuable) property one can own is their home, followed by their car.  These are our most costly investments.  Our home offers us a roof over our heads, a place that is “ours,” a place to come back to after a long day of work.  Our “castle.”  Our car allows us to travel and get from place to place safely — whether it be to work and back or to visit loved ones or take a vacation.

Many young people today place great value on their electronics — their cell phones, iPads, laptops and video games.  If they were forced to go without them for even a day, I dare say many would become highly anxious and agitated, to say the least.

Someone once asked the question, “what would you do if you woke up tomorrow with only those things left that you thanked God for today?”  Indeed, we have much to be thankful for in this nation.  Even in the midst of unprecedented tyranny, we still have things pretty good here…for now.  But what if everything you owned was suddenly gone?  Or worse yet — taken from you, violently?

I grew up on a farm.  We didn’t have cattle, but rather, we baled hay.  As a child, my summers were spent working around the land, working in the huge garden we had, mowing an expansive lawn, but mostly, baling hay.  Nearly every day in the summer, my parents, brothers and I were baling hay.  In case you’ve never done it, it’s very hard work.

We filled the hay mow all the way to the highest rafters, and then my Dad would sell the hay to dealers in the winter months.  It supplemented his income and kept our family going.  I didn’t appreciate it at the time, to say the least, but as a kid, I definitely learned to work hard.

My Dad was also a private pilot and had his own airplane on our property.  Usually on Sunday afternoons, if the weather was good, we would take an airplane ride.  The pastor of our church was also a pilot and he and his family would usually spend their Sunday afternoons at our house and we’d all fly together.  Other private pilots from the area knew of our airstrip and would sometimes surprise us with a visit on a weekday evening (if we weren’t baling hay!) or on one of those weekends.

Speaking of that airstrip, it certainly wasn’t a paved airstrip.  It had been carefully flattened and smoothed out and then planted with grass.  And it was my responsibility to mow it every week…a mile long and about 50’ wide.  I’m thankful I had a riding lawnmower to do it!

One thing you immediately notice when you’re up in an airplane is how small everything looks.  Houses become tiny.  Entire farms become tiny.  Cars and trucks become even tinier.    If you can see them, the people look like ants. Now, sometimes I travel by air for my work, and those airports are in larger cities.  After going to the big city and encountering the tall buildings, the multi-lane expressways with very heavy traffic, and the vast expanse of the airport itself, we take off in the plane.  I always like to look out the window.

What I see are many peoples’ most prized possessions — their homes.  They all look so small, so insignificant.  Rows and rows of tiny homes, with tiny backyards, all laid out on a grid of streets.  And sometimes when I’m in warmer places, those tiny backyards also include luxurious swimming pools.  People put a lot of energy, money and work into their homes and yards.  They plant flowers and gardens, the wealthy ones maintain their pools (or have someone do it for them).  In their garages and driveways are their vehicles.  Some very expensive and fancy, some not so much.

You see, from an aerial point of view, everything seems so very small.  Like I said, so insignificant.  Sometimes we can lose sight of just how insignificant our possessions are, even those things we value most highly.  Imagine then, what God must see when He looks down from the heavens upon the people of the earth.  How tiny and insignificant in the grand scheme of things.

But we are not “small” or “insignificant” to God.  He has a personal interest in all His creation, and especially us, His image-bearers.  His Son, Jesus, was persecuted, suffered and died a cruel death on a Roman cross, nails driven through His hands and feet, blood dripping from His head from the crown of thorns His killers placed upon Him.  Their cruelty knew no bounds.  Even His Father, God, seemed to deny Him that awful day.  But He suffered willingly.  He died, was buried and rose again — to rescue us from our hopeless, sinful state — IF we will do the most significant thing in our lives, and turn to Him in humble repentance and faith.

No, we’re not small and insignificant to God.  We who are His, are His most prized possessions, indeed, His own children.  Of course, not everyone is God’s child.  There are those He calls “children of the devil.”  Until a person seeks Christ, repents, and places his faith and trust in the only Savior of the world, that person is hopelessly lost.  For them, this world is the only “heaven” they will ever know.  For those who are saved by the mercy and grace of God, this world is the only “hell” we will ever know.

Jesus said, “whoever desires to be the greatest in the kingdom of God must be the servant of all.”  He demonstrated that many times in His service to the lost and perishing.  Some found their salvation after He served them.  Others did not.  But at the Last Supper, He formally demonstrated what it means to be a servant, as He took on the role of the lowest of the low, washing the feet of His disciples.  And He told us all to do likewise.

There are many in the so-called “Christian” world today who have a very high opinion of themselves.  Many pastors rake in huge salaries and enjoy equally huge packages of “benefits.”  These are men (and women) who are able to draw large crowds with their charismatic speaking.  Yet, the majority of them have no idea what it means to be a servant.  Incidentally, the definition of “minister” is “servant.”  Look it up.  Shepherds are to lay down their lives for their sheep, they’re to protect, guide, serve and lead their sheep.  It saddens me that so many do not… and even worse, that they deliberately and knowingly mislead the sheep that have been entrusted to them, with soft words and outright lies, rather than speaking the truth in love, boldly.

It’s been said that most people are more afraid of public speaking than they are of death.  Here are so-called “pastors” who are NOT afraid of public speaking, in fact, they’re very good at it.  Yet they ARE afraid of the opinions of men, afraid of speaking things that may upset someone, and so they do not speak the most essential truths.  The “wokeness” of our pop culture has long since invaded the pulpits of our nation, and our nation now suffers because of it.

Charles Finney warned us nearly two centuries ago: “If there is a decay of conscience, the pulpit is responsible for it. If the public press lacks moral discernment, the pulpit is responsible for it. If the Church is degenerate and worldly, the pulpit is responsible for it. If the world loses its interest in Christianity, the pulpit is responsible for it. If Satan rules in our halls of legislation, the pulpit is responsible for it. If our politics become so corrupt that the very foundations of our government are ready to fall away, the pulpit is responsible for it.”

Indeed, the pastors of our nation — if truly called by God — have so much power, yet they refuse to use it and instead, leave the sheep wandering, lost and confused.  Instead of being salt and light in a dark and dying world, they’ve become sugar and cotton candy, because it’s just so much more popular.  I’ve said it before and I’ll say it again: there was never any Godly man in all of Scripture who was ever well liked and popular among the people, yet that’s what our pastors want most of all today — to be well-liked, popular and non-controversial.  In other words, lukewarm.

These pretend ministers are not ministers at all, but rather hirelings.  In Ezekiel 34, we read, “Thus says the Lord God to the shepherds: ‘Woe to the shepherds of Israel who feed themselves! Should not the shepherds feed the flocks? You eat the fat and clothe yourselves with the wool; you slaughter the fatlings, but you do not feed the flock. The weak you have not strengthened, nor have you healed those who were sick, nor bound up the broken, nor brought back what was driven away, nor sought what was lost; but with force and cruelty you have ruled them. So they were scattered because there was no shepherd; and they became food for all the beasts of the field when they were scattered. My sheep wandered through all the mountains, and on every high hill; yes, My flock was scattered over the whole face of the earth, and no one was seeking or searching for them.’”

And John 10 tells us, “He who is a hireling and not a shepherd, who does not own the sheep, sees the wolf coming and leaves the sheep and flees, and the wolf snatches them and scatters them. He flees because he is a hireling and cares nothing for the sheep.”

Folks, we have a crisis in our land, and I believe it would not be so if not for the hirelings that lead most of our churches today.  Great deception has fallen on the people of our nation and the world, and the Christian churches remain mostly silent and irrelevant.  The world has abandoned God because there are so few courageous preachers willing to speak the whole counsel of God, warn the wicked and snatch the perishing from the flames.  Nothing turns my stomach more than a cowardly “pastor.”

It’s because of the lack of spiritual leadership that so many have turned to their possessions, their luxuries, and their toys for comfort. Hear the words of Matthew 6, “Do not lay up for yourselves treasures on earth, where moth and rust destroy and where thieves break in and steal, but lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust destroys and where thieves do not break in and steal. For where your treasure is, there your heart will be also.”

Friends, I’m afraid the “professional” Christians, the pastors and religious leaders have become a lost cause now.  And thus, the point of this message.  It’s our turn now.  It’s time for the least of us, it’s time for God’s remnant people, His chosen ones, those who are true humble servants, saved by grace, to step up and take their position as courageous shepherds.  God uses the “little people.” He uses the ones who are “insignificant” in this world, to turn the world upside down for His kingdom.  It’s time we stop “playing church,” rise up and BE the Church in this world that needs Godly leadership so desperately.  Your possessions, regardless of how dear and precious they are to you, will mean nothing at all in eternity. God values your soul.  You should too.   “Only one life, ’twill soon be past.  Only what’s done for Christ will last.”

© 2024 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 421.

© 2024 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

Dr. Mike Spaulding

March 10, 2024

He has told you, O man, what is good; And what does the Lord require of you but to do justice, to love kindness, and to walk humbly with your God?  —Micah 6:8

Most discussions of Critical Theory (CT) and its many permutations are usually met with a blank stare. When I attempt to include any number of philosophical tangents that have been coopted into Critical Theory, a look of bewilderment soon follows. Why is there such widespread unawareness concerning Critical Theory and how this ideology and philosophy is shipwrecking America?

One reason among many that Americans in general, and middle-aged and older Americans specifically, are unfamiliar with Critical Theory is because they were not subjected to it in their education at any level. Young people, however, are quite familiar with it. Today’s Gen Z and Millennials have been immersed in Critical Theory and its many manifestations for most of their lives.

A second reason is this – older Americans have lived long enough to know when they are being played. By played, I mean snookered. Ok, for you younger readers, older Americans know when they are being conned. Critical Theory is a con game. Not only is it a con game but it is seriously and purposely misaligned with the Bible, and in no sense represents Christian Orthodoxy. On this basis Americans must take the time to understand Critical Theory and how it is changing everything in America. I’m sure I have your attention now.

Critical Theory presents a serious problem for all Americans. In our ignorance of what Critical Theory is and what it asserts (a better word would be what it agitates for or foments political insurrection in order to accomplish), we are allowing ourselves to be divided. When division reaches a critical point then manipulation and propaganda may be successfully applied to derive a predetermined outcome. That predetermined outcome always includes the grouping of people into oppressors and oppressed. This is effectively the Hegelian Dialectic Reasoning in action.

A brief explanation of Hegelian Dialectic Reasoning is necessary. Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel (b. 1770 – d. 1831) was a German philosopher who sought to understand and explain the development of human freedom through conflict and struggle that marked history. Hegel’s The Philosophy of History was his attempt to review and critique history as a whole in order to offer explanations for what transpired. Hegel did not believe that blind chance was responsible for events that comprise history. Instead, Hegel saw events as moving toward a climatic end which he believed was human freedom. Hegel used a three-part process to interpret history. His starting point was a Thesis. The Thesis for Hegel was the current understanding of an event or of a perspective of an event. To the Thesis Hegel applied an Antithesis. This Antithesis represented a new understanding of an event, a new idea advanced as interpretation of an event or of a series of events leading to a historically important event. Finally, Hegel’s Synthesis, the third step in his Dialectic Reasoning process, was the result of an altered or new historical interpretation. The new Synthesis then became the starting Thesis for further examination and inquiry.

This all seems rather innocuous. In some sense it is. Historians and philosophers generally investigate all known resources related to a historical event and allow those resources to shape their interpretation. However, readers will see in Hegel’s process an open door to rewrite history in the sense that anyone capable of doing historical research may arrive at vastly different conclusions concerning the variables that resulted in accepted history. It matters not how thin or questionable the interpretation of the evidence or the evidence itself is. When this happens, ideas and perspectives foreign to the historical record may be applied and a totally different conclusion advanced about history. We see this clearly today. One example among many is the breathtaking speed at which historical monuments are being destroyed, removed, or stored, because a new narrative has arisen about the “history” of key figures. This turn of events that is destroying American history exacerbates most Americans. It seems irrational and illogical, and it is unless you happen to accept a revised history that sees two categories of people – the oppressed and the oppressors. If the oppressed are able to seize power, then wrongs must be righted.

Hegel used his Dialectic Reasoning process to better understand the movement of man across time in his quest for freedom. In other words, it was a tool to clarify what happened in the past in order to better understand today. There was another man born before Hegel’s death that saw in Hegel’s dialectic an opportunity to project the future, or more precisely to create the future; to take from history and rewrite it to comply with his own philosophy of the struggle for human freedom, and what elements of society held man’s progress back. His name was Karl Marx.

Karl Marx (b. 1818 – d. 1883) took Hegel’s Dialectic Reasoning and merged it with his own Dialectic Materialism which is the theoretical foundation of Marxism. Here is one author’s definition.

Dialectic Materialism, in very simple understanding, argues that History is a never-ending class struggle or a struggle over material resources: The “haves” vs. the “have nots.” So, first, Marx applies dialectical reasoning to ensure confirmation of his interpretation of history, but instead of simply using it as an interpretative tool to confirm his own interpretation of history, he goes one step further and uses it as a strategy for the future, a plan to get to a future he desires. And this is the key to the entire argument.[1]

For Marx, the future he desired was free of Christianity and capitalism. Marx believed that capitalism was the great force that held man back from experiencing true freedom and he saw Christianity as its chief proponent. Some people benefited from capitalism but far more suffered because of it according to Marx. Marx’s solution was to abolish capitalism, therefore abolishing the wealthy class who benefitted most. Marx’s use of the Dialectical Reasoning thus produced his Thesis – Capitalism enslaves the masses. Therefore, his Antithesis was that Capitalism must be destroyed in favor of centralization of all means of production. This is another way of suggesting that the State should own all material things, including abolishing all private property. His Synthesis then became that once the capitalists did not control the labor of others, the masses would gain control of their own freedom. Marx provided the philosophical foundation for what has become Critical Theory.

Critical Theory emerged in its infancy from the Frankfurt School, originally a part of the Institute for Social Research at Goethe University in Frankfurt, Germany in the 1920s. Since then, Critical Theory has spawned many offspring. Among them are the now familiar critical social theories of “feminist theory, postcolonialism, critical pedagogy, queer theory, and critical race theory among others.”[2]

What readers must understand from this brief overview of Critical Theory is that it is a power dialectic. Said in another way, Critical Theory has become the means by which power can be taken from one group and given to another by deception, force, or by lawfare. Who decides from whom and to whom power is taken and given? That is the role of the new American priesthood. We see it across the US Federal Government and every major corporation. Sometimes these new priests go by the title of Chief Diversity Officer, or Office of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI). An entirely new industry has risen around Critical Theory to ensure its belief system continues to be implemented among generally unsuspecting people. I do not want to go into the depths of this masquerade, other than to say that you need look no further than Critical Theory and its many children to understand the constant barrage of sloganeering such as “white supremacy,” “systemic racism,” “white privilege,” “white male patriarchy,” and multitudinous other diatribes against the perceived oppressors who must be destroyed according to Critical Theory devotees.

Let us now consider the implications of all of this. October 7, 2023, is a day of infamy in Israel. As you know, that was the day that Hamas successfully invaded Israel through the aid of a multination strategy (Iran and Russia were heavily involved). Hundreds of Israeli hostages were taken back to the Gaza Strip and hundreds more were murdered where they stood. The horror and outcry within Israel and across the world were nearly unanimous against such barbaric bloodshed perpetrated by Hamas terrorists. Sadly, and predictably some refused to denounce Hamas and call for their international sanction. In the US House of Representatives, the “Squad” not only refused to denounce Hamas but after quietly strategizing about their response, announced that Israel was to blame for this act of war because of their continued “occupation” of Palestinian land.[3] This is Critical Theory applied.

Students across dozens of college campuses soon followed suite by staging protests on behalf of the allegedly oppressed Palestinian people, blaming Israel for the murderous invasion of Hamas. Congress called several college presidents to testify before a House committee seeking answers to why they didn’t do more to quell Pro-Hamas protests and the Antisemitism these protests incited. Harvard President Claudine Gay (since removed from that post), University of Pennsylvania’s Liz Magill, and MIT’s Sally Kornbluth refused to give any clear responses other than the laughable “we support free speech,” which Americans know is simply not true when it comes to conservative speech, Christian speech, or single, white, heterosexual speech, which brings me to my point.

How can such blatant Antisemitism be allowed to flourish in America? In a time when people are canceled and their livelihoods destroyed by merely using the wrong pronoun, we have elected officials of the US Government defending a terror organization’s invasion of a sovereign nation and their bloody rape, torture, and murder of innocent people. We have college presidents supporting and defending abhorrent acts of violent threats to Jewish people and Israel as a nation. This Orwellian condition did not appear overnight. It has been fomenting for decades and is now out in the open. It has been utilized as rationale by the US Department of State in their recent dealings with both parties of the current war in Gaza, and current US President Joe Biden is showing his support for it in his foreign policy decisions.

You might be thinking, “How can this be?” Where is your evidence of this? My evidence is in the things I’ve already written and in the ever-changing world of geo-political intrigue. A recent article drew my attention to this dynamic relationship between Critical Theory, one of its key components, intersectionality, and US foreign policy. Titled How Intersectional Myths Killed the Black-Jewish Alliance,[4] the article details how a group of one thousand black pastors have joined a movement to pressure President Biden to force a ceasefire in the war between Israel and Hamas. How would a group of American pastors see a connection between their black experience and the terrorist group Hamas? Their connection is found in intersectionality. Briefly, intersectionality teaches that:

…different facets of our identity interact in distinct and complex ways based upon the particular intersection of social categories we occupy, yielding a life and existence that can be generally characterized by either privilege, oppression, or both…The combination of our social categories formulates our identity and establishes our relationship to power, yielding the assertion, “Intersectionality recognizes that power, privilege, disadvantage, and discrimination are functions of interlocking spectrums of identity. Intersectionality attempts to offer insight into the relationship between purported systems of oppression, how they intersect, and the net effect they have on individual lives.[5]

In the article mentioned above and footnoted below, its author asks an important question. “Why so many African-Americans, especially church leaders who have real influence among their congregants as well as the general black community, could believe that the cause of the Palestinians is somehow linked to their own interests and beliefs?”

Tobin answers his own question.

The answer to this puzzle is clear. Intersectional myths in which the Palestinian war to destroy the one Jewish state on the planet is somehow analogous to the struggle for civil rights in the United States are no longer merely a talking point of academic fashion. These toxic ideas have now been embraced by the African-American community. The teaching of critical race theory and the woke catechism of diversity, equity and inclusion (DEI) divides the world into two immutable groups locked in a never-ending struggle: white oppressors and people of color, who are always the victims. Black pastors have swallowed the neo-Marxist lies that Jews are “white” oppressors and that Palestinian Arabs are victimized people of color—and are sharing that with their congregants.[6]

The truth is always inconvenient to those who want to use lies to force their desires on other people. The many conflicts in the Middle East have never been about race. Israel and most of her neighbors are the same ethnicity. Most Israelis would be classified by Critical Theorists as people of color due to their North African descent. Also, completely ignored is the fact that Gaza hasn’t been occupied since 2005. Who started this current conflict? It certainly wasn’t the revelers at the music festival that suffered the brunt of Hamas’ barbarity, nor the Jewish infants shot in their cribs, nor the Jewish adolescents hot down in the streets of their towns.

Concerning the claim of occupation, the Jewish people ARE THE indigenous people of the land. My friend Tov Rose presents the facts concerning Israel’s place in the Middle East in a recent post on his Substack page.

It’s sickening to see how many natives are siding with the Islamic conquistadors and colonizers of the Middle East who have been ethnically cleansing millions of indigenous people since the 7th century and still persecuting and murdering indigenous people to this day. If this was 1492 you would be siding with the Spanish Conquistadors who raped, hanged, slaughtered, burned our chiefs and leaders at the stake and more atrocities that mirror Hama tactics.

The vast majority of these keyboard activists have never been to Israel and are talking… with ZERO knowledge about what is really happening here except for the spoon fed propaganda they happily gobble up. Get educated and learn the truth.

Not one Palestinian would be dead if Hamas had not slaughtered, raped, beheaded, and burned alive innocent civilians on October 7th.[7]

My question is this – “Who will stand with Israel?” I’m not talking about who will post pictures or memes on social media proclaiming your stand with Israel. I am talking about speaking up for and about Israel, her right to live free from terror attacks, and her right to defend herself unequivocally if attacked. I’m talking about speaking up for Israel when you encounter conversations that scapegoat Israel, when you see posts that call into question Israel’s right to exist because Zionism is evil, or the Rockefellers bankrolled her, or any other number of nonsensical claims that even Christians engage in.

Who can Israel trust today? She sure can’t trust the current US Administration and their fickle policies and clear subterfuge of Israel’s best interests. Israel cannot trust the United Nations either. It has been revealed that several of the Hamas terrorists who took part in the invasion and crimes against Israeli citizens were part of the United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees in the Near East (UNRWA).[8]

When the entire world aligns itself against Israel, Bible believing Christians know the time is drawing near to the return of Jesus. But that doesn’t mean that we are to sit around and do nothing. Now more than ever, it is time for the true church of Jesus Christ to speak boldly for Israel and against the raging Antisemitism, hatred, and violence being perpetrated and cheered by Israel’s enemies. God is certainly watching us in this hour. Will you be found faithful to stand up for His people Israel?

© 2024 Mike Spaulding – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Mike Spaulding: drmichaelspaulding@gmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] Dorothy Logan, Black and White: An Essay on Critical Theory, Freedom, and the Pursuit of Happiness, (Self-Published, 2023). Available here – https://www.freedomacademy-dorothy.com/books

[2] Neil Shenvi and Pat Sawyer, Critical Dilemma: The Rise of Critical Theories and Social Justice Implications for the Church and Society, (Harvest House Publishers: Eugene, Oregon, 2023), p. 16.

[3] Oren Oppenheim, Rep, Rashida Tlaib Draws Fire for Not Apologizing for Saying Israel Caused Gaza Hospital Blast, October 18, 2023. Kristina Watrobski, Rep. Ilhan Omar Urges US Against Backing “War Crime” in Israel: This Is Collective Punishment, October 9, 2023.

[4] Jonathan S. Tobin, How Intersectional Myths Killed the Black-Jewish Alliance, Jewish News Syndicate, January 31, 2024.

[5] Shenvi and Sawyer, p. 101.

[6] Tobin.

[7] See: Introducing the Indigenous Embassy in Israel

[8] About 10% of UNRWA workers in Gaza have ties to terrorist groups according to evidence confirmed by US Secretary of State Antony Blinken. If the US confirms 10% it is likely much higher. See https://www.jns.org/wire/un-agency-fuels-hamas-terrorism/

By Oregon State Senator, Dennis Linthicum

March 9, 2024

It hasn’t taken long for death, addiction and cultural destruction to hit our streets after the implementation of Measure 110’s failed policies. The writing has been on the wall and everyone has realized that the policies aimed at decriminalizing drugs and defunding police, parole and probation are disastrous ideas.

Fixing the failures of Measure 110’s decriminalization policy has been one of the focal points for this legislative short-session and was the main topic of debate on Friday, as the Senate dealt with HB 4002.

HB 4002 legislation is moving enforcement in the right direction. It is a partial answer to Oregon’s drug addiction problems which have been exploding around the state. The streets of downtown Portland and our mid- and smaller-sized metro-areas have been hardest hit. It has also impacted our rural communities and local school districts across the state.

Many legislators noted that this fix provides a slow road to recovery with Oregon’s Police and Sheriff’s departments facing the toughest challenges as they will be on the front lines dealing with the new regulatory standards.

However, I voted, “No,” because, 1) I knew the bill had the votes to pass, and 2) I wanted to challenge leadership regarding the bill’s deficiencies and inadequacies, and 3) I spoke to missed opportunities which still need to be addressed. The bill’s 75 pages has good intentions and many positive changes, but it is not a panacea.

First, it places enormous faith in behavioral health fixes after the fact.

You might recall the commercial where there is an image of an egg being fried on an iron skillet. The punchline was, “this is your brain – on drugs!” That famous line, is more accurate today than ever before because the narcotics being used today are exponentially more powerful and addictive.

A major portion of the $211 million dollars associated with HB 4002 is focused on providing treatment for opioid use disorders, co-occurring substance use disorders and behavioral and mental health conditions. However, money is needed in age-appropriate venues to move our culture away from its love-affair with drugs. I don’t know why people turn to drugs in the first place, but once they are addicted, behavioral health isn’t going to put Humpty together again.

We must stop this from happening in the first place.

It’s imperative to cultivate robust and enduring family structures to ensure the well-being of every family member. Social-science research underscores that strong marriages significantly contribute to overall familial health and happiness. This is particularly crucial as it diminishes the likelihood of children turning to drugs or narcotics.

I would guess that a considerable portion of our population is missing this important piece of the puzzle. This results in a dependency on government initiatives and programs to make-up for the missing familial, emotional, and financial support. These unrealistic expectations eventually lure legislators toward a path that will lead to increased costs, bigger government bureaucracies, and more broken promises.

Second, I’m skeptical of the lavish promises coming from the party that welcomed the Soros funded scam about the societal value of marijuana (2014 – Measure 91) and the de-criminalization of more highly addictive and powerful drugs, like methamphetamines and other opioids (2020 – Measure 110).

The left’s cultural bullhorn is extremely powerful. It only took a 6-year span to go from legalizing a supposedly less dangerous substance, marijuana, to fully decriminalizing addictive and infinitely more harmful narcotics.

Our meth and opioid problems, particularly with fentanyl, a low-cost and synthetically manufactured opioid, is problematic because they are extremely potent central nervous system (CNS) stimulants. With the decriminalization effort, it was easy for dealers and cartels to push the idea that these are cheap alternatives amongst many recreational drug choices.

For decades, the Democrat party majorities have drawn inspiration from the luminaries of the 1960s counterculture movement, embracing its ethos of radical change, often through the lens of drug exploration. One of the most famous drug-promoting individuals of the mid-60s was Timothy Leary. Leary gained notoriety for his research into the effects of psychedelic substances such as LSD and psilocybin on consciousness and behavior. (2020 – Measure 109 – Oregon voters narrowly approved the adult use of psilocybin, a hallucinogenic fungi.)

Timothy Leary, is the one who coined the phrase “Turn on, tune in, drop out.” This quote was quite a catchy slogan in the day. It encapsulates Leary’s belief in the rejection of mainstream societal norms. Leary advocated for individuals to “turn on” to new experiences, “tune in” to their inner selves and ultimately “drop out” of conventional expectations and structures that he deemed restrictive.

The reason this tragedy has been constantly rapping at the doors of our communities, schools and homes is because of this cultural drive. Our societal momentum is not accidental but has been engineered. The push is, “Turn on” – get high, stay high; “Tune in” – satisfy your inner-self and discover your own truth; ‘Drop out” – abandon the conventional norms of your parents and live to satisfy yourself.

Most of us can see this cultural moment being propelled by Hollywood, the music industry, promotional advertising, and mainstream social media, like Facebook, Google, Tik-Tok, and Instagram. These platforms exert far more pressure on culture with their simple memes and sloganeering.

This is particularly relevant since Oregon now occupies last place across the nation for academic proficiency. A fact that is not lost to the Democrat majority because they purposefully suspended Oregon’s existing essential skills requirement through the 2027-28 school year.

The majority party is planning on gaming the system by harnessing votes through technological advancements, social movements, deteriorating health and economic conditions. Their goal is to ultimately shift values and attitudes by harnessing the political power of their single-party rule.

I stand with our public safety officers, their families and the behavioral health practitioners who daily deal with people that have been so tragically impacted. I will continue to strive for policy changes that will save and improve lives by breaking the cycles of multi-generational government dependency.

Lastly, my vote in opposition to this needed bill was a really a strategic “No,” compared to the fierce opposition that came from the radical left.

Unfortunately for us, many in the ruling party still cling to a fantasy world where everyone can have their own truth, do as they please and can stay “tuned out” forever – all on the taxpayer’s dime.

If we don’t stand for rural Oregon values, no one will…

© 2024 Dennis Linthicum – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Linthicum: d4linthicum@gmail.com

by Tom DeWeese

March 9, 2024

Most Americans today tend to think of private property simply as a home – the place where the family resides, stores their belongings, and finds shelter and safety from the elements. It’s where you live. It’s yours because you pay the mortgage and the taxes. Most people don’t give property ownership much more thought than that.

There was a time when property ownership was considered to be much more. Property, and the ability to own and control it, was life itself. The great economist John Locke, whose writings and ideas had a major influence on our nation’s founders, believed that “life and liberty are secure only so long as the right of property is secure.”

John Locke advocated that if property rights did not exist, then the incentive for an industrious person to develop and improve property would be destroyed; that the industrious person would be deprived of the fruits of his labor; that marauding bands would confiscate by force the goods produced by others; and that mankind would be compelled to remain on a bare-subsistence level of hand to mouth survival because the accumulation of anything of value would invite attack.

In short, human civilization would be reduced to the level of a pack of wolves and eventually cease to exist because a lack of control over your own actions would cause fear and insecurity. Private property ownership, Locke argued, brought stability and wealth to individuals, leading to a prosperous society of man.

>From the very beginning, the United States was guided by the idea of private property ownership. It was written into our governing documents. Property and freedom – one cannot live without the other. James Madison said, “As a man is said to have a right to his property, he may be equally said to have a property in his rights.” John Adams argued, “The moment the idea is admitted into society that property is not as sacred as the laws of God, and that there is not a force of law and public justice to protect it, anarchy and tyranny commence.”

America, be aware, private property is quickly being destroyed across the nation, and note the growing lawlessness beginning to surround you. The fear of climate change has become the excuse for government to grow and dictate how every strip of land will be used.

Have you ever wondered why government now focuses so hard on the environment? That’s because the environment does not recognize political boundaries. The environment crosses rivers, fields, and mountains, all of which cross over national borders, state borders, county borders, city borders, and the boundary lines of your yard! That fact has given massive new power to those forces that seek to change our way of life and system of government. Who can stand in the way with a climate crisis at hand? So goes the argument.

As a result, the pack of wolves is quickly raiding every foot of this nation. Lawlessness controls our society as incentive, ingenuity, and entrepreneurship give way to fear of a government tyranny that drives for control, regardless of clear constitutional rights and the legal system that was designed to protect them.

Step by step, freedom dies, leaving shattered dreams, as tyranny grows.

The Biden cabal issued Executive Order 14008 at the beginning of its hold on America. The order, titled America the Beautiful, established a plan to lock away 30 percent of American land by 2030, under the pretext of protecting the planet. The federal government already has 270 million acres under its control, now under 30×30 it’s driving for another 680 million to be locked away from private use.

Eminent domain land grabs are turning millions of acres of vital farmland over to corporations like Blackrock and Vanguard – to feed their own vision of how human society must function. As more and more farmland disappears under wind turbines and solar panels, which produce next to nothing for our power grid, there’s little room to grow the food we need to survive. As a result, thousands of farmers are forced to just give up.

Other property owners in rural America are facing a new challenge – the elimination of vital dams that have controlled the flow of water, opening new land for productive use. But, says the climate change mantra, those dams aren’t natural, so they are a danger to the environment. They must go. Gone is more private property, a reliable water source, and the individual’s ability to thrive for their own goals.

In our once-vibrant cities, chaos is taking control. Private property ownership is under attack. In the name of Smart Growth your dream home could soon be banned as the space is being taken over by public housing projects.

Small businesses, the very foundation of our free market economy, are under attack. It’s bad enough that small retail businesses must now contend with the growing anarchy of thieves simply rushing in and grabbing any items they choose, as law enforcement is forced to stand by and do nothing. But what about the local restaurant that has always featured your favorite meal? Now, in the name of climate change, the government is moving to ban the stoves on which they cook the meals. And what would they be able to cook now that government is driving to ban beef and dairy? We used to have pesticides to get rid of bugs; now they are destined to be our next dinner!

However, as the federal government continues to rush ahead, state and local governments, designed by our Founders to be the first line of defense against tyranny, are now blindly falling in lockstep with the powermongers.

City councils across the nation are joining non-elected regional councils, which create a one-size-fits-all system of control, ignoring local differences. The regional councils delete the will of the local citizens by piling on federal grants and the federal regulations that come with them. Local elections become meaningless as their city council members surrender to the rule of the regional council and explain there is nothing they can do about it. So why elect them?

Fourteen major American cities are part of a globalist climate NGO known as the “C40 Cities Climate Leadership Group.” The goal of the group is “0” meat and dairy consumption by 2030. Also included in the goals are “0” private vehicles owned by citizens, only “1” short-haul air flight per person every 3 years, and “3” new clothing items per person per year. The group is funded mainly by Democrat billionaire Mike Bloomberg, and nearly 100 cities across the world are members. In the U.S., members include Austin, Boston, Chicago, Houston, Los Angeles, Miami, New Orleans, New Your City, Philadelphia, Phoenix, Portland, San Francisco, Washington, D.C. and Seattle. Now as the plan is exposed, the group denies these are “not policy recommendations,” but rather just “different emission-reduction alternatives and long-term urban visions.” But we’re watching them unfold daily. Own nothing and be happy!

In Belmont County, Ohio, the Department of Natural Resources (ODNR) established the Egypt Valley Wildlife Refuge. It encompasses over 28,000 acres of land that cannot be used for private enterprise or homes. As it was being put in place, the ODNR promised local citizens that tourism, lakes, trails, hunting, fishing, etc., would be developed to assist the local economy. None of those promises were fulfilled. And the ODNR pays no taxes or provides services. As a result, the county is in major financial difficulty. The average tax income loss for the county is $8,932,000 that would have gone to pay for schools, roads, law enforcement and public services. Citizens of the country suffer from a lack of local businesses, food services, and products.

In Pataskala, Ohio, a small rural community of about 17,000, a massive solar panel assembly plant is being built. It will employ over 800 people to assemble solar panels with material from China. Why is this a problem? Well, that’s in the details. You see, the lead company in the project, called Illuminate USA, isn’t really a company. It’s a shell designed to get around any future US regulations that would prevent a foreign company from owning property. 49% of Illuminate USA is owned by LONGI, a partner with Invenergy – a Chinese corporation. It’s all a shill designed to pretend these solar panels are “American Made.” Of course, the mayor and city council of Pataskala see dollar signs and are allowing this plant to move forward, in spite of the fact that a huge number of local citizens oppose the plan, fearing that it will drastically change the entire atmosphere of their rural community. The mayor is calling such citizen opponents “Radicals.”

In Michigan, Governor Gretchen Whitmer has signed HB271 into law as part of her drive to enforce ambitious climate change goals for the state. On the same day, she signed HB5120 to take power over green energy projects from the local community government and give it to the Michigan Public Service Commission. Essentially, these two bills have removed local control over land use. Again, state regulations are being used to eliminate local control.

Many parents are now beginning to understand that the public-school curriculum is little more than propaganda for climate change. Students have really become victims of this sinister plot to change society. As a result, all over the world, young people are being radicalized and encouraged to take drastic action against our entire way of life.

“STOP OIL” is a major nongovernmental organization (NGO) training students to lay on highways and block cars from passing. The goal, of course, is to make driving more difficult, resulting in people abandoning their gas-powered cars.

Even worse, in museums around the world, another NGO called “DECLARE EMERGENCY” is leading attacks on precious art, claiming we spend money worshipping the past rather than focusing on stopping climate change. In the past year, climate change radicals have defaced DaVinci’s “Mona Lisa,” Degas’ “Little Dancer,” and Monet’s “Haystacks.” Hate of our society, free enterprise, and private property are at the root of the demonstrations.

Most recently, two activists of DECLARE EMERGENCY charged into the United States National Archives, where the original copies of our Declaration of Independence and Constitution are on display. They smeared red powder on the glass covering the constitution and declared, “We are determined to foment a rebellion. We all deserve clean air, water, food and a livable climate.”

And finally, there is this situation. In a Washington, D.C. court a major case was heard and the decision could seriously affect anyone who would speak out in opposition to the climate propaganda that now surrounds us. Michael Mann, a climate scientist who is one of the major promoters of the questionable climate change fear tactics, filed suit against two scientists who had openly questioned Mann’s credibility. A jury awarded Mann a million dollars in damages. This is an absolute attack on free speech and the ability for anyone to question scientific findings.

Is it then a surprise that Senator Ted Cruz is probing ongoing efforts to quietly train federal judges on the Left’s climate change agenda? The Environmental Law Institute’s Climate Judiciary Project, funded by left-wing nonprofits, is quietly training judges nationwide on climate change litigation. So, don’t you dare question any of their policies, or it may be jail for you!

History has shown not a single success from top-down government control, whether socialist, communist, or today’s drive for a global Great Reset. All we’ve gained are a legacy of broken promises, poverty, misery, and the inevitable tyranny that follows. Yet, the Siren’s Song continues to draw its desperate believers. Today’s drive to eliminate free enterprise, individuality, and private property will not lead to an environmental paradise; rather, it will result in shattered American dreams.

© 2024 Tom DeWeese – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Tom DeWeese: contact@americanpolicy.org

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

March 8, 2024

The forces of freedom are scattered and disorganized. They are attacked across the globe by a foe that seems unstoppable. For more than a hundred years, the Marxist Left has planned and schemed for the downfall of Western civilization and has created armies of devotees that move in lockstep, fueled by the passions of anti-love.

[The full text of this article continues below the video.]

The free world has birthed many excellent and principled leaders, but it has not yet matched the global organization and hegemony of the Left. To preserve freedom now, the anti-totalitarian peoples of the world must come together with the same vigor and conviction that allowed the Allied Forces to win the Second World War.

We did it then, and we can do it again, but our task has become vastly complicated by the divisions within the free nations of the world. The barbarians are no longer at the gates: they are inside the castles in positions of power.

If Adolf Hitler were alive, he would applaud the Hard Left for their success. The rioting and violent members of Antifa and other hard-left organizations are probably unaware that they are fulfilling Hitler’s desire when he said:

“I want to see again in the eyes of youth the gleam of the beast of prey.”[1]

The Left doesn’t want to admit that Hitler was a Leftist, but indeed he was. Writing for The Federalist in a September 11, 2018 article titled “Read A Pile Of Top Nazis Talking About How They Love Leftist Marxism,” Paul Jossey stated:

=== Hitler repeatedly praised Marx privately, stating he had “learned a great deal from Marxism.” The trouble with the Weimar Republic, he said, was that its politicians “had never even read Marx.” He also stated his differences with communists were that they were intellectual types passing out pamphlets, whereas “I have put into practice what these peddlers and pen pushers have timidly begun.”[2]

The youthful—and not so youthful—violent anarchists that roam the landscape belong to many different groups. In spite of the darkness that swirls around them, they all still possess the inner light of beauty that defines true humanity. Tragically, that light often diminishes to a flicker, buried under sentiments of rage, revenge, or simple greed.

Some are broken human beings who commit criminal misdeeds for pleasure and profit.

Others are more dangerous, driven by totalitarian ideologies that justify the hunt as acts done “for the greater good.” They are dressed in tailored suits and designer dresses, in tee shirts and jeans and trendy sneakers, marching together with a confidence bolstered by ignorance about the sacred value of every individual.

They have become almost machine-like in their agreement that the ends justify the means, that eggs need to be broken to make omelets, and that they—the special people—know what is best for all human beings. Some live in board rooms and attend cocktail parties. Others dress in black, and burn and smash and riot.

They are not scattered and disunited. Instead, they are like the Borg in their monolithic acceptance of a worldview that divides humans into valuable people versus those who can be discarded, subsumed, or dominated. (The Borg are the hive-mind, modified humans living in cube ships in the TV show Star Trek: The Next Generation.)

The members of the Hard Left are united, passionate, enthusiastic, driven, and utterly confident that soon—very soon—the world will belong to them.

The status and goals of the forces of the Left are not secret. Their propaganda fills the information space, and they have no shame at all about revealing their megalomaniacal plans.

Klaus Schwab, the founder of the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland,[3] reveals his vision of world domination and “the Great Reset” in his writings and speeches.

Mark Zuckerberg, Bill Gates, and George Soros are clear about their goals. The hard-left Democrats in the US House, Senate, and White House trumpet their intentions continually, although they sometimes hide critical facts inside bills that are a thousand pages long that no one reads until it’s too late. The universities and media are equally transparent, presenting travesties like The New York Times’ 1619 Project that condemns America as irredeemably racist.

These enemies of freedom are joined by hostile totalitarian countries that have never abandoned their desire to conquer the entire world. Communism expert J. R. Nyquist reports in his May 31, 2022 article “Nuclear vs. Conventional War” that Russia and China are escalating their preparations for war against the United States.[4]

The Great Take Away about the Left is that they are united, organized, and completely focused on their target goals. They put aside their differences until after they win their battles because they seem to understand that with unity comes victory, and with victory comes power. And they really, really love power.

What can counter the concerted attacks of the global Hard Left? If the forces of freedom remain scattered and leaderless, they will be vanquished one by one. The wolves will attack from behind and pick off stragglers until all are overwhelmed. Freedom-loving people, both conservatives and liberals, need to know that many members of the Hard Left have little or no mercy.

Is this hyperbole? Historically speaking, it was only a few moments ago that Pol Pot’s peasant soldiers killed millions by striking the backs of their necks with hoes. A few minutes before that, Lenin and Stalin and Hitler and Mao murdered even more innocent victims. If we rewind through history, almost every page in the book of human experience is tragically marred with the blood of victims of tyranny.

One religious view is that humans whose eyes have “the gleam of the beast of prey” can still be saved by the love of God—eventually. There are many men and women who have left an evil path and have found redemption. Until that happens, goodness must be defended and expanded, and the innocent must be protected. In that regard, America is exceptional.

But since many American students don’t study history, they don’t understand that the last two-hundred and forty-six years of freedom produced by the American experiment was a complete and momentous departure from the norm of historical misery. Their ignorance, manufactured by the Left, is hastening the demise of liberty.

It is time for the freedom-loving peoples of America and the world to regroup and commit to decisive action. It has always been a problem that resentful and malicious malcontents seem to have all the time in the world to foment revolution while everyone else is busy with family matters, work, and sometimes recreation.

But now, it’s as if the Borg have come to Earth. The professional cadres of the Hard Left are almost literally snatching our children from their cribs and teaching them to hate, to be divisive instead of loving, and to be entirely confused about their identities. We cannot wait any longer.

What can we do? We must speak out and object to tyranny in every form. Sheep will be slaughtered, so we cannot be sheep. We must search within and realize that each of us—each individual—has great power to change the world. We must act to defend freedom.

We might think that since someone else is acting, we can stay home. But the power of one person is grand and momentous and often unexpected. So what if there are thousands of others acting already? We might be the one that saves the day.

Desmond Doss, the medic who wouldn’t carry a gun in World War II, saved seventy-five people at Hacksaw Ridge.[5] He could have stayed home, but he didn’t.

Harriet Tubman, the former slave, saved approximately seventy people via the Underground Railroad before the Civil War.[6] She could have stayed home, but she didn’t.

Sophie Scholl, the young German student who worked with the White Rose movement and opposed Hitler, was executed by guillotine but inspired countless freedom fighters.⁷ She could have stayed home, but she didn’t.

Frederick Douglass, the former slave and great African-American leader and orator, could have stayed home, but he did not.

Perhaps only God knows what each of us can accomplish. Some of us may act as individuals, objecting to tyranny at school board meetings. Some of us may join existing freedom-based groups or projects. Others may form new groups or organizations.

One might ask: why form new groups? Aren’t there enough already?

The answer to that is simple. Try counting the organizations founded by the Hard Left. They own the media, the universities, Hollywood, K-12 schools, huge numbers of nonprofits, woke corporations, and the Deep State in governments around the world.

We have a lot of catching up to do. We have a lot of organizing to do, and from our ranks, we need to find and encourage the righteous and the bold to take on the mantle of leadership.

The forces of freedom need many new George Washingtons. Who can unite our scattered forces? Who can rise above the fray and inspire millions? Yet, even if our leaders are imperfect, freedom-loving people need to emulate the Left’s ability to unite in spite of their differences. The Left knows that bold leadership and unity bring victory. Can we learn that in time to save our nation and our world?

It is also vital that we remember and emphasize the differences between the forces of freedom and the totalitarian Left.

Freedom is a state of existence that is unique to humans. Humans are self-aware, and all possess the attributes of freedom. We are free to create, to love, to give to others, to be kind, and to emulate all the goodness of history known as “the virtues.” Billions of people in the world believe that humans have the inalienable right to be free.

Conversely, tyrants hate the idea that God gave all humans freedom. We can prove that totalitarians ignore Godly virtues and instead live for power and personal pleasure because they reject, hamper, and eliminate the sacred freedoms that belong to all individuals.

Totalitarianism is a black hole of selfishness and death.

Even though some tyrants may be driven to oppress others because of their unfortunate and tragic histories, their individual pain is no excuse for evil actions. Still, we should pray that God will heal them, and we should articulate to everyone that finding a resonance with the love that comes from God is indeed the solution to the ills of the world.

While we pray for our unfortunate brothers and sisters who have fallen into pits and have changed for the worse, and while we pray for all the peoples of the world, we must become intensely aware that we are needed.

Freedom needs us to act. Our fellow humans suffering under tyranny need us. Our children and grandchildren and future generations need us—now—to win the battle for freedom.

And, it can safely be said that God needs us too.

© 2024 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

Footnotes:

1. Adolf Hitler, quoted in Why We Fight: Prelude to War, directed by Frank Capra and Anatole Litvak. (US Army Pictorial Service, United States Army Signal Corps, 1942), 19:30.
2. Paul Jossy, “Read A Pile Of Top Nazis Talking About How They Love Leftist Marxism,” The Federalist, September 11, 2018.
3. “About Klaus Schwab,” World Economic Forum.
4. J. R. Nyquist, ”Nuclear vs. Conventional War,” J. R. Nyquist Blog, May 31, 2022.
5. Elizabeth Blair, “The Real ‘Hacksaw Ridge’ Soldier Saved 75 Souls Without Ever Carrying A Gun,” NPR Morning Edition, November 4, 2016.
6. “Harriet Tubman,” Wikipedia.
7. “Sophia Scholl,” Wikipedia.

By Paul Engel

March 8, 2024

• How a U.S. President gets elected is both simpler and more complicated than most people think it is.
• What is this Electoral College and why does it exist?
• How can you participate in an election if you don’t know how it works?

Every four years, the United States goes through the ritual of electing a President. I use the term ritual for two reasons. First, most Americans’ understanding of the election process is based on custom or rites rather than the law. Second, most of the customs Americans follow directly contradict the actual process of electing a President of the United States.

Many years ago, I was in Raleigh, NC working on a project with an international team. Every day the whole team would go out for lunch. Since it was a presidential election year, and I was the only American on the team, I was asked about the apparently convoluted process of electing an American President. This was before I had begun studying the Constitution, so I explained the process as best I could based on the customs I had been taught. Today my answer would not only be more coherent, but would include references to the actual laws it was based on.

How it Begins

The first, and probably most fundamental misunderstanding most Americans have about the presidential elections process, is the belief that they vote for President. They do not.

Each State shall appoint, in such Manner as the Legislature thereof may direct, a Number of Electors, equal to the whole Number of Senators and Representatives to which the State may be entitled in the Congress:

U.S Constitution, Article II, Section 1, Clause 2

Like primaries, before 1964 and the ratification of the Twenty-Fourth Amendment, the idea of the people voting for President did not exist in the Constitution.

The right of citizens of the United States to vote in any primary or other election for President or Vice President, for electors for President or Vice President, or for Senator or Representative in Congress, shall not be denied or abridged by the United States or any State by reason of failure to pay any poll tax or other tax.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XXIV, Section 1

In fact, the Twenty-Fourth Amendment did not say that people voted for President, only that they could not be denied the right to vote in such an election for failing to pay taxes. It’s yet another example of lack of understanding of the Constitution by Congress and the Several States. The reporting of a national popular vote for President is another lie, since there is no such thing. The people do not elect the President, the states do.

Based on Article II, Section 1, the states have established the manner of appointing electors to be based on a popular vote in the state for a political party. The details vary from state to state, but the general process is the same. Each political party puts together a slate of party faithful who pledge to vote for their party’s candidate. When the state puts together their ballot, they list the party candidates. In the past most states noted that you were voting for electors for that candidate, although recently that has changed. In the 2020 elections 37 of the 50 states (74%) lie on the ballots, claiming their citizens are voting for the actual President and Vice-President, even though they aren’t. So even when the ballot tells you the vote is for electors for President, what you’re actually voting for are pre-selected operatives for a specific party.

Presidential Electors

After election day in November, each state determines which slate of electors to appoint. These electors meet in their state on the first Tuesday after the second Wednesday in December, (3 USC §7).

The Electors shall meet in their respective states and vote by ballot for President and Vice-President, one of whom, at least, shall not be an inhabitant of the same state with themselves;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XII

This is the only federal or national election in the United State. While elections for the House and Senate are for federal offices, they are still state elections. Some states require their electors to vote based on the results of their states’ election. However, in some states the penalty for not voting based on the state’s popular vote may not be all that significant, which has led for some to call for the electors to be unfaithful to their pledge in an attempt to win the election.

Actually, the presidential electors cast two ballots, one for President and another for Vice President, as required by the Twelfth Amendment:

they shall name in their ballots the person voted for as President, and in distinct ballots the person voted for as Vice-President, and they shall make distinct lists of all persons voted for as President, and of all persons voted for as Vice-President, and of the number of votes for each, which lists they shall sign and certify, and transmit sealed to the seat of the government of the United States, directed to the President of the Senate;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XII

Since most state laws appoint their electors in a “winner take all” manner, all the electors vote unanimously for their party’s candidates. These electors are party apparatchiks, so they simply vote for their party’s ticket, which was established through a combination of Primary Elections and other internal political machinations. Once the electors have done their duty to their political party, the list of a single name for President and another for Vice-President is signed, certified, and sent to the sitting Vice-President in their role as President of the Senate.

Counting the Elector’s Votes

Next comes the counting of the votes of the presidential electors. This has been codified into law by Section 15 of Title 3 of the United States Code. The process starts with the President of the Senate opening the certificates to be counted.

the President of the Senate shall, in the presence of the Senate and House of Representatives, open all the certificates and the votes shall then be counted;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XII

Sounds simple enough. When does this counting happen?

(a) In General.-Congress shall be in session on the sixth day of January succeeding every meeting of the electors. The Senate and House of Representatives shall meet in the Hall of the House of Representatives at the hour of 1 o’clock in the afternoon on that day, and the President of the Senate shall be their presiding officer.

3 USC §15

According to the Twelfth Amendment, the only role the President of the Senate has during this session is to open the certificates and then have them counted. Congress confirmed this in section (b) of §15.

(b) Powers of the President of Senate.-

(1) Ministerial in nature.-Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, the role of the President of the Senate while presiding over the joint session shall be limited to performing solely ministerial duties.

(2) Powers explicitly denied.-The President of the Senate shall have no power to solely determine, accept, reject, or otherwise adjudicate or resolve disputes over the proper certificate of ascertainment of appointment of electors, the validity of electors, or the votes of electors.

3 USC §15

Sadly, this is where Congress has begun interfering with the election process.

(c) Appointment of Tellers.-At the joint session of the Senate and House of Representatives described in subsection (a), there shall be present two tellers previously appointed on the part of the Senate and two tellers previously appointed on the part of the House of Representatives by the presiding officers of the respective chambers.

3 USC §15

Yes, this is a minor point. The Constitution doesn’t say how the votes are to be counted. After all, I guess they would assume a group of intelligent men could figure out how to safely and accurately count the votes. Congress, on the other hands, wanted their input on the process.

If you read the Twelfth Amendment, you see Congress has no role in the presidential election unless none of those voted for an office receives a majority. Here we see Congress has decided for themselves that they will pick the tellers who will count the votes. That’s not the only way Congress has decided to interfere with the election. It starts with a subtle point:

(d) Procedure at Joint Session Generally.-

(1) In general.-The President of the Senate shall-

(A) open the certificates and papers purporting to be certificates of the votes of electors appointed pursuant to a certificate of ascertainment of appointment of electors issued pursuant to section 5, in the alphabetical order of the States, beginning with the letter A; and

(B) upon opening any certificate, hand the certificate and any accompanying papers to the tellers, who shall read the same in the presence and hearing of the two Houses.

3 USC §15

What are these purported certificates? The Constitution says nothing about purported certificates. The Twelfth Amendment says the President of the Senate will open the certificates he has received from the states and have them counted. What does the section 5 say?

(a) In General.-

(1) Certification.-Not later than the date that is 6 days before the time fixed for the meeting of the electors, the executive of each State shall issue a certificate of ascertainment of appointment of electors, under and in pursuance of the laws of such State providing for such appointment and ascertainment enacted prior to election day.

3 USC §5

Who the state electors are is none of the United States’ business; it is solely a state matter. I suppose the reasoning behind sending the list of electors to the Archivist of the United States is to allow fake certificates to be identified and not counted. In fact, federal law claims to establish a rather complicated process for the sending of the certificates from the electors to the President of the Senate and others. The problem is, the Constitution does not delegate to Congress the authority to tell states they have to register their electors with the United States or to have their certificates be sent anywhere but to the President of the Senate. That’s not all of Congress’ interference in the election.

(2) Action on certificate.-

(A) In general.-Upon the reading of each certificate or paper, the President of the Senate shall call for objections, if any.

3 USC §15

Again, the Constitution does not give Congress any say in counting of the presidential electoral votes; they are there only to observe. So what are the reasons Congress thinks it can object?

(ii) Grounds for objections.-The only grounds for objections shall be as follows:

(I) The electors of the State were not lawfully certified under a certificate of ascertainment of appointment of electors according to section 5(a)(1).

(II) The vote of one or more electors has not been regularly given.

3 USC §15

Remember back to January 6th, 2020? There were several states that did not lawfully appoint electors. Not because of some law made up by Congress, but because the manner of appointing them was modified by state courts or the state’s Secretary of State, not the legislature. Those objections though, should have been dealt with at the state level, not the Congress.

Majorities

With the election process dominated, and in many cases controlled, by the two major parties, it seems fairly unlikely that that a candidate would not receive the votes of a majority of the electors, as required by the Twelfth Amendment.

The person having the greatest number of votes for President, shall be the President, if such number be a majority of the whole number of Electors appointed;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XII

However, as dissatisfaction with the two dominant parties grows, this becomes more and more a possibility. There are two things the American people need to be aware of should such a situation happen. First, the President or Vice-President needs to have the votes of a majority of the electors appointed. Should a state fail to legally appoint electors, as happened in 2020, not only should their votes not have been submitted to the President of the Senate, but should not be considered when determining a majority. Second, should no candidate receive a majority, then the decision of who will be President devolves to the House of Representatives and the Vice-President to the Senate.

and if no person have such majority, then from the persons having the highest numbers not exceeding three on the list of those voted for as President, the House of Representatives shall choose immediately, by ballot, the President. But in choosing the President, the votes shall be taken by states, the representation from each state having one vote; a quorum for this purpose shall consist of a member or members from two-thirds of the states, and a majority of all the states shall be necessary to a choice.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XII

In the case of the House choosing a President, the state delegations vote by ballot. That means each state gets a single vote. Since the Congress is seated before the votes for President are counted, and the partisanship that exists in both houses is so rampant, the choice would ultimately be decided by the majority in each state’s delegation in the House.

As I’ve noted, the process is similar if no candidate for Vice-President receives a majority of votes.

The person having the greatest number of votes as Vice-President, shall be the Vice-President, if such number be a majority of the whole number of Electors appointed, and if no person have a majority, then from the two highest numbers on the list, the Senate shall choose the Vice-President; a quorum for the purpose shall consist of two-thirds of the whole number of Senators, and a majority of the whole number shall be necessary to a choice.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XII

Inauguration

Only after the decisions have been made as to who will be the new President and Vice-President, are they legally considered President-elect or Vice-President-elect. These positions have absolutely no power, but we recognize this as a time for them to work on their transition to office at the inauguration.

The terms of the President and the Vice President shall end at noon on the 20th day of January, and the terms of Senators and Representatives at noon on the 3d day of January, of the years in which such terms would have ended if this article had not been ratified; and the terms of their successors shall then begin.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XX, Section 1

Before their terms begin, the President and Vice-President must take an oath or affirmation of office. The President’s oath is specified in Article II, Section 1, Clause 8 of the Constitution.

Before he enter on the Execution of his Office, he shall take the following Oath or Affirmation:—”I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will faithfully execute the Office of President of the United States, and will to the best of my Ability, preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the United States.”

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 1, Clause 8

Then, and only then, does the United States have a new President.

Conclusion

If I could go back in time and explain to those visiting teammates how our presidential elections work, I would focus on three points.

1. The political parties choose their candidates through a combination of primaries, caucuses, and internal negotiations.
2. The states elect the President based on the advice of their citizens.
3. The vast majority of the American people are unaware of points 1 and 2.

While many people say “Knowledge is Power”, that is not actually true. Knowledge only has power if it’s used for some action. Now that you have the knowledge and a better understanding of how the United States elects a President, I hope you will use it to exercise your power as a United States citizen. Use this knowledge to push for your state to accurately portray who is being voted for on Election Day. Demand that they follow the Constitution in the appointment of their electors for President. Last, and probably most important, choose wisely who you vote for as presidential electors.

© 2024 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By George Lujack

March 8, 2024

Russia invaded Ukraine on February 24, 2022, and since that time the United States, through NATO, has been funding Ukraine’s war against Russia, having given Ukraine a reported 75 billion dollars in foreign aid since the war began. American politicians say that they need to fund the war against Russia to prevent Russian foreign aggression and expansion. Russia maintains that they invaded Ukraine to defend themselves from NATO encroachment towards their Russian border and to protect Russian people living in Ukraine from Ukrainian government persecution.

As prophecy-watching believers living through the end of the age, while keeping an eye on world events, we can know with certainty that the eagle’s wings in Daniel 7:4 and the rider of the white horse in Revelation 6:2 represent the United States of America. Additionally, we can also know that the bear of Daniel 7:5 and the fiery red horse of Revelation 6:4 represent Russia. Russia is prophesied to one day destroy the United States in a sudden attack. This article will review some recent statements made by Russian President Vladimir Putin and 2024 independent American presidential candidate Robert F. Kennedy Jr. and tie them into Scripture prophecy, concerning the eagle (America) and the bear (Russia).

On September 21, 2022, in a nationally televised address, Russian President Vladimir Putin warned America and the Western European nations that Russia possesses superior nuclear capabilities than the NATO nations do and that he would not hesitate to use such weapons to defend Russia, if necessary.

REVELATION 6:4 (NKJV) [WITH INTERPRETATION, CONDENSED]:
Another horse, fiery red [RUSSIA], went out. … And there was given to him [PRESIDENT OF RUSSIA] a great sword [NUCLEAR ARSENAL].

In August of 2023, Robert F. Kennedy, 2024 independent American presidential candidate, sat down in an interview with reporter Tucker Carlson and discussed America’s decades-long role in world affairs and Russia’s nuclear capabilities.

REVELATION 6:2 (NKJV) [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
And I looked, and behold, a white horse [NATO]. He [AMERICA] who sat on it had a bow [STRONG MILITARY]; and a crown [LADY LIBERTY, LEADER OF THE FREE WORLD, THE LADY OF KINGDOMS – ISAIAH 47:5] was given to him [AMERICA], and he [AMERICA] went out conquering and to conquer [TOPPLING REGIMES AND NATION BUILDING.

DANIEL 7:5 (NKJV) [WITH INTERPRETATION, CONDENSED]:
“And suddenly another beast, a second, like a bear [RUSSIA]. … They [ANGELIC MESSENGERS] said thus to it [THE BEAR – RUSSIA]: ‘Arise, devour much flesh!’ [DESTROY THE USA IN JUDGMENT]”

The bear, Russia, will pluck the eagle’s wings, America, from the NATO beast when it suddenly destroys America through nuclear annihilation (Daniel 7:5). The red horse, Russia, will take peace from the earth when it destroys the rider of the white horse, America, with its great sword, nuclear arsenal, and the great tribulation wars follow (Revelation 6:4).

America’s coming destruction is God’s judgment upon America (Revelation 18:8,10,20).

As American believers. it is important to have faith and understand that we do not need to flee to another country to avoid America’s fate. God does not judge the righteous with the wicked and righteous-living believers are not appointed to receiving God’s wrath.

1 THESSALONIANS 5:9 (NKJV):
For God did not appoint us to wrath, but to obtain salvation through our Lord Yeshua Messiah (Jesus Christ).

America’s destruction is God’s wrath. Thousands of unrighteous Americans may die to the left and thousands to the right (Psalm 91:4-8), but God will give His angels charge over the righteous American saints and provide the American rapture for them (Psalm 91:3-12; Isaiah 13:1-2, 18:7, Jeremiah 51:5-6,33; Revelation 18:4). Video link: The American Rapture

LUKE 21:36 (NKJV):
“Watch therefore, and pray always that you may be counted worthy to escape all these things that will come to pass, and to stand before the Son of Man.”

© 2024 George Lujack – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail George Lujack: georgelujack@gmail.com

By Cliff Kincaid

March 7, 2024

Protests that are sure to turn violent are being planned by communist factions in the Democratic Party and worldwide to replace Joe Biden at the top of the ticket. Vice President Kamala Harris’s demand for a “ceasefire” between Israel and Hamas was clearly designed to save Biden from the gathering storm. In the speech, she condemned Israel for allowing a “humanitarian catastrophe” in Gaza.

At the same time, Biden ordered the U.S. military to air-drop 38,000 meals to people on the ground in Hamas-controlled Gaza who had brought the terrorist group to power.

Over the weekend, a Times Square pro-Hamas rally became a nightmare situation when protesters blocked a police Bomb Squad from responding to a potential bomb threat. The grenade was later determined to be inactive and inert.

These demonstrations, as we have documented in a report with photographs, are largely organized by communist groups in America who pledge their allegiance to China and Russia.

Biden’s initial support for Israel is coming back to haunt him, prompting talk even in left-wing circles of “Days of Rage” protests at the Democratic National Convention in Chicago in August that will seek his replacement by anti-Israel “progressives” aligned with Moscow and Havana.

The violent “Days of Rage” protests in 1969 were the culmination of months of street actions and riots to protest support for anti-communist South Vietnam in its war with North Vietnam, backed by Russia and China. Under this kind of pressure, including riots during the Democratic National Convention in Chicago in 1968, incumbent Democratic President LBJ withdrew from the race, the Democratic Party splintered, and LBJ was replaced by Hubert Humphrey, a Senator who lost to Republican Richard Nixon in the general election.

Senator Robert Kennedy had entered the race to challenge LBJ but was fatally shot for supporting Israel by a Palestinian Marxist, Sirhan Sirhan.

According to a congressional report on “The Weather Underground,” which grew out of Students for a Democratic Society (SDS) Vietnam War protests, the “Days of Rage” followed visits by members of the terrorist group to Communist Cuba under the name the “Venceremos Brigade” for terrorist training.

In this present context, important meetings have been taking place in Havana, Cuba, and Moscow that are laying the groundwork for Biden’s ouster and more street violence.

Moscow’s Role

So-called Palestinian “resistance” and Islamic movements just met in Moscow, preceded by a visit to Havana by two top “progressive” Democrats, Reps. Pramila Jayapal (D-Wash.) and Ilhan Omar (D-Minn.) Jayapal is the chairwoman of the Congressional Progressive Caucus and Omar is the deputy chairwoman.

But don’t look for the FBI or the CIA to be on guard. The new book Big Intel, discusses communist infiltration of the “Intelligence Community,” through such penetrations as Russian agent Robert Hanssen (who did counterintelligence for the FBI) and Cuban agent Ana Belen Montes (a Defense Intelligence Agency analyst), said to be a favorite of former Director of National Intelligence of the United States James Clapper.

The “leftist national security state,” as the book describes it, is busy prosecuting former President Trump and his supporters.

FBI Director Christopher Wray delivered remarks at the Intelligence and National Security Alliance Leadership Breakfast in McLean, Virginia, on February 29, 2024. He said, “The U.S. has confronted foreign malign influence threats in the past, but this election cycle, the U.S. will face more adversaries, moving at a faster pace, and enabled by new technology.” One such adversary is the FBI itself.

In his new book, Big Intel, J. Michael Waller comments, “The great institutions, designed to protect us against the threat of Soviet communism, in the end, absorbed and re-weaponized the most subversive Soviet plot ever launched.”

That’s a reference to the Russia-gate hoax against Trump, organized by the FBI and approved by President Obama. But that’s not all. Waller also documents how the CIA failed to identify a Chinese Communist military lab as the source of the pandemic that has so far killed more than 1.2 million Americans.

In the same way, the Intelligence Community has not monitored communist groups on American soil — and in the universities — the source of much of the hatred for Israel.

Pro-War against the U.S. and Israel

Demonstrating their allegiance to communism and the need to eliminate anti-communist liberals, former SDS members and Weather Underground terrorists Bill Ayers and Bernardine Dohrn endorsed a “Prairie Fire” Manifesto that was dedicated in part to RFK killer Sirhan Sirhan.

Ayers and Dohrn, however, were not “anti-war activists.” They were international terrorists who favored a communist victory in Vietnam with connections to Hanoi, Havana, and Moscow.

Writing about his experiences in the Weather Underground, farmer FBI informant Larry Grathwohl said, “I remember one meeting when our Weatherman ‘collective’ brought up the subject of the Kennedy assassinations. At least 20 to 25 people were present and Bill Ayers was one of them. I heard Bill state that the murders of both John F. Kennedy and Robert F Kennedy were a good thing because liberals compromise the conflict between U.S. imperialism and the socialist revolution. Liberals prevent the contradictions from becoming obvious and thus prevent a revolution. Therefore, the assassinations of the Kennedys were to be welcomed as a necessary advance on the road to communist world revolution.”

These assassinations marked a key turning point in the direction of the national Democratic Party, which then abandoned anti-communism and became a “progressive” movement.  The direction of the Democratic Party as an adjunct of the international communist movement was solidified under President Barack Hussein Obama, an agent of influence for Russia and China.

As new “Days of Rage” protests are apparently being planned for the 2024 Democratic National Convention, also in Chicago, speculation is mounting that Biden will be replaced because he, like RFK, is perceived as too “pro-Israel.”

The “Step Aside Joe” Movement, launched by the far-left group Roots Action, is demanding that Biden be replaced in part because of his lukewarm support for Israel’s response to the terrorism of October 7. Such a movement has a global context.

It is significant that the two leading “progressive” Democrats were spotted in Havana between February 17 and 21, while Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov was there.

The “Hands Off Rafah Global Day of Protest” on March 2, designed to save the lives of terrorists in that part of Gaza, is a taste of things to come.

“Actions took place in Japan, Malaysia, Cuba, Venezuela, Tunisia and many other nations around the world,” reports the communist group ANSWER. “In Havana and Caracas, top leaders of the government attended in a show of solidarity with the Palestinian people’s longstanding fight for liberation.”

Democratic Party fundraisers and party functionaries like Jill Biden and Hillary Clinton are being disrupted by protesters chanting “Joe Biden, you can’t hide, we charge you with genocide!”

In Canada, in the name of “Blockading the Genocide Machine,” pro-Hamas demonstrators are blocking access to major weapons company facilities in such cities as Toronto, Peterborough, Calgary, Québec City and Vancouver.

The Anti-Israel Coalition

Hamas, which started the war and wants to destroy Israel, still has Israeli hostages and refuses to surrender.

Meanwhile, Russian foreign minister Lavrov left Cuba and returned to Moscow to supervise a meeting of “all major groups in Palestine such as the constituents of the Palestinian Liberation Organization (PLO), including Fatah and Palestinian People’s Party, and non-constituents such as Hamas and Palestinian Islamic Jihad,” according to a communist news outlet. Another participant was the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine (PFLP).

The meeting is another reminder that Soviet support for international terrorism continues through the present Moscow regime, headed by former KGB colonel and current Russian president Vladimir Putin.

In Soviet dissident hero Vladimir Bukovsky’s last book, Judgment in Moscow, he commented, “If two cruise missiles were to be launched at the Lubyanka, the level of terrorism worldwide would drop by approximately 80 percent.” The Lubyanka is the name for the headquarters of the KGB and its successor, the FSB.

Aiding the Enemy

News about the secret meeting in Havana was leaked to the Miami Herald, which reported that a delegation of the Congressional Progressive Caucus had traveled to Cuba “in a trip that has not previously been disclosed by the legislators nor reported in Cuban state media.” The paper added, “The group of about a dozen people was led by Democratic U.S. Reps. Pramila Jayapal of the state of Washington and Ilhan Omar of Minnesota. It included a congressional staffer from the office of California Rep. Barbara Lee’s office, sources with knowledge of the trip told the Miami Herald.”

Rep. Barbara Lee (D-CA) is a former aide to Rep. Ron Dellums who was implicated in captured documents as a collaborator of the communist regime overthrown by the U.S. when President Reagan ordered U.S. forces into Grenada. Lee, a top officer of the Committees of Correspondence for Democracy and Socialism (CCDS), a spin-off from the Communist Party, is now running for the Senate.

1. Michael Waller’s book, Big Intel, labels “Comrade Barbara” a “communist operative” who participated in KGB front activities.

The Miami Herald added, “Cuban official media traditionally highlight American lawmakers going to the island, usually framing their visit as a gesture of ‘solidarity’ with the Cuban people or support for ending the U.S. embargo. This time, state media was mum. Cuba’s Foreign Ministry did not disclose the trip.”

The headline was “What were members of the U.S. Congressional Progressive Caucus doing in Havana?”

Replacing Biden and Stopping Trump

The answer, quite clearly, is to formulate a plan of action to replace Biden, while at the same time keeping Trump out of the White House.

Jayapal has achieved notoriety for supporting the “vote uncommitted” effort in various states in the Democratic presidential primaries to protest Biden’s policy.

In desperation, the “Our Revolution” group, associated with Senator Bernie Sanders, says “We must send a clear message directly to the Biden campaign:  Change course NOW on Gaza or else risk losing Michigan to Trump in November.

In the Michigan primary, more than 100,000 Michigan Democratic primary voters cast ballots for “uncommitted” in the race. In the Washington State Democratic Primary on March 12, the 50,000 members of the United Food and Commercial Workers (UFCW) Local 3000 in Washington State are being advised by their union to vote “uncommitted.”

The Cuban Connection

In another ominous revelation, it was learned that Jayapal and Omar met with Cuban President Miguel Diaz-Canel, who had traveled to Moscow in November 2022 to meet personally with Putin. At that time, Putin and Diaz-Canel “unveiled a monument in a north Moscow square on Tuesday to Cuban revolutionary leader Fidel Castro, pledging to deepen their friendship in the face of U.S. sanctions against both countries,” Reuters reported.

The 1962 Cuban Missile Crisis, caused by Russian placement of nuclear missile launching sites in Cuba with Castro’s permission, was countered by President John F. Kennedy with a naval and air quarantine of the island. Later, Kennedy was murdered by a Marxist assassin, Lee Harvey Oswald, a former Marine and Marksman who had defected to the Soviet Union and returned to join the “Fair Play for Cuba Committee” and murder JFK.

In the meeting with Diaz-Canel, Putin had referred to “Comrade Fidel Castro,” adding that, “I really remember our personal meetings very well, even the details. He was an impressive man.”

At the unveiling of the Castro statue in Moscow, Putin went further, saying, “Fidel Castro dedicated his life to the selfless struggle to advance the ideas of goodness, peace and justice, for the freedom of oppressed peoples, for a decent life for ordinary people and social equality.”

For his part, Diaz-Canel said during the meeting with Putin that both Russia and Cuba have “a common enemy, a common source which is the Yankee empire, which manipulates a large part of humankind.”

As these events play out, the big question is Biden’s replacement. And if he doesn’t step down, what then? The answer will be made in Moscow and Havana.

© 2024 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Frosty Wooldridge

March 7, 2024

Do you understand that over 11 million illegal aliens under Biden in the past 38 months constitute a “Weaponization” against the American people?  Do you see them organizing in our big cities?  Do you realize that you’re paying for them to create terror in your city and/or our country?

Do you realize that it’s so bad that even “Sanctuary State” Governor Kathy Hochul just added 1,000 police to NYC’s subway system because it’s become so deadly to subway riders?  In fact, New Yorkers fear riding to work and back.  Records show 2,000,000 less riders, daily.  Even Mayor Adams has reinstituted random bag and backpack checks.  Gosh, what a “racist” procedure!  Except Mayor Eric Adams is black.

Even Laken Riley’s parents are going to sue the State of Georgia for housing illegal aliens, the ones that kill children.  At some point, they need to sue Joe Biden for all the killers he’s invited into America, especially the drug pushers who kill 100,000 annually.

Even the “Defund the Police” residents of Portland, San Francisco, Chicago and LA backtracked on their own stupidities.  They’re tired of their kids having to trip over drug users injecting themselves in the streets on the way to school.  Not to mention, those kids must step around piles of human excrement!

Then You’ve Got DIE: Diversity, Inclusion, Equity

My friend from North Carolina Terry Payne said, “Whenever I hear these cult words — Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI), — I start to retch. In their original context, they are splendid words. Unfortunately, the Democrat Party has distorted their interpretation and context to signify the opposite of core definitions.

“Democrat Party leaders employ DEI to create division, hatred, and exclusion. Party activists claim DEI originated from the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and “affirmative action” legislation. Nothing could be further from the truth. DEI ideology is rooted in the communist philosophies of Karl Marx, Vladimir Lenin, Saul Alinsky and Frank Marshall Davis — Barack Obama’s mentor.”

We need to educate ourselves as to the final intention of anyone and  everyone who wants to institute Critical Race Theory and  D.I.E.  Both those ugly programs expect to undercut and destroy the United States of America.  How does that happen?

Payne said, “The most successful accomplishment of the Democrats is the “balkanization” of society. Their perverted version of diversity, — under the stewardship of Obama — fomented division and hatred after promising the opposite. Instead of unifying Americans, the Obama presidency morphed into the Marxist strategy of “divide and conquer.” Obama’s destructive vision flourishes under the Biden-Harris administration.

“DEI ideology has replaced the core liberal values of merit, fairness, and equality in academia, professional organizations, media, government agencies (including the DOJ and FBI), and Big Tech. DEI bureaucracies and groups have mushroomed operating behind the scenes with ambiguous definitions, goals, and policies.”

In other words, I’m not the lone wolf journalist,  along with Devvy Kidd, who understands the liberals’ agenda.  It’s galloping toward us if we don’t stop it.  We need to write and speak out against it.  We must take a stand.

Payne continued, “The Left’s version of diversity means giving special privileges to certain protected classes of people — people of color, LGBTQ, women — so they can acquire socio-economic control over the majority, which currently is white. This is “tyranny of the minority.” Politically, DEI translates to acquiring votes. It’s a part of the Democratic Party’s campaign strategy to divide Americans based on skin color and collecting the votes of all non-white populations.”

If we go down that CRT and D.I.E. path, and let it take root, it’s going to grow into a monster that cannot be stopped. If you brainwash enough kids’ minds, you’re going to suffer millions of them hating their own country and hating anyone of a different color.  That’s how you kill a country!

“Ironically, where you have commitment to diversity, there is no thought diversity. People who demand attention to diversity are against viewpoint diversity – meaning no First Amendment,”  Payne said. “Diversity translates to: “it’s great to act different if you think the way I do.”

Yes, free speech can be messy, but it is the foundation of our entire country.

“There are inherent problems with the idea of DEI, or civil rights Marxism,” said Payne.  “First, it’s “systemic racism” because of the fundamental discrimination in its concept that all aspects of success are due to exploitation and discrimination by the white majority. When DEI is applied to groups, underperforming groups are to be considered “victimized,” whether they are victims or not. Those who are members of overachieving groups, whether they are victimized or not, are to be treated as villains. All white men are by definition “supremacist villains.”

“Second, interrelated to the first, DEI produces mediocrity. Since success is treated as immoral and failure as righteous — because victimhood is fortitude — then mediocrity is that transition “sludge” where you avoid being labeled as an underperformer and also escape ridicule for being an achiever.”

Just like all those leaders in big cities are crying out against open borders today…because they got swamped with reality, we need to stop the D.I.E. and CRT agenda before they grow deep roots.

Payne continued, “In dysfunctional academia, racially diverse mediocrity is preferable to nonracial meritocratic achievement. Look, for example, at Harvard where President Claudine Gay, despite being a serial plagiarist and evasive on antisemitism, finally resigned on January 2, 2024.”

We need to return to what Reverend Martin Luther King said, “I have a dream that my four little children will one day live in a nation where they will not be judged by the color of their skin but by the content of their character.”

Our Constitution gives everyone the right to explore, learn, grow and  “become” in America.  We don’t need CRT or DIE.  We need excellence based on academic distinction, work performance and honest contributions to our society.

Along with 11 million illegal alien border jumpers, CRT and DIE are pure unadulterated horsesh*t.  Biden’s got to go into an assisted living home before November, 2024.

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

March 7, 2024

To do justice and judgment is more acceptable to the Lord than sacrifice.  Prov.21:3.

“For I, the LORD, love justice; I hate robbery and wrongdoing.”  Isaiah 61:8

Noah Webster defined justice as “Impartiality; equal distribution of right in expressing opinions; fair representation of facts respecting merit or demerit. In criticisms, narrations, history, or discourse, it is a duty to do justice to every man, whether friend or foe.”

It is not the job of the “Justice Department” to hunt down criminals and put them behind bars. The job of the “Justice Department” is to fairly, and without bias, give every man what is his due.

But there is no EQUAL justice in America today.  Sadly, our JUST-US system is being used to “get even” with political opponents.  “Justice” has come to mean “punishment.”  It has created a system called LAWfare…a tactic of WARfare.  The courts are now being used as weapons of war against those who hold different political views.  It is the exact opposite of what the word JUSTICE was intended to do.

The J6ers are victims of an out-of-control government hell-bent on punishing those who oppose their tyranny.   Government, like justice, is supposed to be blind.  How does one ever get a fair trial when the “Just-us System” is designed simply to punish the guilty? Has it become AG Merrick Garland’s personal weapon to punish those who blocked his appointment to the Supreme Court?

To my knowledge, NOT ONE J6er has been found not guilty in any DC court.  NOT ONE.  What are the odds of that?  The JUST-US system is working perfectly.

LAWfair is wicked.  Even IF found NOT-GUILTY by a Government court the innocent victim has probably spent his life savings proving his innocence.  So, simply being “charged” with a crime on J6 will destroy one’s life.  Many of the accused have spent nearly THREE-YEARS in Federal lock-up without bail…and without a trial…a clear violation of their rights.  Many have been forced to “plea” bargain to avoid harsher punishment.  Is there anything more demeaning than pleading guilty to something that you didn’t do in older to lessen the sentence?

The Government “persecutors” know that perfectly well. That is why they are still arresting “insurrectionists” 3 years after the fact.  Their goal is PUNISHMENT…not justice. It is a sad time in America. JUST-US baby.  Their message is clear.  Do not mess with the Government.

I was there on J6…along with at least a million of my friends…who desired nothing more than to exercise our God-given “right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances.”   Many of those in attendance that day had NEVER been to DC, but they knew they had to go because it was only in DC that they could personally face their representatives and petition for a redress.

No one went to “overthrow” the Government.  They went because they suspected that the Government had ALREADY been overthrown during the November election. They went to petition for a grievance they believed they had suffered.

Mr. Webster determined that grievance was “That which causes grief or uneasiness; that which burdens, oppresses or injures, implying a sense of wrong done, or a continued injury, and therefore applied only to the effects of human conduct; never to providential evils. The oppressed subject has the right to petition for a redress of grievances.”

Petition means “To make a request to; to ask from; to solicit; particularly, to make supplication to a superior for some favor or right; as, to petition the legislature; to petition a court of chancery.”

But a nefarious plan was at work that day.  The “Government” had infiltrated the MAGA crowd.  They dressed as MAGA supporters.  They gave the appearance of violence to a peaceful crowd.  Did you know that NOT ONE person was charged with a gun violation on that day?  They called it an “armed insurrection” but they failed to tell you that the “arms” were MAGA Flags, Old Glory, and Bibles.

But that is what scared them the most.  In the Den of thieves that thrives on LIES, it was the TRUTH that scared them far great than bombs and bullets.

Several of my friends are in jail. They did nothing wrong.  Some just followed the traffic and walked into the Capitol thru OPEN doors.  The Police invited them in!  Many are still waiting on a trial…facing up to 30 years.   None have been given bail as they languish in jail simply for exercising their God-given Constitutional rights.

The Government agencies are the REAL criminals.  They are obligated to find the TRUTH…not hide it.  The law requires that the Government present ANY evidence that shoes the innocence of those who have been charged.  Our Government has hidden the exculpatory evidence because it is not justice that they seek…but revenge.

The Bible teaches CHRISTIANS, who today are being labelled as dangerous by these same government actors, that the real war in America is over WHO will sit on the throne over this nation.  A coup has already taken place and God-fearing American’s simply want Christ re-instated to his rightful position as head of ONE NATION UNDER GOD.  That is really what this whole insurrection thing is about.

America is a mess.  “One nation, under God, INDIVISABLE, with LIBERTY, and JUSTICE for all…” have become hollow words.  Revenge is not justice.  Vengeance, the Bible teaches, belongs to the Lord. Vengeance has no place in the American Justice system.

The white, heterosexual, Christian male has become the enemy of the anti-Christian American Government.  The war is Spiritual and it is obvious.

BLM, ANTIFA, and the militant, defiant-sexual movement act like a Boa Constrictor, squeezing the life out of White, Christian Americans.

Open your eyes.  Our Government serves the Devil.  The Republican Party is complicit in the coup.  Christianity is under attack.  No one has the courage to say it. I just did.

God will not be mocked.  Justice is coming.

Has anyone seen the American Church?

© 2024 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

By Lee Duigon

March 7, 2024

Let’s play the game of “What If?” It’s foolish but it’s fun. And we just might have to do some serious thinking about this scenario, if only to make sure it never happens.

What if the U.S. Supreme Court had ruled “Well, yeah, sure—of course the state of Colorado can kick Donald Trump off the ballot for this year’s presidential election”? I mean, instead of ruling unanimously, 9-0, that states can’t do that. But let’s imagine that they can.

The first thing that happens is that various Blue states hop on board to erase Trump from the ballot. With each state that does so, pressure mounts on other states to do the same. Sooner or later the Red states retaliate by kicking Jobydin off their presidential ballots—say, for refusing to enforce our immigration laws and using his office for his family’s corrupt financial gain.

Suddenly all 50 states are involved and the two major party candidates are not to be found sharing space on any single state’s ballot. How do you even hold a presidential election under such chaotic circumstances? But we try anyhow because we don’t know what else to do.

In all the confusion, voter turnout hits new lows. And we have news items like this:

FLASH! Retired paper-hanger Billy Bob Socko, write-in candidate for the Jidrool Party, secures New Mexico’s five electoral votes with a total of 97 popular votes (and he had to knock on who knows how many doors just to get that!)

Ferocious political infighting within the states results in no candidate getting anything remotely near a majority vote for president. (FLASH! Tour guide Alice LaFong, with 138 popular votes, is the leading candidate to corral California’s 54 electoral votes. The fact that she passed away in 2022 made no impression on her voters.)

Chaos! Remember 1981, when President Reagan was felled by an assassin? And Alexander Haig, secretary of state, proclaimed “I am in control here, in the White House.” He wasn’t, of course: he wasn’t the vice president, and probably couldn’t have passed a course in civics. But for a moment there, he almost brought on a Constitutional crisis. What if he had tried to make it stick?

What if, what if… Who winds up being president, in our disastrous (and hopefully fantastic) scenario? “Guess I’d just better stay where I am until we solve this”—would Biden say that? Or would General Silly Milly step up to the plate? “I chaired the Joint Chiefs of Staff, somebody has to be in charge and it looks like it’s gotta be me!” Presto! A military coup. Third World, here we come.

The Supreme Court’s 9-0 ruling, we fervently hope, has spared us a national pie fight. But we’re not out of the woods yet. We do not know how far Democrats will go, to stay in power. Pray we never find out. We have drifted into murky waters, a fog has descended on us, and we don’t know where we’ll come out.

Pray harder.

I have discussed this and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Take time out from counting however many votes you’ve received for president, click the link, and drop in for a visit. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2024 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By: Devvy

March 6, 2024

The plan to flood America with millions of freeloaders, terrorists and criminals has worked perfectly.  Crime is soaring and those “newcomers” are bleeding taxpayers dry thanks to rotten, corrupt politicians and gutless cowards in Congress and state legislatures.

Governors who belong to the Democrat/Communist Party USA and mayors who ignore immigration laws already on the books are now crying like babies as their cities, towns, schools and hospitals are over run with increasing crime.  Citizens are finally waking up to reality now that it’s come to their community.

Oh, those poor people are coming here because they want a better life.  Think Laken Riley would have liked a nice life and lived the American dream?  Now she’s 6’ under.

There’s a migrant crime spree killing Americans and Biden’s an accessory.  “EXCLUSIVE: There’s a migrant crime spree killing Americans and Biden’s an accessory. Biden campaigned on policies that let Americans be raped and murdered. Americans are sick and tired of being lied to by pathetic politicians who think we can’t read the laws they write behind our backs.

“Now Americans are dead and the left is protecting the reputations of migrants instead of the lives of Americans. Athens father and resident, James Lee, who spoke out against the mayor today, tells Primetime that Laken Riley’s murder has left residents feeling outraged and abandoned.  Below is Trump’s response as well… much more below this top vid by Jesse Watters.”

This invasion was planned and the first day after the impostor playing president, career criminal Joe Biden, was unlawfully sworn in, he did as his handlers told him to do:  Dismantle the programs and agreements in effect under President Trump.  Top of the short list:  Asylum seekers would remain in Mexico (who doesn’t want them) until their court date.  93% of asylum claims are BOGUS and get dismissed. 

This nightmare was 100% avoidable, but thanks to a GOP controlled Congress under President Trump, Republicans did NOTHING but point the finger at Democrats.  For the thousandth time and now ten years down the road, once again:  One of the biggest crooks ever to serve in the Senate, dirty Harry Reid (Deceased), member of the Democrat/Communist Party USA, introduced the strongest anti-illegals bill ever written; 76 pages.  I have written about this over and over and over:  Turn off the money and the freeloaders will leave.  Turn off the money and they will not come – except terrorists smuggling themselves across the border during the night loaded with weapons.

August 24, 2014, my column:  A Bill:  Stop All Public Welfare In Any Form for Illegal Aliens

“August 5, 1993, Dirty Harry’s office issued the following:  In response to increased terrorism and abuse of social programs by aliens, Sen. Harry Reid (D-Nev.) Today introduced the first and only comprehensive immigration reform bill in Congress. Currently, an alien living illegally in the United States often pays no taxes but receives unemployment, welfare, free medical care and other federal benefits. Recent terrorist acts, including the World Trade Center bombing, have underscored the need to keep violent criminals out of the country.

“Our borders have overflowed with illegal immigrants placing tremendous burdens on our criminal justice system, schools and social programs. The Immigration and Naturalization Service needs the ability to step up enforcement. Our federal wallet is stretched to the limit by illegal aliens getting welfare, food stamps, medical care, and other benefits often without paying any taxes.”

“Reid’s statements were to announce a bill he introduced back then titled the Immigration Stabilization Act [S.1351]. I’m betting it was not written by Dirty Harry, but by lawyers who know what they’re doing and the sure to come legal challenges. It covers the whole gambit of turning off the trillions spent over the past 28 years since Reagan sold us out. One section I want to highlight: TITLE X–CITIZENSHIP

SEC. 1001. BASIS OF CITIZENSHIP CLARIFIED.

“In the exercise of its powers under section 5 of the Fourteenth Article of Amendment to the Constitution of the United States, the Congress has determined and hereby declares that any person born after the date of enactment of this title to a mother who is neither a citizen of the United States nor admitted to the United States as a lawful permanent resident, and which person is a national or citizen of another country of which either of his or her natural parents is a national or citizen, or is entitled upon application to become a national or citizen of such country, shall be considered as born subject to the jurisdiction of that foreign country and not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States within the meaning of section 1 of such Article and shall therefore not be a citizen of the United States or of any State solely by reason of physical presence within the United States at the moment of birth.”

Dirty Harry was speaking about the legal fiction called ‘anchor babies’ something I have been very vocal about and ignored by both parties.  Texas did try.  Texas:  No Birth Certificates for Illegal Aliens, mine, August 31, 2015.

“If anyone’s going to be deported, it’s going to be you! … Get out! We are the future. You’re old and tired. Go on. We have beaten you – leave like beaten rats. You old white people, it is your duty to die. Right now, we’re already controlling those elections, whether it’s by violence or nonviolence. Through love of having children we’re going to take over.” –Augustin Cebada, information minister of Brown Berets, militant para-military soldiers of Aztlan shouting at U.S. citizens at an Independence Day rally in Los Angeles.

“Naturally, the corrupt Mexican government is howling like a stuck pig:  Mexico Warns Texas to Stop Refusing to Issue Illegal Alien Babies Birth Certificates, August 27, 2015.  “The Mexican government is warning that Texas’ denial of birth certificates for U.S. children born here to undocumented immigrants stands to imperil the relationship between Mexico and the Lone Star State.

“The concern was raised in an amicus brief filed Monday evening to lend support to immigrants parents who sued Texas after being denied birth certificates for their U.S.-born children, even after showing their “matrículas,” the ID cards issued by the Mexican consulate to undocumented immigrants…They should rethink their bitching because you don’t push Texas around without a fight. The State of Texas has the absolute legal right to make required documentation mandatory. Not to mention what hypocrites they are:  Mexico Deports More Illegals Than The US Does – Mexico tightens immigration laws, while asking us to loosen ours, June 22, 2015.”

Of course, there were lawsuits and garbage websites like Wikipedia continue to publish the conspiracy theory that any baby dropped on U.S. soil is automatically a U.S. citizen under the Fourteenth Amendment.  In 2016, a group of illegal alien mothers sued the State of Texas.  Aww, they were being discriminated against.  No, you have NO right to be on U.S. soil, period.  In the end, Texas was basically forced to reach an agreement with criminals who violate our immigration laws so they can birth their baby on U.S. soil so Texans can be raped in taxes for their free ride – BILLIONS of our tax dollars here in Texas.

Well, now we have yet another innocent young girl with her whole life ahead of her murdered by a sub-human piece of excrement:  Laken Riley, age 22.  LIKE THOUSANDS OF OTHER AMERICANS OF ALL AGES AND RACES who’ve been murdered by illegal aliens.

Riley’s murderer is an illegal alien (not a “newcomer”, undocumented, migrant or immigrant) from Venezuela, Joe Antonion Ibarra.  Athens, Georgia is a fictitious “sanctuary city”.  No Sanctuaries In “Sanctuary Cities”, Dec. 3, 2016, Dr. Edwin Vieira

He is an accessory to her murder:  Sheriff where Laken Riley was viciously murdered — allegedly by Venezuelan migrant — pledged not to cooperate with ICE during his campaign, Feb. 29, 2024 – “The sheriff of the Georgia county where a Venezuelan migrant has been charged with murdering nursing student Laken Riley had campaigned on refusing to cooperate with Immigration and Customs Enforcement officers, a resurfaced interview shows.

“It is not my intention, when elected sheriff, to cooperate with those detainers,” John Williams, now the sheriff of Athens-Clarke County, said in a 2020 interview with Athens Political Nerds.  He was referring to detainers ICE placed on illegal immigrants who were arrested on criminal charges.”

So, voters in Athens in an uproar over the brutal murder (her skull was bashed in) of that young innocent girl got what you voted for:  Lawlessness, rapists and murderers in your “sanctuary city”.  Those of you who voted for Williams voted to protect a career criminal here ILLEGALLY; quoting from the article above:

“He [Ibarra] had entered the country illegally in 2022 but was released pending “future proceedings,” US Immigration and Customs Enforcement officials have said.  From there, he worked in the Big Apple delivering food and was arrested in Queens on Aug. 31 on a child endangerment charge — but was released before the federal agency could file a request to deport him, immigration officials said.

“Ibarra later moved to Georgia to live with his brother, Diego, and the two were busted for shoplifting at an Athens Walmart in October and charged with stealing $200 in merchandise, but were released after being issued summonses.  Diego Ibarra was later detained by ICE for using a phony green card to land a job at UGA.”

NGO’s (Non-governmental Organizations) are overwhelmingly a cancer as too many of them are America haters and in the case of illegal aliens, complicit in violating federal law.  That includes the Catholic Church and other religious denominations who also get big federal bux for aiding and abetting.

Quoting a great American, Jon Christian Ryter, whose deep research has always been accurate.  I’ve always had a great deal of respect for Jon.  From one of his columns back in 2010:

“It was Truman who pushed the Federal Immigration and National Act of 1952 through Congress in the closing days of his administration. Under Section 8 USC 1324[a](1)(A)[iv][b](iii) any US citizen that knowingly assists an illegal alien, provides them with employment, food, water or shelter has committed a felony. City, county or State officials that declare their jurisdictions to be “Open Cities, Counties or States are subject to arrest; as are law enforcement agencies who chose not to enforce this law. Police officers who ignore officials who violate Section 8 USC 1324[a](1)(A)[iv][b](iii) are committing a Section 274 federal felony.

“Furthermore, according to Federal Immigration and National Act of 1952, if you live in a city, county or State that refuses to enforce the law for whatever reason, the officials making those rules are financially liable for any crime committed within their jurisdiction by an illegal alien.”

8 U.S. Code § 1324 – Bringing in and harboring certain aliens – Read it.

In total violation of federal immigration law:  Illegal Aliens to Get Interest-Free Home Loans Under New Democrat-Backed California Bill

I’ve said forever, you can’t fix a problem unless you go back and find when and how the problem started.  Before we get to Part II, you must read this January 27, 2010, column  by Jon because it is the factual history of what three previous presidents did to deport millions of illegal aliens:

“Three times in the history of the United States US Presidents took what would today be considered a politically unpopular position by rounding up and deporting illegal aliens to create jobs for US Citizens. The first attempt occurred shortly after the banker-induced Stock Market Crash of 1929 when President Herbert Hoover ordered the round-up and deportation of illegals by the US Immigration and Naturalization Service. The program, dubbed “Operation Wetback,” was carried out without any protests from US government-funded Hispanic advocacy groups—since there were none. The Clintonesque-liberal media political correctness dictionary was still 63 years in the future and the communist-left FDR (America’s white Barack Obama) federal bureaucracy was still some 4-years in the making.

“The Hoover roundup sent over one million Mexican illegal aliens packing—freeing up jobs for out-of-work US citizens. In addition, some 47 thousand Mexican nationals who were in the country legally, with visas, also opted to leave due to rising animosity by out-of-work Americans for any foreigner in the United States with a job. Operation Wetback was launched in the Southwest: Arizona, California, New Mexico and Texas. But deportees also came from Colorado, Illinois, Michigan, and New York. Since Mexican illegals tried hard to remain under the radar screen, few of them traveled far beyond the border States, thus we can assume that most of the deportees from the States north of the Mason-Dixon line were legal residents. During the Hoover years, immigration to he United States was virtually stopped…

“Eisenhower hired Gen. Joseph May Swing to head the INS and with units of the US National Guard, began what history now views as a quasi-military operation to find and seize illegal immigrants. As hard as Johnson tried to get rid of Swing, Eisenhower protected his man in Immigration. On July 15, 1953, the first day of Operation Wetback III, Swing’s men arrested 4,800 illegals. After the first day, the INS averaged the seizure of 1,100 illegals per day. The INS devoted 700 men to the project, hoping to scare enough more illegals to flee back across the border. The INS claims that under Eisenhower’s Operation Wetback, they deported 1,300,000 illegals. The open-border social progressives insist that all three phases of Operation Wetback were dismal flops, and that only a few thousand people—all of whom, they claim, were legal residents—were deported.” Rest of the history at link above.

Of course, today we are up against a dirty, crooked Mexican president who wants and has been happy to ship us their peasant class; uneducated and disease-ridden individuals (like TB) along with the despicable ACLU and other organizations who want open borders.  The illegal who murdered Laken Riley is from Venezuela.  Maduro is the president of Venezuela.  Another stinking, rotten Marxist who has told the U.S. they will refuse any illegals we ship back to them to them.  See those cantaloupes and other fruits and veggies at the grocery store from Venezuela?  Let them ROT on the shelves.  I don’t buy foreign anyway (and I’ve made that quite clear at both HEB and China (Wal) Mart over the decades since NAFTA was signed). The American people can use their wallet to send a clear message.

Trump has made a huge campaign promise:  He will spearhead the biggest deportation operation in the history of this country.  But can he pull it off?

See Part II

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2023 NWV – All Rights Reserved

NEW E-Mail Devvy:  devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on X. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

Related:

WATCH: Leftist Activists and Illegals Storm Seattle City Council Meeting Demanding MORE Free Housing, Chanting “No More Money for The Police,” “We Need Housing Now” and “Shame on You” – Taxpayers Already Funding Hotels for Illegals, March 1, 2024

WATCH: Border Patrol union chief explodes on Biden in fiery press conference, says agents ‘p—-d’ at policies – National Border Patrol Council President Brandon Judd joined former President Donald Trump at the border in Eagle Pass, Texas, Feb. 29, 2024

Illegal aliens: declaring war on the enablers, April 30, 2010.  No one did and thousands of Americans have been killed, murdered, raped and robbed since.  Instead of voters throwing out the enablers from Congress to mayors and city councils, they keep reelecting the same gutless cowards and bleeding-heart liberals.

MASSIVE Groups of Military Age Males From Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, India, Pakistan, Nepal, and More Filmed Traveling Through Darién Gap in Panama to be Flown into US by Biden Regime (VIDEO), Feb. 29, 2024

Texas will appeal ruling to block law allowing police to arrest illegal immigrants, Abbott says – A federal judge granted a preliminary injunction to block the state’s senate bill from taking effect, Feb. 29, 2024

Northern border: Agents arrest group of Chinese trying to sneak into Maine from Canada, Feb. 29, 2024

EXCLUSIVE: Terrorist Caught Illegally Crossing The Border Was Allowed To Roam Free For Nearly A Year, Memo Says, Jan. 29, 2024

Memo From Middle America: Trump Says “Eliminate Anchor Baby Loophole” —Texas May Have Begun!, August 25, 2015 – Yeah, and here we are today with an ongoing, massive human invasion.

By Dennis Kelly

March 6, 2024

[This is a republication of the article below from last year this time with a few minor changes.  I’ve also added the following caveat:  After some investigation I found that, as always there are revisionist authors out there who would try and change our nation’s history with inaccurate assumptions and speculation about the Alamo’s last stand.  They smear those brave men as cowards and not surprisingly, just a bunch of morally depraved slave owners.  Nothing could be farther from the truth.  The story below is, as accurate an account that can be found and verified by the 15 survivors made up of a few Mexicans who were in the fortress, a slave who was spared, along with Susanna Dickinson (and her young daughter), the widow of Captain Dickson who was killed during the final battle.

It seems fitting today that this story should be recounted and remembered, especially with the invasion currently taking place at the Texas border.]

Do kids have heroes today?  If so, are they real people or are they animated fictitious action figures of some sort?  Who were your heroes growing up?  As a youngster growing up in the late fifties and early sixties in Detroit I vividly remember cowboy singer Marty Robbins singing “Ballad of the Alamo” in 1960.

The song tells the story of the 185 Texans and Tennessee Volunteers who in late February 1836 held out against all odds for 13 days to defend Fort Alamo against several thousand Mexican soldiers led by General Santa Anna, but on the morning of March 6 Mexican forces finally breached the outer wall and overpowered the small force of brave defenders killing all.

During the final battle the Mexicans suffered heavy casualties losing 600 – 1600 men.  The fighting was so intense in the end that reloading was not possible by the defenders and it came down to swinging muskets and knives.  Such a thing is hard to imagine in this day and age.

March 6^th 2024 marks the 188^th anniversary of the Siege of the Alamo.  These courageous men who died that day were my childhood heroes.  They were told by Santa Anna he would give no quarter, meaning no prisoners taken.  Knowing this, every man there was given an opportunity to leave.  Not a single man took that option.  They absolutely knew violent death was a certainty.  They literally went down swinging.

True to his word General Santa Anna killed all of the maimed and wounded where they fell.  He did not allow any of the bodies of the defenders to be buried but stacked them up and burned them.

Today these brave men are forgotten.  Men like James Bowie, the inventor of the legendary knife and Colonel William Travis, (who we named my son Travis after).  Davey Crockett also died at the Alamo, along with 60 of his Tennessee Volunteers.  And what did they give their lives for you might ask.  They were defending the territory of Texas for independence from Mexico.

A few weeks after that battle Santa Anna was attacked and defeated by 800 Texans led by Sam Houston, their rally cry was, REMEMBER THE ALAMO!  Santa Anna who was taken prisoner came to terms with Houston ending the war and Texas won its independence.

Sorry for the brief (and incomplete) history lesson but I doubt you will find this piece of our history in any school curriculum today unless perhaps it’s to point out the imperial nature of America, stealing land from our Spanish speaking neighbors to the south.

So on March 6^th remember that there was a time not too long ago, when truly brave men walked this land.  They sought independence, liberty and justice.  And yes, they carried guns.

Remember the Alamo!

© 2024 Dennis Kelly – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Kelly: denniskelly@charter.net

By Bradlee Dean

March 6, 2024

“He that dwelleth in the secret place of the most High shall abide under the shadow of the Almighty.” -Psalm 91:1

The other day while broadcasting The Sons of Liberty Radio, I received a call into the show asking me what is going to happen to the Christians that are occupying during these times of God’s judgments upon this country.  I responded with, the Bible does tell us:

“Tell the righteous it will be well with them, for they will enjoy the fruit of their deeds,” while on the other hand “Woe unto the wicked! it shall be ill with him: for the reward of his hands shall be given him.” -Isaiah 3:10-11

As we can see, the Lord is very specific in His judgments.

I went on and said that I have never personally witnessed the Lord leave us in the hand of our enemies in the time of judgment (Psalm 7:6).

As a matter of fact, I have seen where the Lord said, “touch not mine anointed (Psalm 105:15), and brought recompense unto those who troubled the righteous (2 Thessalonians 1:6) swiftly (Deuteronomy 7:10).

When you go to Deuteronomy 28:7, Scripture tells us that in His Providence the promises are for us, not against us (2 Corinthians 1:20).

“The LORD shall cause thine enemies that rise up against thee to be smitten before thy face: they shall come out against thee one way, and flee before thee seven ways.”

Then, as I was communicating this (John 7:38), I said, by the Holy Ghost who brings all things to our remembrance, being in the will of God is the safest place to be in whatever state you may be in.

Let me give you some examples:

Noah was commanded to build the ark, which was set for judgment upon the heads of those who refused the Lord’s mercy, as well as it was to save those who responded to His warnings (Genesis 6:13-22).

The rain that the Lord sent was used to judge the unrepentant and wicked men (to drown them), but it was also brought forth to float Noah’s ark which again, in the end, saved their lives – souls.

“When once the longsuffering of God waited in the days of Noah, while the ark was a preparing, wherein few, that is, eight souls were saved by water.” -1 Peter 3:20

The safest place for Noah and his family was right where the Lord had put them:  Right in the midst of His judgments.

What of Goshen? This was a time when the Lord was judging Pharaoh, his house, and his servants, as well as their animals.  However, the Lord told His people through Moses to remain in Goshen.

“And I will sever in that day the land of Goshen, in which my people dwell, that no swarms of flies shall be there; to the end thou mayest know that I am the LORD in the midst of the earth. And I will put a division between My people and thy people.” -Exodus 8:22-25

The safest place for the children of Israel to reside in was in obedience to the Lord and His directives.

Also, remember when the Lord brought the Children of Israel to the sea’s edge?  The Lord made a strait way for His children to get through to the other side in safety and in possession.

This was a time when they were being hunted down by the Pharaoh and his armies, only to hear the Lord say “Be still and no that I am God” (Psalm 46:10).

“And Moses stretched out his hand over the sea; and the LORD caused the sea to go back by a strong east wind all that night, and made the sea dry land, and the waters were divided.” -Exodus 14:21

And in Exodus 14:28, “And the waters returned, and covered the chariots, and the horsemen, and all the host of Pharaoh that came into the sea after them; there remained not so much as one of them.”

For the children of Israel, it wasthe safest place for them to be.  It was the Lord’s deliverance and salvation, while on the other hand, it was the end of the cruelties of Pharaoh and his army.

What of Shadrach, Meshach and Abednego?

King Nebuchadnezzar made a decree that all must worship the image which he created, or else they would burn.

“Thou, O king, hast made a decree, that every man that shall hear the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, and dulcimer, and all kinds of musick, shall fall down and worship the golden image:

And whoso falleth not down and worshippeth, that he should be cast into the midst of a burning fiery furnace.” -Daniel 3:10-11

How did the three men respond?  They refused to worship the idol.  In accordance to their love for the Lord, they obeyed Him even at the cost of their lives, if need be (Daniel 3:18).

Because of their obedience, they were in the safest place in the world, which was in the midst of the fire that was heated seven times hotter (Daniel 3:19).

In Daniel 3:24-25, Scripture tells us, “Then Nebuchadnezzar the king was astonished, and rose up in haste, and spake, and said unto his counsellors, Did not we cast three men bound into the midst of the fire? They answered and said unto the king, True, O king. He answered and said, Lo, I see four men loose, walking in the midst of the fire, and they have no hurt; and the form of the fourth is like the Son of God.”

Consider, if you will, that these men, if they were not in the will of God which was in the midst of the fire, the fourth man would not have shown up to deliver them, as well as the king destroying his own idols.

In response, the king stated to his people:

“Blessed be the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, who hath sent his angel, and delivered his servants that trusted in him, and have changed the king’s word, and yielded their bodies, that they might not serve nor worship any god, except their own God.” -Daniel 3:28

These men chose to be in the midst of the fire, in the will of God, regardless of the circumstances.

What of Daniel?  Daniel was thrown in the lion’s den for refusing the kings decree.  In response to Daniel’s faith, the Lord sent His angels to protect him (Daniel 6:13).

“My God hath sent his angel, and hath shut the lions’ mouths, that they have not hurt me: forasmuch as before him innocency was found in me; and also before thee, O king, have I done no hurt.” –Daniel 6: 22

Take note: In the end, this was a judgment upon the heads of Daniels accusers.

“And the king commanded, and they brought those men which had accused Daniel, and they cast them into the den of lions, them, their children, and their wives; and the lions had the mastery of them, and brake all their bones in pieces or ever they came at the bottom of the den.” –Daniel 6:24

What of the disciples, the eleven of the twelve who were martyred?  This seemed to be a judgment upon the righteous rather than the other way around.  How was that the safest place to be?

The disciples were, without a doubt, in the will of God.

Look to our (their) Lord:  Jesus was crucified, in which He was appointed as the Lamb of God that taketh away the sins of the world (John 1:29).  One must also remember that this was a judgment upon the prince of the world.

“Now is the judgment of this world: now shall the prince of this world be cast out.” -John 12:31

Furthermore, Scripture tells us in 1 Corinthians 2:8:

“Which none of the princes of this world knew: for had they known it, they would not have crucified the Lord of glory.”

Why, might you ask?  Because it is in understanding the mind of the Spirit that brings about the power of God unto salvation! Read Romans 1:16!

So, in understanding the lesson here, all of the wicked and their counsels and devices that are aimed at the Lord and His children merely ends in self destruction.  In life, or in death.

“The tyrant dies and his rule is over; the martyr dies and his rule begins.”

© 2024 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By: Devvy

March 6, 2024

If only Republicans had passed Dirty Harry Reid’s bill in 2017, this on-going invasion would NOT be happening.  No doubt open border cockroaches like the ACLU and others would have sued but I believe the bill will be declared constitutional.

I tried.  Three months after Trump took office, I sent him a letter with the first page of the bill along with a copy to his hot-shot senior advisor for policy, Stephen Miller.  No response.  I waited three more months and spent from my limited budget overnight mail, again, to Trump and Priority to Miller.  No response.  Over the past decade I’ve sent a similar letter and first page of the bill to dozens of U.S. Senators and House members who were all very outspoken about the invasion at the border.  The last one was blabbermouth, Rep. Chip Roy.  Not a single response from any of them nor has the issue of stopping welfare in ALL forms at all level of governments ever mentioned.

Trump did fight hard to get a wall built but he had to battle RINO’s in his own party as well as the DemonRats in Congress and partisan judges who should have been impeached for siding with criminals who violate our immigration laws and given a free pass.

While Donald Trump was a highly successful businessman before he was elected in 2016, he was a neophyte in the dirty, filthy world of the blood sport known as American politics.  I have zero doubt he had any inkling at the beginning those around him were setting him up for failure.  Now he knows.

Trump did not utilize the power he had as president to stop the invasion and either his over rated advisors were also ignorant of his presidential powers or they never told him.  I do believe this time around, when Trump is elected, we’re going to see real action taken right along with riots and violence.  Make no mistake about that statement.  However, the American people overwhelmingly want illegals deported – especially violent criminals and terrorists the Obama, er, Biden “administration” has welcomed with open arms.  Over this past weekend, another 14,000 illegals walked right into OUR country; the Tucson, AZ sector led the way for the invasion to continue.

Trump told his audience on Sept. 20, 2023, at a campaign stop, he would immediately invoke the Alien Enemies Act to facilitate deporting illegals.  Never heard of the Alien Enemies Act of 1798, but am very well versed on the Sedition Act of 1798.  Right away liberals (socialists) and progressives (communists) went ballistic.

Trump said his intentions in using that Act would be to deport illegals involved in drug cartels, human and drug trafficking or individuals from our enemy nations suspected of terrorist activities.  The Center for Immigration Studies (CIS) has a lengthy historic and legal analysis of that Act that I strongly encourage everyone to read:  The 225-year-old ‘Alien Enemies Act’ Needs to Come Out of Retirement, Oct. 10, 2023

Former ICE Director Promises ‘Biggest Deportation Operation’ Under Trump – Tom Homan says there will be consequences for illegal border crossers under another Trump administration.  “I promised President Trump when he announced that if he goes back, I go back. And I’m going to run the biggest deportation operation this country’s ever seen because these millions of people being released in this country, nine out of 10 will get an order of removal based on immigration court data,” wrote Homan on X.

“A judge orders them to be removed. We’re going to find them and we’re gonna remove them,” he added. “If there’s no consequence, we can’t fix the border. We’re going to have a consequence in the Trump administration.”

This is a video interview featuring Stephen Miller on the Clay & Buck radio show.  Miller lays out in great detail just how millions of illegals are going to be deported utilizing personnel from various agencies.  Okay.  One of the biggest problems is going to be what’s happened with the Marxist president of Venezuela, Nicolás Maduro, who has told the fake Biden administration do not send any illegals from Venezuela back to them. Miller spoke about the role of the State Department.  I do recommend you take the  time to watch the Miller interview here.

Besides being Trump’s chief advisor for policy and his chief speech writer, after the stolen election in 2020, Miller and a select few attorneys opened up the America First Legal Foundation.  While Miller did receive a BA in political science, to my knowledge he is not a lawyer.

Now, it’s all well and fine to use the National Guard and all the other law enforcement personnel Miller covers but we’re talking about a MASSIVE undertaking and they better get it right the first time.  Let me refer to the Monroe Doctrine: (Emphasis mine.)

Text of Monroe’s Speech – Seventh State of the Union Address.  Monroe was our fifth president (1817-1825) and a member of a member of the Democratic-Republican Party.

“I transmit a return of the militia of the several States according to the last reports which have been made by the proper officers in each to the Department of War by reference to this return it will be seen that it is not complete, although great exertions have been made to make it so. As the defense and even the liberties of the country must depend in times of imminent danger on the militia, it is of the highest importance that it be well organized, armed, and disciplined throughout the Union.”

Second Amendment to the U.S. Constitution:  A well regulated militia, being necessary to the security of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms, shall not be infringed.

Many Second Amendment advocates celebrated the Heller decision, per Cornell Law:

“In the 2008 case District of Columbia v. Heller, the Supreme Court held that the “Second Amendment protects an individual right to possess a firearm unconnected with service in a militia, and to use that arm for traditionally lawful purposes, such as self-defense within the home.”

Of course, that Supreme Court completely ignored the first thirteen words of the Second Amendment as if they didn’t exist.  Prior to that we had the mess called the Dick Act of 1903 which did NOT Amend the Second Amendment to read the National Guard being necessary to the security of a free state…

Back in 2013 and despite Dr. Edwin Vieira’s best efforts in trying to explain the constitutional militia to a couple of AZ senators, then AZ governor Jan Brewer signed a toothless, worthless law:  Arizona’s Volunteer Militia On Call For Public Safety.  Those who had little understanding of the constitutional militia wet their pants over Brewer’s Bungle thinking that new law was the answer.  Sure, it was as AZ is being still being invaded by double digit thousands of illegal aliens.  So, where’s this “volunteer militia” in AZ as thousands of illegals walk right across their state border?

THE foremost expert in this country on the Second Amendment and constitutional militia is Dr. Edwin Vieira. If you are unfamiliar with Edwin, his full bio is here.  Like hundreds of millions of gun owners over the last century, I had no understanding of the true meaning of the Second Amendment other than I get to own a gun for personal protection until Edwin began writing about it for Newswithviews back in 2005.

Too many gun owners think that amendment is all about hunting.   The links below are absolutely essential in understanding the true meaning of the constitutional militia and will help better understand why President Monroe highlighted it in his State of the Union Address:

Who Regulates “A Well Regulated Militia?” by Dr Edwin Vieira, March 3, 2015

No Second Amendment Revolution Is Necessary, by Dr. Edwin Vieira, Aug. 9, 2016

This series by Edwin addresses private militia:  True v. False Militia and Why the Difference Matters, July 30, 2007

Because there is a great awakening here in America (and around the world) regarding plans to end all nations sovereignty and force us all to live under a one world government, the evil doers – globalists who have NO loyalty to any country – it’s time to go after “militias”:

H.R.6981 – Preventing Private Paramilitary Activity Act of 2024 was introduced by one of the slimiest Marxist puppets and big shots in the Democrat/Communist Party USA, Rep. Jamie Rankin [D-MD].  I watched him perform during the political impeachment against Trump.  It made me sick to my soul such a deceitful, lying POS serving in the U.S. Congress.  Davy Crockett would have cleaned his clock.* Currently there are 12 cosponsors, all DemonRATS.  Here’s the full text of Rankin’s bill that needs to be used as target practice.

Look out because that cancer is spreading:  Republican Governor Joins Democratic Crackdown on Militias.  The bias in that yellow journalism is in neon lights.  Written in 2023, it opens with this drivel: “Several states are moving to enact legislation cracking down on paramilitary organizations after a years-long rise in organized political violence across the United States.”

And just who has been committing all the violence since George Floyd?  BLM & ANTIFA. Not to mention the EVERYDAY violence we’re seeing across this country by black individuals.  And, no that’s not racist, go watch for yourself.  Two days ago:  “They opened a Six Flags outside Atlanta and there was, of course, a gunfight immediately. Massive brawls, multiple people shot.”  Shot and killed; more video.  For what?

As those keeping up with efforts here in Texas and the human invasion are aware each time Texas takes aggressive action to stop the flood of criminals who violate OUR immigration laws, the communists file all kinds of lawsuits.  JUST IN: Federal Appeals Court Reverses Judge’s Ruling, Allows Texas Immigration Law That Allows Police to Arrest Illegals to Take Effect, March 4, 2024.  “The appeals court ruling will stay in place unless the Supreme Court intervenes by March 9.”  Our state has that right which I covered in a recent column:  State and Local Authority to Enforce Immigration Law

As I write this, I have no doubt the communists from various organizations will file yet another lawsuit to overturn the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals.

Trump had better get reelected and make the invasion a top priority.  He CAN re-instate the Remain in Mexico policy and add Canada.  Those here after filing for asylum have 30 days to go back to Mexico or Canada.  Yes, I’m fully aware hundreds of thousands of them have been given court dates all the way to 2030.  TOTALLY UNACCEPTABLE.

The international rule has been asylum seekers go to the nearest country from the one they’re leaving.  Apply for asylum and remain there until they get a court hearing.  Oh, but you can’t do that here!  Why, they’re all over the country, renting houses or apts and their kids are enrolled in public indoctrination centers cheating America’s children by draining financial resources.  Too damn bad.  Either the Trump administration fights back or the invasion will continue and our country will be completely destroyed.  OUR America will be gone.

Back in 2002, I wrote a column, Where Have All the Men Gone?  I received an avalanche of email agreeing with me, but of course, the do-nothing whiners sent some pretty nasty emails so I wrote a follow up column which I have only done once or twice:  Questioning America’s Manhood Draws More Excuses

So, which is it going to be?  Real men and women warriors in Congress and our state legislatures or spineless Republicans too afraid the prostitute media might call them racists.  Republicans who don’t want to offend voters in their district while our country is being invaded and believe me, the crime wave is increasing by the day.

A warrior or a senator like Susan Collins, R-Maine?  Pro-killing the unborn, voted yes to add sexual deviants to the list of hate crimes for which Congress has NO legislative authority, free-trade advocate to keep destroying our most important job sectors; that’s a very short list.  Why she hasn’t registered with the Democrat/Communist Party USA is a mystery.

Oh, relax, FBI.  This is about the Constitution, the right of the states and legal actions by Texas; hopefully other GOP governors will find their backbone and proceed.  Hopefully, your county sheriff and local law enforcement will stand up and fight back: State and Local Authority to Enforce Immigration Law

One thing Trump needs to do on day one besides implement the master plan for mass deportation as outlined by Stephen Miller (which tells me meetings have been going on with Trump):  Put Dr. Edwin Vieira in charge of the constitutional militia to school and get all fifty state governors organized and how to do it.  A series of conference calls and explain to them pursuant to the U.S. Constitution their obligation to organize the constitutional militia.  And:  How the States Can Suppress Illegal Immigration, Sept. 3, 2021, by Edwin Vieira.  Presidential Questions, May 9, 2015, by Dr. Edwin Vieira. VERY important for Trump.

For right now, the only way to at least stop some of the invaders (summer is coming and the number of hordes will increase by millions more to suck down your paycheck and commit more heinous crimes) is the states.  Our state AG, Ken Paxton is fighting like a true warrior, but it’s going to take many more state AG’s and governors to step up and say no more.  Our governor, Greg Abbott is not the big hero people think he is.  The day career criminal, Joe Biden, was unlawfully sworn into office, Abbott (and I’ve written to him several times about this and never received even the usual form letter; I’m not one of his millionaire/billionaire donors), should have called up the Texas State Militia:

From one of my columns last year:  “Texas governor, Greg Abbott, has refused to call up the State Militia which I wrote about in detail, Sept. 11, 2023: Illegals Invasion: What Are You Waiting for Governor Abbott?  Call up the State Militia.   GOVERNMENT CODE  – TITLE 4. EXECUTIVE BRANCH –  SUBTITLE C. STATE MILITARY FORCES AND VETERANS – CHAPTER 431. STATE MILITIA.  Repel means you don’t let any of them put one foot on U.S. soil.

“If you haven’t read it, please do as it’s very important as is this follow up:  Yawn: Governor Greg Abbott Officially Declares INVASION at Southern Border, Sept. 25, 2023.  Years too late.

“I don’t care how loud Democrats squeal like pigs or the ACLU making threats, just get the State Militia on the border.  Once illegals making their way find out they’re not going to step on U.S. soil, game the asylum system or just waltz in and disappear, most will not continue to the border.

“Man up, Abbott.  Either you get tough and mean it or this monstrous invasion destroying our country will continue.  Not a pretty situation but we did not create this problem. Mexico, Democrats & Republicans did by refusing to stop the hordes over the decades. They’ve done NOTHING but whine and play politics.

“There’s no doubt in my mind there will be thousands of Texans, retired or even working who will volunteer for the State Militia on a rotating system.  A lot of them retired military and law enforcement. Not a bunch of hot-heads.  Lawful patriotic Americans stepping up and taking part in protecting OUR homeland security.  OUR duty to do so.”

You can contact Gov. Greg Abbott’s office and politely demand he call up the State Militia (list the government code) and quit depending on other states to send their National Guard.  If 100,000 Texans contact Abbott he just might do what he should have done years ago.  Phone: (512) 463-2000.  Fax or email here.  Don’t depend on someone else to make that call, send a fax or email.  It’s up to us to roar.  You, your wife, son, daughter, sister, brother – we’re all targets of the criminal element that’s been allowed to cross the border and continue to be released into our cities and towns.  More blabbering on radio talk shows isn’t going to get the job done.

Right now, if you live in Texas, please call Paxton’s office (512-463-2100) and ask him to do what Dr. Edwin Vieira wrote in his March 5, 2024, column which needs to go viral and link on X and Trump’s social media platform.  By the time you read this I will already have contacted AG Ken Paxton.  MAKE THIS GO VIRAL:

Now Is the Time for Texas to Seek a Writ of Prohibition

One last thing.  If Republicans keep a majority in the House and Senate, they had damn well better get Harry Reid’s bill passed so Trump can sign it.  YOU have to make this an issue with every GOP candidate/incumbent who wins this Nov.  The free ride is over.  Paxton and every GOP AG also need to get this done; a dozen GOP states sue in one lawsuit:  TX AG Ken Paxton: PLYLER v. DOE, 457 U.S. 202 Must be Overturned, Oct. 2, 2023

See Part I

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2023 NWV – All Rights Reserved

NEW E-Mail Devvy:  devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on Twitter. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

Related:

TREASON: Biden Regime Admits Flying 320,000 Illegal Immigrants Secretly to at least 43 Airports in the U.S. to Lessen Border Crossing Numbers, March 5, 2024

Nice someone besides me is bringing this to the forefront:  Colorado Democrats Lay Off Americans and Mull Giving Illegals Government Jobs, Violating Federal Law, March 4, 2024 – “Despite growing concern over handing illegal aliens government jobs even without legal work permits, U.S. Sen. John Hickenlooper (D-CO) urged Centennial State officials to ignore federal law and give illegals government jobs anyway. The senator even blasted the feds for threatening to sue cities for ignoring the law and hiring lllegals.”

A U.S. Senator telling state officials to ignore federal law.

*Davy Crockett died in battle at the Alamo, March 6, 1836.  He served in the U.S. Congress representing the 9^th District.

By Kelleigh Nelson

March 5, 2024

I weep for the liberty of my country when I see at this early day of its successful experiment that corruption has been imputed to many members of the House of Representatives, and the rights of the people have been bartered for promises of office. —Andrew Jackson

The fight for justice against corruption is never easy. It never has been and never will be. It exacts a toll on our self, our families, our friends, and especially our children. In the end, I believe, as in my case, the price we pay is well worth holding on to our dignity. Today it is becoming harder to speak out, with the inception of the Patriot Act, the president has legislated free speech to be a crime. —Frank Serpico

Our country is now taking so steady a course as to show by what road it will pass to destruction, to wit: by consolidation of power first, and then corruption, its necessary consequence.  —Thomas Jefferson

And I am saying, how about the other two branches? And putting the pressure on our representatives in the Senate and the Congress, and the court system. They should be counter-acting this corruption, but they are sitting there silent.  —Sibel Edmonds

Despotic power is always accompanied by corruption of morality. —Lord Acton

When Mike Johnson was elected as Speaker, I had my suspicions regarding his capabilities.  A few things immediately came to light which made me doubt he’d be any better than McCarthy.  I voiced that opinion in emails and one of my friends commented, “But he prays in the House Chapel every morning.” I said, “So do the Muslims.”

I’ve always felt that anyone who proclaims their Christian faith over and over in public is hiding something.  Mike Pence comes to mind.

My intuition aside, Mike Johnson is only one man.  He has to deal with the Stalinist Party and the neo-con Trotskyites in his own party.  With the Senate and the White House in the hands of the Democrats, his opportunities are few.  However, he can and should completely terminate corrupt and unconstitutional legislation that would be catastrophic to America.  And that includes standing firm against the $95 billion foreign aid package, which includes $60 billion for Ukraine, $14.1 billion for Israel, and around $9.2 billion for “humanitarian assistance” in Gaza passed by the Senate without any border policy changes. Within this bill is a hidden impeachment clause that could backfire on Trump if he’s elected.

McCarthy to Johnson

Speaker Kevin McCarthy was ousted after Rep. Matt Gaetz filed a motion to remove McCarthy for not keeping his promises.  His term as House speaker lasted only nine months.  Republicans dropped him because he broke his promises and made backroom deals with Biden and House Democrats.  McCarthy’s Leadership PAC received funding from Sequoia Capital, an important investment firm promoting business in China.  Critics say McCarthy “shut down” investigations into the CCP’s deals with Sequoia, BlackRock, and other Wall Street firms.

Congressman McCarthy only voted with the US Constitution 50% of the time.

On October 25, 2023, with a vote of 220, Mike Johnson was elected Speaker of the House.  He votes with the Constitution only 67% of the time.

Johnson calls himself a Constitutional attorney, yet he is a proponent of Mark Meckler’s Convention of States (CoS), which is heavily funded by the Koch organizations.  As I’ve stated in past articles, the CoS is an Article V Constitutional Convention.  Council on Foreign Relations and CoS board member, Robert George, has already rewritten the Second Amendment of our unalienable Bill of Rights.  This deceitfully promoted convention is not simply to propose new amendments; it is to totally replace or change our founding document.

The House Republican majority is weakening.  Since Mr. Johnson has become Speaker, Rep. George Santos has been expelled from Congress despite being “innocent until proven guilty.”  The charges against him were brought by United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York.  The House ousted Santos without a conviction or without having committed treason. Democrat Tom Suozzi replaced him.

McCarthy decided to leave the House at the end of December 2023.

The Republicans controlled the House with 221 Republicans to 213 Democrats, making them a majority, but now they’ve lost two.  Rep. Matt Gaetz is again being investigated by the House Ethics Committee.

Should Gaetz be forced to resign, the House would precariously hold the majority by only five votes.

Hannity’s Interview with Speaker Johnson

In introducing the nation to the new speaker, the first hour of Sean Hannity’s interview was a one-on-one interview with Mike Johnson.

Johnson spoke about President Biden’s mental decline which is obvious to both Americans and foreign leaders.

He was asked what he believes, and commented that people need only open their Bibles to understand Mike Johnson.

He mentioned that both Chip Roy (R-TX) and Byron Donalds (R-FL) were working on plans for Continuing Resolutions (CRs) cutting spending by eight percent, securing the border and protecting our military and veterans.  They’ve yet to come up with anything but “clean” CRs and have not even attempted a budget. Both Roy and Donalds support an Article V Constitutional Convention.  (Roy actually nominated Donalds for Speaker.)

Speaker Johnson ended the first hour saying, “Look, this place is filled with people of good faith, deep conviction and they understand the necessity of working together.”

I don’t think so, Speaker Johnson.

His first bill, a $14.3 billion dollar aid package to Israel passed the House 213-200, but was shut down in the Senate and slammed by President Biden.  Nice theatre though.

Johnson, who inherited the problem of a potential government shutdown when he was elected to the role after weeks of paralysis, saw 93 members of his conference in the Republican-controlled lower legislative chamber vote against his proposal.  Almost all Democrats, 209 members, voted for the plan with two voting against it.  Why did 93 Republicans vote against it?  Because almost all “clean continuing resolutions” prolong government funding at current levels without any policy changes.  They don’t want repeats of McCarthy’s CRs, they want changes made!

On February 29^th, the House passed another clean CR; 207 Democrats joined 113 Republicans in a 320-99 vote to approve the short-term stopgap measure, which buys Congress more time to agree on funding for the full fiscal year that began Oct. 1.

Again, nothing is in these CRs about the border!  Do the American people realize what this is costing us?  An illegal alien family of four can get government assistance to the tune of $20,000 a month.  You read that right, $20,000 a month!  Watch the eight- minute video!

The 2024 National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) bill passed on December 6^th, 2023.  It does not overturn the Pentagon’s policy of reimbursing servicemembers who travel to obtain abortions, and it drops House language which would have blocked coverage of transition surgeries for transgender troops.

But there’s more….

Speaker Johnson tossed into the “must-pass” bill yet another extension of Section 702 of the FISA Act; it’s not surprising that he wanted to rush the bill through without the possibility of amendment. Section 702 allows the government to intercept and retain without a warrant the communications of any American who is in contact with a non-US citizen. It is clearly a violation of the Fourth Amendment which is supposed to protect Americans against unreasonable searches and seizures.  The NDAA also contained a $600 million gift to the corrupt government of Ukraine.  Senate votes. House votes.

By a vote of 250 to 180, the House voted against the legislation that would send $17.6 billion to Israel, with 166 Democrats and 14 Republicans opposing the measure. It fell short because it was introduced under an expedited procedure requiring a two-thirds majority for passage. The vote was largely along party lines, although 14 Republicans opposed the bill and 46 Democrats supported it.

In the first vote to impeach DHS Mayorkas, four republicans voted against the impeachment.  One wonders why Johnson called a vote if he didn’t know that Ken Buck (R-CO), Tom McClintock (R-CA), Blake Moore (R-UT) and Mike Gallagher (R-WI) would vote against it.

In the second vote, Blake Moore switched, bringing the vote to 214-213 for Mayorkas’ impeachment.  Doesn’t say much for the 213 who voted against impeachment of the man who is allowing America’s invasion from China and third world countries.

The only Palestinian member of Congress, Rashida Tlaib, was censored for her anti-Semitic rhetoric by House Republicans and Democrats with a vote of 234-188.  The punishment is one step below expulsion from the House.  She should have been ousted like Santos. She’s a Hamas Trojan Horse.

Second Hour Interview

In the second hour of the Hannity interview, House Republicans were brought in and a number of them spoke about various topics. Steve Scalise (R-LA), Elise Stefanik (R-NY) and Tom Emmer (R-MN) are seated next to Speaker Johnson.  Scalise votes with the Constitution 67% of the time, Stefanik 60% and Emmer 70%.

They conversed about border security, Biden and his son, Hunter, energy independence, fiscal sanity, law and order, the rule of law and moral clarity. Hannity asked them about the prospect of domestic terrorism with an open border, the purported weaponization of government, as well as the cognitive state of Joe Biden.

Elise Stefanik is a Young Global Leader of the World Economic Forum, as are other House Republicans.  On February 17^th, I received a form letter from Speaker Johnson.  He requested that we help his loyal friend, Elise Stefanik win her re-election, as she knows exactly what is at stake in 2024.

Mike Lawler (R-NY) and Byron Donalds (R-FL) were also featured with Speaker Johnson.  Lawler votes with the Constitution only 35% of the time.  As for Byron Donalds, he’s no friend of liberty and freedom.

Donalds, has been working with the Democrats to advance digital currency. At the Collier County Republican Men’s breakfast in July of 2022, Byron Donalds said, “The Democrats have promised it will never be used for tracking law abiding citizens.”

Is he naive or one of them?  The Stalinist Democrat Party is who put J6ers in prison.  It is why Speaker Johnson courageously blurred the faces of people at the Capitol on January 6^th on the portions of the videos released.

However, only .04% of the videos are available to the public.  The House January 6^th Committee deleted more than 100 encrypted files days before GOP took majority.  Totally unconstitutional, but then consider who was on the committee.  Johnson is allegedly trying to have those files decrypted.

In October of 2022, at Alfie Oakes’ Seed to Table, another public meeting was held where Donalds again was promoting digital currency.  Alfie Oakes is also promoting the destruction of our 1787 Constitution by advocating an Article V Convention, just like Byron Donalds, Ron DeSantis and Mike Johnson.

Donalds is also tied to Americans for Prosperity, a Koch organization, who are for open borders, gay marriage, abortion and UN Agenda 21/30. Link, Link.  They are also funding and promoting another Constitutional Convention, just like Soros’ Open Society foundations.

A few years ago, Byron’s wife allegedly tried to do a hostile takeover of Mason Classical Academy. There’s a lot of bitterness in the community because they wanted to run the charter school, Mason Classical Academy, which has one of the top ratings in the country.  They did not conceive of the charter school, but had, at one time, been on the board. Kelly Lichter and her husband Nick were the founders. As a state Representative, Byron tried to write bills to make it easier for his wife to accomplish the takeover.

At a Republican Executive Committee meeting a few months ago, Donalds and his top staff member, Larry Wilcoxson, tried to start a public argument and disagreement with Kelly Lichter.  They were backing her leftist opponent. Tensions boiled to such a point that Florida Politics reported it.  A video lasting two minutes and 19 seconds mostly shows Donalds, with staffers Jesse Purdon and Larry Wilcoxson, speaking inaudibly with Lichter in a corner of the store.

Larry Wilcoxson allegedly takes home a six-figure salary.  He is the top aide to Donalds and is his best friend.

Wilcoxson has been arrested multiple times including for child molestation. Link

He was arrested in 2014 for grand theft auto, a third-degree felony. In 2006, he was charged with three counts of child molestation of a 13-year-old girl in Indianapolis, Indiana. In 2008, Wilcoxson was arrested for charges of aggravated assault with a deadly weapon and aggravated battery with a weapon. He had previously been fired for allegedly exposing himself to a female school custodian at Indianapolis’ Donnan Middle School while he was a substitute teacher. In 2006, Collier County records indicate Wilcoxson was the defendant in several traffic cases and a paternity suit.

Many of the family grassroots leaders call this man, Wilcoxson, “Byron’s thug.” Before anyone backs Byron, they need to do their homework, and that includes Donald Trump.

Why choose the neo-con Trotskyites, the WEF members, and the likes of Byron Donalds to speak with Hannity as top Republicans?  Why weren’t true conservative House members like Andy Biggs (R-AZ), Eli Crane (R-AZ), Matt Rosendale (R-MT), Clay Higgins (R-LA), Thomas Massey (R-KY) and a few others featured with Johnson?

Unspoken Issues

The invasion at the southern border should be at the top of concerns, yet everything but the border has been discussed.  Four months has passed since Johnson became speaker, and the border is still wide open.  The filth flowing into our country will vote in the November elections, and the increase in crime is already obvious. Ten million illegal aliens have entered our country under Joe Biden, including Chinese communists, Middle East terrorists, and criminals from third world nations.  It is the Cloward-Piven Marxist strategy to overload the system and collapse the economy.

There was no mention of the alleged 2020 election fraud, the J6 prisoners, the January 6^th videos being totally released, how they will succeed in closing the border, health care, our military, the perversion in education, how deeply they will cut spending, who those cuts will impact, and the massive debt.

Donald Trump’s name was never mentioned.

Neither was abortion.

Speaker Johnson had killed the abortion ban in Louisiana in 2022 while serving as US Congressman.  Pastors Jeff Durbin and Brian Gunter discussed exactly how Johnson killed the pro-life bill that would have banned abortion in Louisiana.

You’ll want to see the 26-minute video between these two pastors and how disappointed they were.

Pastor Gunter called Johnson’s tactics, “Pragmatism rather than principle.”

All the national, state and local pro-life groups were against this bill, HB813. (Loss of Louisiana funding?)  Mike told Pastors Durbin and Gunter that he agreed with the bill, but it was the wrong time to pass the legislation since they have a razor-thin majority in the US Congress, the Louisiana state house and the Governorship. That was his excuse.  The Pastors asked, “Is there ever a wrong time to do the right thing?”  Amos 5:15, “Hate the evil, and love the good, and establish judgment in the gate: it may be that the Lord God of hosts will be gracious unto the remnant of Joseph.”  Congressman Johnson threatened these Baptist pastors that if they moved forward with this bill, it would damage their careers.

We are 34.4 trillion dollars in debt and the interest payments on that debt dwarfs all other government spending!

A crash will be inevitable.  U.S. National Debt Clock: Real Time (USDebtClock.org)

There is no more time for “business as usual.”

© 2024 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Edwin Vieira, JD

March 5, 2024

The on-going conflict between the State of Texas and the Biden Administration over whether that State is entitled, on her own behalf and with her own resources, to repel the invasion of illegal aliens now flooding across her borders (and then advancing throughout the remaining several States) raises an host of constitutional conundra which Texas, the Administration, and the lower levels of the National Judiciary seem to comprehend only vaguely. One of these is whether the United States District Court and the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit — two of the “Tribunals inferior to the Supreme Court” which the Constitution empowers Congress “[t]o constitute” (Article I, Section 8, Clause 9) — are authorized to exercise any of “[t]he judicial Power of the United States” (Article III, Section 1) in this particular matter, or in fact can claim no such “Power” (that is, “jurisdiction”) at all.

The authority of the State of Texas in the premises is beyond rational dispute. Article I, Section 10, Clause 3 provides (in pertinent part) that “[n]o State shall, without the Consent of Congress, * * * keep Troops * * * in time of Peace, * * * or engage in War, unless actually invaded, or in such imminent Danger as will not admit of delay”. Plainly, this imports that each and every State may “engage in War[ when] actually invaded, or in such imminent Danger as will not admit of delay”, and may “keep Troops * * * in [such] time of [War]”, “without the Consent of Congress” and therefore not subject to the absence of such “Consent” or to the “[Dis]sent of Congress” — howsoever Congress might attempt to withhold its “Consent” or to express its “[Dis]sent”. Unlike the somewhat vague reservation of undefined powers to the States within the Tenth Amendment, this power is reserved in the original Constitution to each and every State in explicit and unmistakable, indeed emphatic, language.

Precisely because this power is explicitly reserved to the States in the original Constitution, it cannot be nullified, negated, overridden, abridged, infringed upon, or otherwise impaired in its exercise by the exercise of any power the Constitution delegates to Congress. For all constitutional powers are of equal dignity. None is supreme over or superior to any other. Each must be exercised in harmony with all of the others. In this regard, Congress is not superior to the States, and the States are not superior to Congress, but each is situated on the selfsame constitutional plane.

For this reason, the statutes which Congress has enacted (or perhaps will enact) with respect to immigration and control of the National borders (pursuant, say, to its powers “[t]o establish an uniform Rule of Naturalization”, “[t]o regulate Commerce with foreign Nations”, and “[t]o make all Laws which shall be necessary and proper for carrying into Execution the foregoing Powers, and all other Powers vested by this Constitution in the Government of the United States, or in any Department or Officer thereof”, under Article I, Section 8, Clauses 4, 3, and 18) cannot interfere with the constitutional power of the States under Article I, Section 10, Clause 3. Certainly the so-called “Supremacy Clause” (Article VI, Clause 2), upon which the Biden Administration sets such unjustifiable store, can have no effect whatsoever. That Clause provides (in pertinent part) that “[t]his Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof * * * shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding”. Self-evidently, the “supremacy” being invoked on behalf of “the Laws of the United States” is over “the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary” — not some fictional, indeed logically and legally self-contradictory, “supremacy” of one provision of the Constitution of the United States over another provision of the selfsame Constitution. In short, the Supremacy Clause is irrelevant to matters arising under Article I, Section 10, Clause 3; and anyone contending otherwise is simply constitutionally illiterate (or astride some ideological hobbyhorse).

Now the peculiarity of the present situation, unknown in the tortuous course of constitutional law heretofore (as far as the present author is aware), is that both of the “Tribunals inferior to the Supreme Court” with which Texas is now enmeshed in the toils of litigation are the mere statutory creatures of Congress. Neither of them has independent and self-sufficient constitutional provenance, existence, recognition, or authority of any sort. That being so, at least arguable is that these “Tribunals” neither enjoy authority of their own, nor can claim authority from Congress, either to withhold  “Consent” or to “[Dis]sent” from the exercise by Texas of the powers explicitly reserved to her in Article I, Section 10, Clause 3. Surely the Constitution affords these “Tribunals” no such authority directly, and Congress cannot delegate any such authority to them, because Congress itself enjoys no authority either to “Consent” (which option is irrelevant), or (conversely) to withhold “Consent” or express “[Dis]sent” (which alternatives are prohibited), with respect to the exercise by Texas of those powers. Thus, these “Tribunals” can claim no “jurisdiction” whatsoever in the premises, from any constitutional source, directly or indirectly. Therefore, they cannot issue any purported “judgements”, “rulings”, “orders”, decisions”, and so on in any litigation supposedly involving Texas (or any other State similarly situated) which arises under the “keep[ing] Troops” and “engag[ing] in War” provisions of Article I, Section 10, Clause 3.

So, what is to be done? The most direct course would be for Texas to present “a suggestion concerning absence of jurisdiction” to both the District Court and the Court of Appeals, respectfully but firmly requesting their recognition of their lack of jurisdiction. (A litigant can always bring to a court’s attention the court’s lack of jurisdiction, at any stage of the proceedings.) Simultaneously, Texas should file with the Supreme Court of the United States an emergency petition for an extraordinary writ in the nature of prohibition, to compel these lower courts to cease and desist from their improvident exercises of nonexistent jurisdiction, if they fail to do so on their own sua sponte.

This would not leave unaddressed the constitutional questions arising out of the State’s assertion of her powers under Article I, Section 10, Clause 3. No, indeed. For the United States (or some officers thereof) could sue Texas, or Texas could sue the United States (or some officers thereof), with respect to those issues in the “original Jurisdiction” of the Supreme Court, because any such suit would be a “Case[ ] * * * in which a State shall be a Party” (Article III, Section 2, Clause 2). This, of course, is precisely the venue in which all weighty matters of constitutional first principles involving the States should be heard — especially in this “Case[ ]”, given that it brings to the fore questions of constitutionally reserved State sovereignty stemming from no less than the Declaration of Independence itself, wherein the thirteen original “Free and Independent States” assumed for themselves (and for all other States later confederating with them) “full Power to levy War”, a power not relinquished outright in the Constitution, but only qualified in Article I, Section 10, Clause 3.

To be sure, the Supreme Court might attempt to evade its plain constitutional responsibility to hear such a “Case[ ]”, by invoking a supposed privilege to refuse to exercise its “original Jurisdiction” (as it did in the “Case[ ]” which Texas brought, raising the issue of voting irregularities in the 2020 Presidential election). One can hope that the well of judicial dereliction of duty is not so deep that two buckets of everlasting shame can be drawn from it in such a short span of time.

Whatever the Supreme Court might or might not do, it would behoove Texas to follow this course of action in order to bring to the public’s attention, in the sharpest focus possible, exactly how extremely serious constitutionally (as well as politically, economically, and socially) the invasion of this country by illegal aliens actually is. As always in matters of such grave consequence, time is running out. Pussy-footing around is no longer an option, if it ever was one.

© 2024 Edwin Vieira – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Edwin Vieira: edwinvieira@gmail.com

By: Amil Imani

March 5, 2024

The human spirit yearns for a singular, defining element, a force that separates mere existence from vibrant being. This element, this lifeblood of the soul, is the coveted and enigmatic quality known as free will. It is not simply the freedom to choose but the transcendent freedom to choose who we become, a symphony of possibility conducted by the unyielding maestro of our consciousness.  It is the divine gift bestowed upon us, granting the ability to chart our own course, carve our destiny, and sculpt our reality according to the dictates of our deepest desires and aspirations.

Free will is the defiant flicker of individuality against the relentless backdrop of determinism. The sculptor carves purpose from the raw marble of circumstance, weaving a unique narrative from the threads of experience. It is the alchemist, transforming the base metals of circumstance into the gleaming gold of personal destiny. Free Will is the beacon of light that illuminates the path of our existence. It is the essence of our sovereignty as sentient beings, empowering us to navigate the labyrinth of life with courage, conviction, and unwavering resolve.

This potent cocktail of choice and consequence is the crucible in which the human spirit is forged. It is the canvas upon which we paint the strokes of our character, the chisel that shapes the contours of our personality. Free Will is the catalyst for transformation, the catalyst for evolution, and the catalyst for growth. Through the exercise of free will, we become not only the subjects of our lives but also the authors, etching an indelible mark on the fabric of existence.

But free will is not a solo performance. It thrives in the vibrant interplay of individual choices and the collective symphony of humanity. Our choices, whether grand gestures or seemingly minute decisions, ripple outwards, impacting the lives of those around us. This interconnectedness fosters a sense of responsibility, reminding us that our freedom is inextricably linked to the choices of others. It compels us to consider the potential consequences of our actions, not just on ourselves but on the intricate dance of life unfolding around us.

However, the power of free will is not without its shadow. With freedom comes great responsibility, and the burden of choice can be heavy. Navigating the maze of possibilities, confronting the uncertainty of the unknown, and accepting the consequences of our decisions can be daunting. This is where the delicate balance between freedom and responsibility lies.

The responsibility is to wield our power wisely, make choices that align with our highest good, and honor the sacred trust bestowed upon us by the universe. It is a solemn duty, a sacred obligation, and a sacred duty; for great power comes great responsibility.

Free will does not absolve us of the impact of external forces, nor does it promise a world devoid of hardship. It grants us the power to acknowledge these forces and choose how we respond. It empowers us to rise above the limitations imposed by circumstance and become architects of our own destiny.

The true power of free will, however, lies not solely in shaping our individual lives but in its collective potential. When individuals, empowered by free will, unite in a shared vision, mountains can be moved. From dismantling oppressive regimes to pursuing scientific breakthroughs, the collective exercise of free will has propelled humanity towards progress and betterment.

Yet, the very essence of free will also presents a potential pitfall. Unbridled individualism can morph into unbridled self-interest, undermining the very fabric of a collective society. Recognizing this, it becomes imperative to cultivate a sense of shared responsibility, where individual freedom finds its true expression in contributing to the greater good.

Ultimately, free will is not a static state but a dynamic process. It is a journey of self-discovery, a continuous wrestling with the complexities of existence, and a relentless pursuit of personal evolution. It is the fire within, the insatiable thirst for knowledge, the relentless pursuit of growth. It is the essence of what makes us human – the unique ability to choose, evolve, and forge our path in the grand tapestry of existence.

Free will is a gift, and it is a responsibility, too. It demands courage, resilience, and an unwavering commitment to shaping our individual lives and the collective song of humanity. It is a journey, not a destination, a continuous pursuit of becoming, not merely being. As we celebrate the power of free will, let us remember the responsibility it embodies and strive to use it not just for personal gain but for the betterment of society and for the flourishing of life itself.

© 2024 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

by Kathleen Marquardt

March 4, 2024

Last year, the Environmental Protection Agency allocated $3 million for Tennessee to develop its first-ever climate plan through a Climate Pollution Reduction Planning Grant, which was established by the Inflation Reduction Act. The plan is to be divided into two parts and done over four years: the Priority Climate Action Plan and the Comprehensive Climate Action Plan.

But this plan is not just for Tennessee, it is for every state. Multiple departments of the federal government have put this plan together, and they certainly aren’t about to write a different one for other states. Look into your local general plan, and you might just see these edicts spelled out there.

The agency will create an inventory of the state’s biggest climate offenders — and then draft a plan to cut that pollution statewide.

Below (in italics and blue print and quotes) is the Executive Summary from THE U.S. NATIONAL BLUEPRINT FOR TRANSPORTATION DECARBONIZATION. “The Long-Term Strategy published by the White House in 2021 calls for an 80-100% reduction in transportation emissions by 2050.” [1] My comments are in black regular print. This is long-ish, but worth the read. It is, or will be, in every state of the Union.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

“The transportation sector is the largest source of greenhouse gas emissions in the United States, responsible for one-third of all emissions. To address the growing climate crisis, and to meet the goal of net-zero GHG emissions economy-wide by 2050, it is critical to decarbonize transportation by eliminating nearly all GHG emissions from the sector.“

Here is an excellent explanation of why net-zero is impossible and stupid. [2]

“As our transportation system and communities are increasingly threatened by worsening climate impacts such as hurricanes, wildfires, flooding, heatwaves, and drought, decarbonizing the sector is essential to addressing this existential crisis.”

Not one of those scares is true. And, the “decarbonizing“ plan is total nonsense being used to scare us into falling for their plans that are designed to bankrupt our states and country, — as well as us individuals.

“The recently enacted Bipartisan Infrastructure Law (BIL) and Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) together represent historic investments in the future of our nation that will transform how we move and live while we build the backbone of a safer and more sustainable transportation system.

“This Blueprint for Transportation Decarbonization follows the momentum from those investments to crystallize a first-of-its-kind strategy for federal leadership and partnerships to decarbonize the entire U.S. transportation sector. Decarbonizing transportation will affect everyone, and solutions must address the needs of all urban, suburban, and rural communities; businesses of all sizes; and individuals and families at every socioeconomic level. The scope, scale, and speed of the shift will continue to require solutions that leverage market forces and private sector investments, which government policies and investments should jumpstart and guide.”

The above statement is the plan, upfront and basic.

♦ “Transform how we move” means we will be walking, biking, or taking public transportation (as far as allowed).
♦ “Where we live” means we will be herded into 15-Minute Cities, where the powers-that-be can control our every move (and soon even our thoughts).
♦ “while we build the backbone of a safer and more sustainable transportation system. . .” which means the lowest-common denominators of transportation – walking, biking, and riding a bus on the few outings a year we are allowed to step out of our 15-Minute city. Says so right below.
♦ with the winter storm we just experienced at Christmas, we see how well those Electric Vehicles (mentioned below) that we are supposed to be transferring to in order to make the far more practical gas-guzzling vehicles obsolete.

“Decarbonizing the transportation sector will require multiple strategies and resources to deliver clean, safe, secure, accessible, affordable, and equitable solutions to existing and emerging challenges. Working with partners to enhance land-use planning will tackle the problem at the root and make it appealing and practical for people to take fewer or shorter trips, or to walk or bike on those trips where that is feasible. Implementing large investments in rail, public transportation, and safe active transportation infrastructure will give people the option to safely use more energy-efficient forms of transportation. And, thanks to significant strides in research, development, and demonstration (RD&D), technologies to decarbonize most transportation systems are within sight and offer realistic and viable pathways. The electrification of cars, trucks, and buses and providing the necessary infrastructure to charge them is underway and must accelerate.

“Given different applications and requirements, decarbonizing the entire transportation sector will require a diverse portfolio of solutions and technologies. This Blueprint focuses on those solutions that are viable and have sufficient resources to scale. Additional RD&D will be needed to further improve certain solutions and reduce costs, but progress and demonstration of promising technologies is well underway. COORDINATION IS NEEDED Implementing a holistic decarbonization strategy will require coordinated actions from federal, regional, state, local, and Tribal governments; nonprofit and philanthropic organizations; and private industries.

“Increase Collaboration: Create and support collaborative programs that leverage the combined expertise of DOE, DOT, EPA, HUD, and other federal 4 THE U.S. NATIONAL BLUEPRINT FOR TRANSPORTATION DECARBONIZATION partners, and expand the federal government’s partnerships with regional, state, local, and Tribal governments; private industry; community-based organizations; and other stakeholders. • Establish U.S. Leadership: Position the U.S. to lead the global race to clean transportation solutions, creating well-paying domestic jobs, strengthening U.S. energy independence and security, and developing robust and sustainable new domestic and international supply chains for clean transportation technologies.

“IMMEDIATE ACTIONS AND LONG-TERM PLANNING Implementing immediate strategies that achieve meaningful emissions reductions this decade is essential to reaching our nation’s 2030 emissions reduction goals in line with the president’s commitment and the U.S. Nationally Determined Contribution under the Paris Agreement. We must work concurrently to develop solutions that will result in full economy-wide decarbonization by midcentury. This Blueprint provides a comprehensive, system-level perspective of the entire transportation system across all passenger and freight travel modes and fuels, and lays out three key strategies to achieve decarbonization:

“Increase convenience by supporting community design and land-use planning at the local and regional levels that ensure that job centers, shopping, schools, entertainment, and essential services are strategically located near where people live to reduce commute burdens, improve walkability and bikeability, and improve quality of life… …Because every hour we don’t spend sitting in traffic is an hour we can spend focused on the things and the people we love, all while reducing GHG emissions. 2. Improve efficiency by expanding affordable, accessible, efficient, and reliable options like public transportation and rail, and improving the efficiency of all vehicles… …Because everyone deserves efficient transportation options that will allow them to move around affordably and safely, and because consuming less energy as we move saves money, strengthens our national security, and reduces GHG emissions. 3. Transition to clean options by deploying zero-emission vehicles and fuels for cars, commercial trucks, transit, boats, airplanes, and more… …Because no one should be exposed to air pollution in their community or on their ride to school or work and eliminating GHG emissions from transportation is imperative to tackle the climate crisis.”

How they want us to accept being useful idiots, trapped in stack ‘n’ pack housing (the Ideal Communist City) [3] through “form-based codes” [4] (earlier Sustainable Development tactics).

“• Policy and Regulation: The federal government, along with regional, state, local, and Tribal governments, and with international partners and allies, can use a variety of policy and regulatory levers, including long-term planning, standards, and coordinated procurement to support decarbonization of the transportation sector.”

Here we are at Public/Private Partnerships. [5] The reinventing government that took control out of the hands of “we the people”, and put it in the hands of the Deep State/Military Industrial Complex, along with the Global Elites and their tools the U.N. NGOs. These are also called Stakeholders – the people and their corporations that have no connection whatsoever to those they are reputed to represent –us!

“Stakeholder Engagement and Public-Private Partnerships: Stakeholder engagement that ensures representation from traditionally underrepresented, overburdened, and underserved communities across all the proposed strategies in this Blueprint will be essential to achieving an equitable transportation future. Partnerships among regional, state, local, and Tribal governments, with disadvantaged communities, the private sector, and philanthropic organizations, will also be critical. All levels of government need to align their efforts and work with private industry and community stakeholders to support sustained and targeted actions. A CALL TO ACTION This Blueprint, which is an important step toward a decarbonized transportation future, will be followed by more detailed decarbonization Action Plans. The agencies will develop and implement the Action Plans and will work with other federal agencies, governments at the regional, state, local, and Tribal levels, philanthropic organizations, the private sector, and with global partners to achieve the following milestones:”

And we can’t overlook the Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion or so-called Social Justice because all of this is to make certain that we aren’t dumping all of the Climate Change/Global Warming on certain communities. But not to worry, we non-elites will all be poor and starving and have no dreams of traveling to exotic locations – or even to the next county to see a cousin.

“Climate strategies must also help communities fulfill their equity and environmental justice responsibilities. Overburdened and historically underserved communities continue to bear the economic and health burdens of higher emissions, noise, and worsened air quality, and it is critical that these communities are not left behind in the transition to a decarbonized economy, as called for in the President’s Justice40 Initiative (see textbox on page 16). Strategies that combat the climate crisis have the ability to strengthen all communities and ensure that infrastructure investments will address current and future needs and avoid the unequal impacts of the past. Moreover, we must ensure that our investments in low-carbon solutions build resilience to the impacts of climate change that disproportionately affect some communities. Building a clean, safe, secure, accessible, affordable, equitable, and decarbonized transportation system will ultimately deliver significant co-benefits to all communities.”

Just to be sure every possibly sensible use of so-called fossil fuels, or non-bug farming isn’t happening, “the strategies themselves will continue to be influenced by evolving macroeconomic trends, technological progress, behavioral changes, and other factors.” Yep, there will be no moral compasses allowed, and thus no property or other rights.

“Many aspects of consumer decisions and business actions will shape the strategies in this Blueprint, and the strategies themselves will continue to be influenced by evolving macroeconomic trends, technological progress, behavioral changes, and other factors. Therefore, this Blueprint should not be viewed as static. To effectively address the climate crisis, we must be able to adjust course and act quickly to meet the decarbonization goals outlined here. With the resources available in the BIL and the IRA, a path to achieving our climate goals and avoiding climate catastrophe is clearer than ever. But realizing these goals and doing so in a way that maximizes equity and environmental justice will require careful planning and decisive coordinated actions. Our agencies are committed to meeting our nation’s goals, and we call on other stakeholders to help us. Success will require unprecedented coordination among every level of government, private industry, community-based organizations, stakeholder groups, and all Americans. Decarbonizing our transportation sector is achievable, and the benefits will improve the lives of Americans for generations to come. The time to act is now.”

Amen. The time to act is now! Or the above description of a dystopian world will be the one we are living in.

© 2024 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koipolloi@protonmail.com

Footnotes:

1. Footnote in p.1, of the Executive Summary
2. A simple reason why net zero is impossible/
3. https://americanpolicy.org/?s=ideal+communist+city
4. Form based codes replacing the everyday American city with the ideal communist city
5. https://americanpolicy.org/2021/11/05/cancel-culture-reinventing-government/

By Kat Stansell

March 4, 2024

How can our religious leaders live with themselves today?

Organized Religion Needs To Reconnect With Their God

Once it was thought that pastors, priests, and church leaders were the epitomy of goodness and grace. Over time, though, congregants have come to allow themselves to be led, not by the Bible, but by the earthly presence of folks behind the lectern, and those folk have strayed.

Of course, religious people DO study their bibles, the words of the Lord they worship, Somehow, though, most have missed the main, grevious shift of their churches over the last decades, as the leaders turned to preaching the SOCIAL GOSPEL, instead of the Lord’s. Most simply avoid any kind of political involvement, and it’s too late for any other kind.

Examples abound, from Catholicism (with their Marxist Pope), to Episcopalian, Methodist, and even Southern Baptist, as they have turned and bowed toward darkness. Here’s one from 2019 and the Southern Baptist Conference annual meeting, the “fundamentalists” whom folks often suspect least/trust the most.

Essentially, that means that religious organizations and their followers are listening to the STATE, not to God. With the state, as obviously worshipping Lucifer as they are today, it is almost uncanny that so many religious leaders still turn away from social action, against the State, and the fallen angel who leads them. Or has the Church been captured by the Dark Side? Dear God, I pray not.

Possibly it IS the organized side of religion that has been captured. What is in each man’s soul, though, can never be had. Challenge your church, or form your own group…it’s up to you. Just please don’t be turned by the siren song of the damned.

NO, I’m not a preacher, and NO, I don’t even go regularly to worship under “the roof”. Long ago, I built a relationship with my God to try my best to LIVE his word, and not be bound by scheduled dictates. Even the “work of the church” has turned me off in these last years. Catholic Charities’ role in drug and child-trafficking centers is one of those.

There are many more, but I promised to keep this sermon short, so I’ll let you look those up yourselves. Or you may already know…

As a child I had a long string of perfect attendance pins from Sunday School. I still have them, and occasionally pull them out and think of how many of the successive years I might have earned a sort of “directional” perfect attendance. Hope and pray it was a lot.

The message I’m trying to put forth is that, standing with God can take many many different forms, as long as the basics are there in your life…. you know… JOY. My mom taught me the meaning of those words decades ago Put Jesus first, then Others, then Yourself, and you will know real JOY. Lord knows, she was a whole lot better at it than I am, but I try, and that is what it is all about. Trying.

I’d love to see more organized religion turn back to the Lord’s Gospel, and become actively involved. After all, God’s Son overturned the tables of the money changers in the Temple. It’s the least we can do to help our nation.

© 2024 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

By Dr. Mike Spaulding

March 3, 2024

“Truth will ultimately prevail where pains are taken to bring it to light.”  —George Washington

We are living in unprecedented times. America appears to be imploding. The once strong moral and social fabric of American society has become threadbare and is showing serious signs of tearing apart. How did this happen? How did this happen seemingly “overnight”?

Answering the first question is easy. America is in the position that it is because evil has been allowed to permeate every facet of our government, civic, and social institutions, and has propagandized a critical mass of Americans.

The intentional removal of American civics from the classroom, the obfuscation of the responsibilities of every citizen in this Constitutional Republic, and a state-controlled media has resulted in a population of extremely mis and disinformed people who unwittingly advocate for their own demise. Freedom and liberty are on life-support because most Americans are fixated on themselves, their pleasures, their material prosperity, and their comforts and lusts (James 4:1-4). Too many Americans are averse to any type of sacrifice, service for others, or upholding the truth of foundational principles of right and wrong. Live and let live is a sure recipe for death. Living your life while watching other people destroy theirs, as well as those close to them, is not compassion and mercy. It is shameful indifference and worse. That is what we are seeing right now in America.

The answer to the second question, “How did this happen seemingly overnight,” is that it did not happen overnight. It has been a slow and deliberate strategy to undermine American exceptionalism by methodically undermining what made her strong, to begin with, an adherence to Judeo-Christian principles and truth. A nation that was established to be that city on a hill, shining the Gospel light to the entire world, once lived up to that divine mantle. But, alas, the light has been slowly dimmed such that today, other nations send missionaries to America!

America has a dual personality. The rest of the world sees America as either that place where dreams come true, the fabled land of freedom and liberty, or as an enemy that foments wars and the inevitable consequences of war such as destroyed economies, poverty, disease, and years of tragic turmoil trying to rebuild lives after the Americans leave. Most Americans only see the former. I was reminded of this dual personality once again in a book I recently read. In Dallas ’63: The First Deep State Revolt Against the White House,[1] author Peter Dale Scott alerts readers to the true nature of America.

The massive projection of U.S. wealth and power abroad has produced a massive increase of covert unchecked power in Washington, to the extent that we now have what the journalists Dana Priest and William Arkin have called: two governments: the one its citizens were familiar with, operated more or less in the open: the other a parallel top-secret government whose parts had mushroomed in less than a decade into a gigantic, sprawling universe of its own, visible to only a carefully vetted cadre – and its entirety…visible only to God.

The power of the public state is based on the constitution and periodic elections and is thus limited by checks and balances. The power of the covert deep state, in contrast, is unchecked and has expanded as the global U.S. presence has expanded. The two kinds of power were destined to come into conflict. The public state aims at openness and persuasion. The deep state represents the opposite, intervention by secrecy and violence. (pp.5-7)

What we are seeing today in America is the clash of two worldviews of two distinct aims and goals for the nation of America and indeed, for the world. Behind the secrecy and domination through violence is the deep state, composed of various organizations and individuals who collectively have one common goal – control the world and increase their personal wealth regardless of the cost to anyone else. These individuals and organizations are composed of well-known individuals, business people, heads of major global corporations, politicians, historically wealthy families, central banking cartels, media conglomerates, and of course, various religious factions.

I will not go into greater detail than that here. That work is left for you to do. The information is available in abundance for those who have eyes to see and ears to hear. (Luke 10:23). Do not be the person who is critical of revealed truth when you have never bothered to verify anything. The Bible says God’s people perish because they have a lack of knowledge. There is a serious lack of not only biblical knowledge but of knowledge concerning the reality of the world we live in. America is in the throes of death precisely because Americans have allowed the God-haters and America-haters to thrive and press their ungodly views upon everyone else.

Even in the midst of this current struggle I have hope. I have hope because I believe that what is right will prevail even in this dark hour. I have hope because I do not believe God is done with America yet. I have hope because I know of many Americans who have been awakened from their slumbers and understand the times in which we live demand a swift and pronounced opposition to what the deep state desires to do to us all. But most importantly, I have hope rooted in the Lord Jesus Christ, who has already won the greatest victory over any and every deep state and those individuals and organizations that empower them. I have hope that the true church of the Lord Jesus Christ will rise up and make this our finest hour in America.

Will you join me in this struggle? I am praying for God’s mercy. We may be under the judgment of God, or we may simply be reaping the fruit of our own failure to be the moral compass for America. Regardless of which it is, we are not free to sit back and do nothing.

You cannot sit it out. It is here and it will touch every community large or small. There will be no standing on the sidelines observing this war. If America is to survive every man and woman who loves America in spite of its blemishes, must invest themselves in this struggle. I hope one day I will be able to say to my grandchildren, I did all I could and left everything on the field of battle so that you might enjoy the freedom and liberty you now have. Let’s do this for the glory and honor of God!

Semper Fidelis to Jesus!

© 2024 Mike Spaulding – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Mike Spaulding: drmichaelspaulding@gmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] Peter Dale Scott, Dallas ’63: The First Deep State Revolt Against the White House, (Open Road Integrated Media: New York, 2015).

By Reverend Glynn Adams

March 3, 2024

“But the Spirit explicitly says that in later times some will fall away from the faith, paying attention to deceitful spirits and doctrines of demons” (1 Timothy 4:1)

There is a war going on against the Body of Christ and God whose absolute goal is to destroy our faith in Jesus Christ and America.   These demonic globalists elites started out using the Frankfurt School to systemically change America but in these last days, it is being carried out by Klaus Schwab and the World Economic Forum and various demonic New World Order Occult Elites.

They knew if a nation followed God, it would be impossible to overtake that nation so they devised a systematic plan to change America by first attacking the morality of this nation, the family structure, Christianity, and our Constitution.  By their own words, they boasted if we can get America to sin, America will forget God.  If we weaken the family structure, it will destroy America.   In secret, they went into the interior of our nation into our institutions of influence such as text book publishing, all forms of media such as radio, television, movies, video games, and into our schools and universities, into our government, corporations, and our seminaries and churches.

Then they brought forth a flood of anti- God, anti-family, anti- Christianity, and anti- Constitution – the God is Dead Movement to attack Christianity, the Women’s Liberation movement to get mothers out of the home, on TV the father was portrayed as weak, non-caring, and out of touch, the homosexual movement, free sex movement, and pornography to attack further our moral compass.  Hollywood did their share with vile movies and sex as well as TV.   They used such people as Dr. Spock, a well- known child psychologists to attack God’s laws for raising children and discipline, easy divorce, and a constant campaign of lies against Christianity, pastors, churches, and our Constitution.

Many of us in the 80s and 90s warned the nation and churches of this systematic revolution against the family, morality, Christianity, and our Constitution but we were ignored.  The churches and pastors refused to face the reality of our day and we were considered troublemakers, outcasts, and out of the mainstream of Christianity.   In the church I pastored, a deceived Southern Baptist Deacon said, “No Marxists or demons here in America Brother Adams will never ever overtake our nation!!!!”

Nothing has changed since then as the pastors and church still refuse to take a stand against the enemies destroying this nation.  Christians then and now are just like the ten spies in Numbers 13 and 14, that could only see themselves as grasshoppers and the giants were too big for them and God.  It is not the Democrats, Marxists New World elites, George Soros, or any other that is destroying America.  It is the pastors and the Body of Christ in this nation that refuse to be obedient to God and to take a stand and fight against these defeated demonic enemies.

Because we will not take a stand and resist, this has allowed our enemies of the cross to overtake our nation unopposed.  All the while, God is waiting for us to be obedient and go to the battlefield so He can defeat our enemies.  This is what Joshua and Caleb did and they successfully possessed the land and the promises of God.

God gave a law to His children for possessing the land to keep our enemies from overtaking our land, ”If you do not drive out the inhabitants of the land from before you, then it shall come about that those whom you let remain of them will become as pricks in your eyes and as thorns in your sides, and they shall trouble you in the land in which you live.  And it shall come about that as I plan to do to them so I will do to you.” (Numbers 33:55-56) – HATH GOD REALLY SAID?!!!  Yes. He said it and the Body of Christ in America can clearly see what God said has come true.   Is there anyone in America that are pricks in our eyes, thorns in our flesh, and troubling us in the land in which we live?

Plus, our enemies are not done in America.  Evil never sleeps and never quits.  They are progressive and have been in this nation since the early 1900s as well as in 1964 when the Frankfurt School first launched their attacks on this nation.   Christians, just stay in your safe zones, continue to disregard what God says in His Word, stay away from the battlefield like the ten spies, and we will lose this nation to our enemies.

God is not coming down from heaven and fix America.  He gave His Body dominion, His Name, His authority and power and if anything goes wrong in our nation, we are to fix it using these weapons of God, His power, His authority, His Name, and His weapons to fix America.   God sent Israel, the apple of His eye, into bondage because they would not obey God.

“Silence in the face of evil is itself evil; God will not hold us guiltless.  Not to speak is to speak; not to act is to act.” (Dietrich Bonhoeffer’s warning words spoken to the German People who refused to stand against evil Hitler in their day).   May God bless us with some wisdom of God and eyes that see and ears that hear and some courage and a backbone.   “And they overcame him (Satan) because of the blood of the Lamb, and because of the word of their testimony, they did not love their life even to death.” (Revelations 12:11)

In the real Greek World in Jesus’ day on this earth, a group of Greek citizens called the ekkelsia, would gather, as a legal entity, at the gates of their city to discuss the governmental, legislative, and judicial ways they would lead their nation.  They determined what their nation would be like, what their culture would be like, what traditions they would live by, the laws of the land, and the responsibility of the Greek citizens to their nation.   This group of Greek citizens which is called the ekkelsia literally determined what type of culture, city, or nation they would have as they set the standards before the Greek people!!!

This is what God had in mind for His ekkelsia.  We are to be much more than just a fellowship of people.   The ekkelsia, what we call the church, is to be God’s direct governmental, legislative, and judicial representatives, His legal entity, His ambassadors, on this earth.  We are to have dominion, to expand God’s Kingdom, to make disciples of Christ, to set the standards in which we live by, the morals we live by, we raise up disciples in our culture who would represent us in our Republic Constitutional government, we ensure God is in our schools that will educate and make disciples of our children to be the generations that continue the ways of God in our nation, our form of government, and our family structure.

We are to resist any evil that would enter into our land and not allow any strongholds, doctrines of demons, rulers, powers of darkness in wicked places and anything or anyone contrary to the ways of God to be in power or to influence our people, cities, or nation.  We are to use the laws of heaven and the Name, authority, power of the Holy Spirit, and other resources God has given to us to exercise dominion in our nation, to protect our nation and to lead our nation into the ways of God.   God’s people called the ekkelsia was to determine what type of culture, cities, and nation we would have as we sat God’s standards before our nation and this world system.  But we have not done this.

Why has the opposite happened?  As a corporate people we have not obeyed God.  We do not understand God’s purpose for the church.  We have reduced church to going to a building on Sunday.   We have forsaken the ways of our God and hewed cisterns for ourselves that can hold no water.  We have instituted the religious traditions of man into God’s ekkelsia rather than the ways of God.

We have disregarded the warnings of God and allowed our nation to be captured by a godless Marxists philosophy having allowed them to remove our Bible, Ten Commandments, the morality of our God, allowed God’s definition of marriage to be changed, allowed our children to be taught the ways, not of God, but Marxist ways, allowed our culture to be polluted, our Godly values to be assaulted, and God openly mocked throughout our nation.

Instead of the peace of God, we now have the violence and open manifestation of demons in our nation, our cities, our culture, our churches, and in our children.  Demons and demonic strongholds are getting stronger each day to launch Satan’s ministry of death against our nation because there is no sufficient spiritual opposition.  The Body of Christ in America have sown America to the wind and now we are reaping the whirlwind.

We have been too accommodating to the demonic spirits of this world system in that we have failed to give the manifold wisdom of God through the church so God’s wisdom might be made known to the rulers and authorities in the demonic realm as stated in Ephesians 3:10.   We have all authority over Satan and his demonic hordes but we have sat on it while the gates of hell came against the Body of Christ and our nation.

All I see is churches promoting conferences, books, podcasts, TV programming, and themselves.  These are not bad things but are these things the priority we need at this hour?   We must repent, forsake our false religion and return to the reality of Scripture.   If your pastor and church system are not leading you to repentance and preparing you for this spiritual war, you need to find one who is.  The spiritual war is not coming; it is here in full force and Christians have not shown up for this war.  If we expect to save our nation with God’s help, we must get our act together and engage our enemies.

But first we must develop a real, genuine fear of God in the Body of Christ.  Jesus did not tell us to fear but He did tell who to fear, “And do not fear those who kill the body, but are unable to kill the soul but rather fear Him who is able to destroy both soul and body in hell.” (Matthew 10:28)    We have lost that fear of God in the Body of Christ in America!!!

Also, we must get the Body of Christ in this nation into unity of purpose and see ourselves not only with the responsibility to share the gospel to the lost but to engage the demons of hell in this nation with the power and authority of God.   Next week I will present some information on Spiritual Warfare.  In case you don’t know what that is – that is disciples of Christ, in obedience to our LORD and His Word, getting on a war footing and becoming engaged in this spiritual war resisting Satan and his powers of darkness that is destroying this nation and other nations around the world!!!   God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams

© 2024 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

By Rob Pue

March 3, 2024

Here at Wisconsin Christian News, I’m preparing for this year’s Ministry Conference, which will be held April 12 & 13 in Wausau, Wisconsin — right in the center of the state.

We held a Conference every year for nearly 20 years, but after 2020, those came to an abrupt halt, as we endured lockdowns under the guise of “public health mandates.”  In fact, our event in 2020 took place on “lockdown weekend.”  That’s a weekend I’ll never forget.  We were all set to go with the Conference scheduled to begin Friday evening, and continue throughout the day on Saturday.  We had some incredible speakers lined up and folks from all over the country had traveled to our area to attend.

Then, the big announcement came Friday afternoon: the country was shutting down for “two weeks to flatten the curve,” referring to COVID.  We were ordered to quarantine, businesses considered to be “non-essential” were told to close their doors and travel was limited.  There were four other events at the venue we were holding ours at, and they all immediately cancelled.  But we pressed on, undeterred.  Everyone had a wonderful time, no one got sick, and all was well.  We ended our Conference on Saturday night with prayer, but at the time, no one could have known what was coming upon our nation and the world, and how things were about to drastically change for us all.  Those “two weeks” seemed to never end.  Ours was the last live gathering of any kind, anywhere in the country for the rest of that year.

For the next two years, we weren’t able to put a Conference together, because there was no venue willing to sign a contract allowing us to use their facilities.  Such was the uncertainty of those years — they didn’t want to rent us the space for our event, and then have to cancel if the lockdowns were still in place.  Indeed, the lockdowns were still in effect in many areas.  So, we took a couple of years off from hosting our annual gathering.

Then, last year, we began again.  Now in a different location and a with a new way of doing things — and it was the very best event we ever put together.  MANY people commented using the exact same words: “this was the BEST event of any kind we’ve ever been to!”  And it was for me too.  We had excellent speakers, the entire event was blessed with the beauty of the old hymns most of us grew up with — that few sing or even hear anymore in their churches.  We heard many wonderful testimonies, several people were saved — including entire families — and about 15 people were baptized.

There was such an atmosphere of Godly peace — even though the topics being discussed by our speakers were some of the most serious and vital issues our world is facing.  Because the Holy Spirit was present among us.  It was a family atmosphere.  The family of God, assembling together from all parts of the United States and the entire time was truly heartwarming.  And the testimonies I heard after last year’s event astounded even me.

Let me share one with you here.  This came just this past November.  Yes, even though our Conference was in April, I was still getting amazing testimonies and positive comments as recently as November.

A lady wrote in to me to tell me that her entire family had been saved at our Conference.  She initiated things, convincing her husband to attend — even though he really didn’t want to.  Then, they dragged their two teenage kids along as well… a 14-year-old son and a 16-year-old daughter.  It was a six-hour drive for them to get to our Conference, and this lady told me that on the drive there, it was a family outing “as usual” — the husband and wife not really talking and both kids in their own little worlds with their iPhones and headphones, tuned out from everything around them.

On Friday night, we had two speakers, Shahram Hadian, a former Muslim and now Christian pastor and speaker; and Lynn Fredrick, who was rescued from an addiction to pornography.  Shahram spoke about the situation with the Globalist New World Order being set up and it’s implications for free citizens around the world.  Then, Lynn shared his testimony and also dealt with the topics of pornography, sexual addiction, the LGBTQ agenda and how it recruits children from the youngest of ages, lies to them, and then “grooms” them into becoming practicing homosexuals or transgenders — or “allies” of that movement.

This lady said her family members were all pretty quiet when things were over Friday night, but she was surprised by the way her husband and kids were so attentive — taking in all the information being shared.  The next day, all were eager to be on time for the start of the Conference and everyone participated in the singing of hymns.  She noted that her son told her, “This is a different kind of music.  We don’t sing these songs in church.  I like them!”  The whole family was riveted with each presentation by the speakers throughout the day.  And she was astounded when her husband came forward during the altar call to re-dedicate his life to Christ!  This was something she never thought she’d see.

But the miracle took place on their way home, which is what she wrote to tell me about.  The six-hour drive home was completely different from the drive there.  Instead of the kids immersed in their phones and tablets, the family talked together in a way they had never done before.  In fact, they talked all the way home.

Their 16-year-old daughter, who never shared any personal information about herself with her family, confessed that she had been hanging around with girls in her school that were not only not “Christian,” but were dabbling in homosexuality.  One of her friends, in particular, was becoming more and more “masculine” in appearance and she admitted that she, herself, was intrigued by the idea of “transgenderism,” but also that she was afraid she  — and her friends — were becoming victims of the perverse indoctrination that Lynn had explained on Friday night.

The family discussed this together, recalling what each of our speakers had shared during the Conference.  And then, the most amazing thing of all happened.  The Dad, for the first time in his life, led his family in prayer as they drove!  They prayed for their daughter and her friends, the Dad confessed his lack of spiritual leadership and asked his family to forgive him for that, and the 14-year-old son confessed that he had been looking at things on the internet that he shouldn’t and he asked God to forgive him, and save him.

This lady didn’t write to tell me of this amazing news until November, because she wanted to be sure this wasn’t just a passing thing, but a life-change.  And by November she was sure.  Over the ensuing months, the Dad continued to lead daily prayers.  Then he started doing daily devotional Bible readings with his wife and children. They left the church they had attended occasionally — which really wasn’t Biblically sound and was more about social gatherings, and they now fellowship with a small, rural church, 45 minutes from their home, but the people there take the things of God much more seriously and have much greater reverence for the Lord.

It’s rare to get a testimony like this because most people don’t share so much detail, but suffice to say, there were many similar stories, and I heard only extremely positive comments from all who attended.  Indeed, the Holy Spirit was present among us last year and you could actually feel the presence of God in that place.

We’re doing it again this year — April 12 and 13.  Our speaker lineup will again include Shahram Hadian and Lynn Fredrick.  But we’ll also have Alex Newman from the New American and Liberty Sentinel, Coach Dave Daubenmire from Pass the Salt Ministries in Ohio, Jim Schneider from the VCY America radio network, Doug Hagmann —  a private investigator and host of the very popular Hagmann Report based in Pennsylvania, and Dr. Mike Spauling, a pastor, radio and TV host from Ohio.

And we’ll be blessed by the old hymns of yester-year again, led by our friends from the MPK Christian Celtic Band and national recording artist Layton Howerton.  This is a truly amazing lineup of America’s most sought-after speakers and teachers, presenting vital truth and information about the times we’re living in.  And every one of our speakers will be weaving the most vital information of all throughout their presentations: the truth of the Gospel message.

Those who attend will find this to be a truly life-changing time for them.  It will be a time not only of learning, but of creating an action plan so you can make a real difference, in your own life and in the lives of others around you.  There will be rich, deep fellowship and new, life-long friendships made.  And as we’ve seen happen so often before, this weekend will strengthen your marriage and family bonds in a way you’d never expect.

This definitely isn’t just “church as usual.”  Those who attend will hear, learn and experience things they’ve never experienced before.  I fully expect the Lord to do miraculous things again this year as we gather together in April.  And this year is even more important than ever, because 2024 is going to be a year like none we’ve ever experienced.

Our theme this year is “We Won’t Back Down,” based on Ephesians 6:13, which says, “Wherefore, take unto you the whole armor of God, that you may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand.”  As this year rolls on, great turmoil is ahead for all of us.  I strongly believe that God has warned His people what’s coming, and now it’s our duty and responsibility to prepare our hearts, minds, and souls, and to prepare physically as well for the days ahead, so that we can stand our ground, and not back down to the demonic schemes the enemy has in store for us.  Those who fail to gain knowledge, wisdom and understanding of the times we’re in and headed for, will have failed to prepare.  And having failed to prepare, they are very likely to fail the Lord in that “evil day.”

Recently, I was saddened when I extended a personal invitation to this year’s conference to an old friend that I haven’t seen in a while. This person is a regular church-goer but responded that our event looked like “fear tactics” and told me they have no interest in “conspiracy theories.”  Their pastor never speaks on any of these issues and they’re very happy in their church and were “falling more and more in love with Jesus every day.”

I was told that as Christians, we just need to leave everything to God and do nothing to stand against the wickedness and evil in our world — just let it happen (we are powerless anyway) — and hopefully by doing nothing, that will hasten Christ’s return.

There was no interest whatsoever in gaining wisdom, knowledge and understanding, much less standing against evil.  Despite God’s Word telling us we’re to seek all these things and that we’ve been given power, love and sound minds, this person, like so many others, believe that Christians are utterly powerless.  They don’t know about any of these matters our speakers will be addressing and they don’t want to know — and neither do their pastors.

Sadly, this is how most church-goers feel about our ministry here, and about all the issues that I believe are so very vital for Christians to be engaged in, informed about, and knowledgeable enough to inform others about.  Having “itching ears,” they heap up for themselves “teachers” who tell them only what they want to hear.  Or as the people told Jeremiah, “Prophecy to us soft things,” rather than truth.  I truly hope you’re different.

I believe every Christ-follower NEEDS what we will be providing at our Conference.  I know I need it.  We must do more than just “go to church.” We must be engaged, we must press deeper into the knowledge and power of God, Jesus Christ and the Holy Spirit.  I urge you to reserve your tickets for this event TODAY. You can order them online at https://coachdavelive.com/event/wisconsin-christian-news-we-wont-back-down-ministry-conference or call me at 715-486-8066 for more information. I truly hope you’ll commit to being a part of this life-changing event.  It will not only inform you but greatly encourage you.  It just may be the highlight of your entire year. I hope to see you there and meet you in person.  God bless you.

© 2024 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 420.

by Rolaant McKenzie

March 3, 2024

The Karate Kid (1984) is an American martial arts drama film that tells the story of Daniel LaRusso, a teenager who moves with his widowed mother from Newark, New Jersey, to an apartment complex in a suburban Los Angeles neighborhood. At his new high school, Daniel is bullied by a gang of students who study an aggressive form of karate at a local dojo (martial arts school). On one occasion, after pursuing him down the street to his home, they brutally beat him until Miyagi, the apartment complex handyman, intervened and defeated them.

Miyagi was an immigrant from Okinawa, Japan, and a World War II veteran. He received the Congressional Medal of Honor for his valor on the battlefields of Europe, even though his wife was being held at Manzanar in California (where she died in childbirth), one of the ten Japanese-American concentration camps in America from 1942 to 1945.

Daniel asks Miyagi to teach him karate, and he eventually agrees to do so at his home. They meet with the sensei (teacher) of the dojo and agree that Daniel will enter the upcoming All-Valley Karate Championship to compete against his students on equal terms, with his students ceasing their harassment so that Daniel can train. Failure to appear at the tournament would result in harassment from the sensei and his students against both Daniel and Miyagi.

Daniel’s training involves days of doing manual labor at Miyagi’s home, such as sanding the wooden walkway in the backyard, waxing his vintage cars, and painting the house, fence, and walkway. At a point in his training, he became frustrated, thinking that he had only become Miyagi’s servant. But Miyagi shows him that repetition of these chores has helped him learn defensive blocks through muscle memory.

Daniel diligently continues the tasks given to him as part of his training, and as his karate skills grow, so does his friendship with Miyagi. Before long, not only was he able to compete in the tournament, but he also defeated those who bullied him, gaining their respect and peace.

The story of Joseph illustrates the long-range benefits of diligence in the small things (Genesis 39-41). He was sold into slavery by jealous brothers, resulting in him being taken into Egypt to be the servant of Potiphar, the captain of Pharaoh’s bodyguard.

Joseph was faithful in handling the small things in his master’s house, and he gained greater responsibility and success. Potiphar recognized his servant’s faithfulness, integrity, and the fact that the Lord caused his home to prosper through him, so he made him overseer of his house.

An apparent setback occurred when Potiphar’s wife tried to seduce Joseph, but he refused to sin against God and his master, so she falsely accused him of attempted rape. Potiphar, knowing his servant’s integrity, likely did not believe he would do such a thing; otherwise, he would have had him executed immediately. But to save face with the royal court and his peers, he had Joseph imprisoned — not in a common jail, but the one holding royal officials.

Even in prison, Joseph was careful with the little things, and the Lord gave him favor in the sight of the warden. So well did he do his work that the warden entrusted the management of all the prisoners to him.

Joseph’s conscientiousness helped him develop exceptional administrative talents. God prospered his work and gave him the ability to interpret the prophetic dreams of Pharoah at a critical time in Egypt’s history. Joseph was elevated by Pharoah to be Governor over the entire country to prepare for a coming great famine, which enabled him to save the country and people of the world, especially preserving the lives of his brothers and their families. God used his diligence to save the people of Israel, which in turn eventually led to the birth, death, and resurrection of Jesus, who provides the ultimate salvation for humanity.

An investor is a person who allocates financial capital with the expectation of a future return or profit. In the Parable of the Talents, Jesus tells the story of a man who, before leaving his house for a distant country, entrusts his servants with varying sums of money with which to do business until he returns (Matthew 25:14-30; Luke 19:11-27). Those who were careful and persistent made a profit on the money entrusted to them, and their master, upon his return, praised them with these words:

“Well done, good and faithful servant; you were faithful over a few things, I will make you ruler over many things. Enter into the joy of your lord.” (Matthew 25:21)

Jesus conveyed the lesson that God “invests” in us by giving talents that He wants us to develop not only for His “profit,” the expansion and glory of His kingdom, but for our own benefit and that of others. Faithfulness in the little things was a key factor in the success of the servants who were commended and rewarded with a promotion, and likewise, if we pay close attention to accomplishing the small tasks well, the talents God has given will grow in value and prepare us for the greater roles God has for us.

In another parable, Jesus said:

“He who is faithful in a very little thing is faithful also in much; and he who is unrighteous in a very little thing is unrighteous also in much.” (Luke 16:10)

The ordinary, mundane things of life are not inconsequential. They are worth doing well, and they do add up. Though we may at times face frustrations, setbacks, and uncertainty, diligence in the little things paves the way to fulfilling God’s purpose for our lives. It is an investment with an eye to eternity, where God rewards faithful service to Him and for others (1 Corinthians 3:5-15).

© 2024 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

By Steven Yates

March 2, 2024

“In our view … derivatives are financial weapons of mass destruction, carrying dangers that, while now latent, are potentially lethal.”  —Warren Buffett

Those who know me know that where human affairs are concerned, I don’t like making predictions. Given complexity, no one ever knows all the factors leading to a given event, or that could influence it. So I sketch scenarios. Scenarios are not predictions. They offer possibilities. They draw pictures. They suggest that if a specific set of circumstances should align, the event depicted could take place. They gain credibility by noting trends we can see if we’re observing honestly.

A couple of weeks ago I posted an article on my Substack publication Navigating the New Normal from one Sarah Smith, pseudonym of a woman I’ve known for years. She’s done a few things under her real name, but with family to think of, in the New Normal she wants to keep her head down. She’s given me permission to draw on her ideas and resources. I’m uncomfortable doing so without crediting her for drawing the scenario below. I don’t know the probability that something bad will happen on April 8. Sarah assures me, though, that well-connected and well-informed people who have better information than I do are worried. That tells me, the odds are not zero!

Open Borders and the Threat of Terrorism.

What are we sure of? That the Bidenistas want open borders. They threw open the southern border after ousting Trump back in 2020-21. Migrants began massing on our southern border not by the thousands but by the hundreds of thousands. Discovering they could cross the border without consequence, they came in even larger numbers. Different sources cite anywhere from 6.2 million to 10 million illegal migrants entering the U.S. since January 21, 2021. They’ve gone (or been sent) to every major city, where some have made mayhem. Only some are Hispanic. Others entering the U.S. illegally are Chinese nationals (thousands — enough to form an army on U.S. soil!). There are also likely Hezbollah loyalists able to form sleeper cells answering to Iran! Should the U.S. end up in a direct confrontation with that country, these cells could easily be activated!

In other words, it’s as if the Bidenistas are inviting a terrorist attack on U.S. soil, possibly in response to the mayhem “our” war machine has made in the Middle East, or just its unconditional support for Israel.

No one I know of thinks “Joe Biden” is doing this. With his cognitive decline, I doubt he can still find Iran on a map. Does whoever is behind him — Obama? Obama’s handlers? — have a larger agenda reflecting hatred for Western civilization? Some think so.

The Derivatives Bubble: Could a Terrorist Attack Lead to The Great Taking and CBDCs?

A terrorist attack — or multiple attacks on the same day — if they occurred, say, in America’s Heartland, would do more than cause a major economic downturn. They could set in motion cascading defaults that would dwarf what we saw back in 2008. They could burst the derivatives bubble. Financial Endgame would follow.

The derivatives bubble is the largest bubble in human history. Its size exceeds the actual physical wealth on the planet. It is not without reason that Warren Buffett referred to derivatives as potential “financial weapons of mass destruction.”

We are indebted to David Rogers Webb who smoked out what the bursting of this bubble would mean for ordinary people, revealing it in his book The Great Taking which I’ve reviewed and continued to reference.

A 1990s revision to the Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) adopted by all 50 states gives special, “protected class” legal status to the too-big-to-fail banks (Goldman Sachs, Bank of America, JP Morgan Chase, Wells Fargo). In the wake of the complete financial meltdown that would follow, the revised UCC would be used to justify digitally transferring all securities (stocks, bonds, mortgages, pensions, 401ks, etc.) to the too-big-to-fail banks, and it would be legal!

Picture awakening one morning, logging into your IRA or 401k to check its performance, and seeing that to your horror, your account balance is zero! Your money has vanished! In a panic you try to call your broker and discover that your phone isn’t working! Your bank is shuttered, surrounded by police barricades also surrounding every other local bank branch! You still can’t reach your broker. Numb, you try to process all this and wonder what happens next!

It’s the Great Taking! See again Sarah Smith’s article here, or here.

The Federal Reserve and the too-big-to-fail banks will then issue central bank digital currency (CBDC) with the backing of Uncle Sam. I envision “Joe Biden” signing an executive order establishing the new financial system supposedly to deal with the disaster and likely national panic that could end with fresh lockdowns and martial law being imposed. Smaller banks not absorbed by the too-big-to-fail leviathans will not reopen. If you had an account in one of them, your money is simply gone!

David Webb recounts how this happened early in the Great Depression.

Technology has changed, of course. Once you’re back online (having jumped through all the hoops of producing federally issued ID) you’ll be able to download an app into your phone enabling you to obtain your allotment of CBDC! If you want to buy food, you’ll have no choice!

A terrorist attack, or a series of them, could be the first cause in a chain of events designed to leave average Americans penniless and helpless once again!

What would be the best day for such an attack?

How about a day when nearly everyone is distracted by something else, something rare and exciting? Like a solar eclipse! Like the solar eclipse that will darken a large swath of Middle America on April 8! This is the essence of Sarah Smith’s scenario.

More Red Flags Now Than Before 9/11.

Sarah told me in a recent phone conversation that county sheriffs in midwestern states have been placed on special notice by the FBI and intelligence agencies. They pay attention, because there have already been numerous hacks, cyberattacks, and other suspicious events interfering with digital systems. One happened just the other day, on February 22. Although AT&T was especially hard hit, mobile users of multiple carriers were without service for close to 12 hours in some cases.

Sheriffs and police chiefs are being told that the American Heartland is being targeted for special attention by terrorists who entered this country illegally. (I recall encountering such talk during the summer prior to 9/11.) Attacks could be physical and involve deadly violence in shopping malls, or digital, aimed at taking down crucial infrastructure for extended periods, or both.

A total eclipse of the sun will cross the Heartland on April 8. Millions are expected to come from non-eclipse states to see it. States are anticipating huge revenues from hotel fees, other extra business, and sales taxes. They’re balancing this against the risks of large public eclipse gatherings. Sheriffs are preparing, with weekly “eclipse meetings.” “Joe Biden” has refused to meet with their leadership, despite the FBI warning that there are presently more “red flags” than there were before 9/11, and that attacks will come: “it’s not a matter of if, but when.”

Sheriff Richard K. Jones is working hard to prepare the residents of Butler Co., Ohio, Sarah’s home county, in the path of eclipse totality. He held a town meeting to share what he learned at a recent conference. Watch (25 minutes) and decide for yourself if you think alarm is justified.

The UCC and the End of Property Rights.

Securities were called that because they were — well — secure! Once, long ago, when you bought a stock, you were issued a paper certificate: legal proof of your ownership of that stock. Part of your private property.

Not anymore! Not since the mid-1990s (an indication that what we’re seeing has nothing to do with the Meltdown of 2008; long time readers know this agenda didn’t begin yesterday!)!

The Heartland Institute, based near Chicago, defends private property rights, with the understanding that without private property rights encoded in law you don’t have a free society.

The Institute recently issued a detailed letter explaining the change in the UCC, which ended private property rights based ownership of securities. Here’s the key paragraph:

Over the past few years, the world’s largest financial institutions, those often referred to as “too big to fail,” have been quietly preparing for a potential global financial crisis. One of the ways in which they have done this is by lobbying legislators to change the way collateral is held under state laws, to reposition banks to have priority claim over the wealth stored in investments, 401ks, and IRA accounts. The result of their efforts is that Article 8 of the UCC effectively nullifies citizens’ fundamental property rights over their investments.

David Webb talks about dematerialization, an important concept in this context. The basic idea is not hard. Webb tells us at the start of Chapter 2 of The Great Taking:

There are now no property rights to securities held in book-entry form in any jurisdiction, globally. In the grand scheme to confiscate all collateral, dematerialization of securities was the essential first step. The planning and efforts began over half a century ago. That there was some great strategic purpose behind dematerialization is evidenced by the fact that the CIA was assigned the mission….

After the behind-the-scenes changes made to the UCC, all you now have are security entitlements. What does this mean? Security entitlements are a phantom, a kind of fake ownership. Webb again, in Chapter 3:

In order to convey to you what has been done, let me start with an analogy:

Let’s say that you have purchased an automobile for cash. Having no debt against the vehicle, you believe that you now own it outright. Despite that, the auto dealer has been allowed by a newly invented legal concept to treat your car as his asset, and to use it as collateral to borrow money for his own purposes. Now the auto dealer has become bankrupt, and your vehicle along with all of the others sold by the dealer are seized by certain secured creditors of the dealership, with no judicial review being necessary, as legal certainty was previously established that they have absolute power to take your car in the event of the bankruptcy of the dealer.

Now, to be clear, I am not talking about your car! I am illustrating the horror and simplicity of the lie: You are led to believe that you own something, but someone else secretly controls it as collateral. And they have now established legal certainty that they have absolute power to take it immediately in the event of insolvency, and not your insolvency, but insolvency of the people who secretly gave them your property as 8 III Security Entitlement 9 collateral. It does not seem possible. But this is exactly what has been done with all tradable financial instruments, globally! The proof of this is absolutely irrefutable. This is wired to go now.

In other words, your stocks are not really yours! The money in your bank account is not really yours! If you’re paying or even if you’ve paid off a mortgage, your home is not really yours! In a major financial meltdown, all could be taken from you in the blink of an eye to save the too-big-to-fail banks, and it’s legal because it’s in the UCC!

Recall that in the future you will own nothing, have no privacy, and be happy? (And possibly eat bugs.) The next financial meltdown will introduce that kind of dystopia if nothing is done to reverse the changes of the 1990s.

Putting This All Together: What You Can Do.

David Webb is somewhat pessimistic, given the complexity of the financial instruments we’re talking about which are beyond the average investor’s level of understanding, and given how far along this agenda is. But we’re not helpless!

First, if you’ve not yet done so, please read The Great Taking and download the film. Do this while you still can! Here, in one place:

Download a PDF of the book for free. Watch David Webb’s documentary here.

Watch a 37-minute summary of the “Great Taking” book and movie. This will make them easier to process quickly. Take notes on everything.

You’ll find an attorney’s assessment of the book’s legal claims here.

Read Sarah Smith’s article (again: here or here).

The Great Taking is heavily referenced. Its conclusions are irrefutable! Webb is no amateur. He has years of experience in the financial world to back up his claims. The fact that he’s made his book available for free is evidence of how badly he wants this information to get out while there’s still time. He doesn’t care if he makes money from this. He cares about freedoms: your freedoms. Which won’t last much longer if something happens to pop the derivatives bubble and we’re not prepared!

A terrorist attack, or several, on April 8, aided and abetted by three years of Bidenista open borders, with everyone distracted by a solar eclipse, could do just that by causing a cascading financial meltdown that would make 2008 look like a bad hangover by comparison.

Will anything happen on April 8? I don’t know. That’s why I only sketch scenarios. The sheriffs Sarah referenced certainly think it possible; she didn’t simply make all this up. Remember that “it’s not a matter of if, but when.”

It’s an easy mistake, thinking this is just the U.S. Because of how technology has connected the world, cascading events would be global in scope — as would be the response, not unlike the response to the WHO declaring a global emergency back in March 2020 and suddenly the entire world is locking down! Becoming an expat — not that that’s something you can do on the spur of the moment — is no longer an answer!

The U.S. is ground zero, however, because it’s still the world’s largest economy. Donald Trump has only gained momentum as the lawfare attacks on him and on those surrounding him have intensified. A powerful superelite sees a second Trump term as an existential threat to its global dominance and will pull out all stops to keep him from getting back into the White House. Leftist foot soldiers are likely to take to the streets well before November if convictions elude leftist prosecutors, leftist attorney generals, leftist judges. Sarah told me she doesn’t think there will even be an election in November. I pray she’s mistaken, but I can’t prove her wrong.

If nothing happens on April 8, so much the better! But something will happen! Eventually!

Welcome to the New Normal!

Bottom line: the more people who read The Great Taking, the better! Forward this information and the links above to your local, state, and national representatives, your mayors, your local sheriffs, your State Governor. Print the letter linked to above (for convenience purposes here it is again); meet with your representatives, walk them through it. Urge them to introduce legislation reversing the changes of the 1990s and restoring unequivocal ownership rights over securities.

Also share this information with your pastors, deacons, priests, rabbis; send one to your attorney if you have one, and the person who does your tax return. Send it to the chair of your local school board, and to members. Send it to any other decision-makers and influencers you can think of. Have them forward it to local, state, and national representatives. There is power in numbers!

Speak publicly to local groups if you’re so inclined. Hardcopy editions of The Great Taking are obtainable (clothback or paperback). Get your local public library to order one if you can (donate a copy if they can’t or won’t), then begin a reading-and-discussion group and work through it. Do these things now, not tomorrow. These are specific actions you can take, in addition to other measures such as having physical cash on hand, learning to grow vegetables in a garden, and other activities that will enable your personal and financial self-reliance should CBDCs be forced on the world. Of one last thing we can be certain: the too-big-to-fail banks and the globalists behind them will not go down without a fight!

© 2024 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

This article is also available on Steven Yates’s Navigating the New Normal (Substack). Subscribe to Navigating the New Normal to receive access to exclusive content.

I have it on excellent authority that in the wake of the counterattacks against alternative (i.e., truthful) media, this site is struggling to survive. Please consider making a donation to support NewsWithViews.com here.

Steven Yates has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

His book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).

By Sidney Secular

March 2, 2024

These are strange days with strange skies and this situation is leading to Florida’s losing its allure as the Sunshine State. All across that state Florida’s “winter people” are noticing that their skies have been unusually cloudy and overcast, the cloudiest in 84 years in fact. Florida is in the subtropical zone where you usually have either bright blue skies or stormy, showery weather with little or nothing in-between. The weather gurus blame it on El Nino (The Christ child, literally), a recurring system that often brings unsettled weather. Yet, El Nino doesn’t explain why we are observing unnatural crisscross line formations in the sky (very like atmospheric checkerboards), that, if they happen frequently enough and with enough concentration, begin to blend one into one another creating an overcast pall. Once the exclusive province of the conspiracy minded, the issue is now being openly addressed, especially in the Sunshine State. The truth is that the whole world is in the cross-hairs and “cross-trails” of chemtrail attacks. It is just more noticeable and worrisome to Floridians who are “livid” over it.

In 2020, the Spanish Government openly admitted to spraying chemtrails in the air over Spain at the behest of the UN. This request was presented to that government as a means of killing what was, in fact, the imaginary COVID-19 agent that was – allegedly – creating a health-care crisis in that state and the rest of the nation and the world. This confession represents prima facie (“in your face”)  evidence that chemtrails are not a tin-foil hat “conspiracy theory” but rather that they are both real and represent multiple violations of the Nuremberg Code – a human rights and medical ethics treaty that today is not being enforced by anybody in any way. Setting aside for a moment the subject of the deliberate poisonings of populations, chemtrails are a component of a plan called Solar Radiation Management (SRM) designed to reduce incoming solar radiation, reflecting it back into space as a means of reducing “global warming.” This plan is promulgated by the NIH, apparently as an authorized agent of the UN. SRM includes utilization of stratospheric aerosols, reflective satellites, whitening of the clouds, whitening of built structures, and increasing plant reflectivity (the color white is the best reflector of light). The NIH admits there are negative health effects associated with their program, which they don’t intend to say, much less do anything about – they just want their actions not be noticeable enough to raise objections to it. In other words, the unhealthful effects are to be covered up until such time as they have glaciers in Madrid.

As usual, where there’s big money to be made and plots to be laid, Bill Gates is front and center in promoting it. He’s spending tremendous amounts of money in implementing sun dimming projects around the world. That sort of verifies that it is genocide on a global scale. Modern devilish doings are all dressed up as virtuous undertakings, but they eventually lead to or benefit the undertakers, so to speak. One of the major ulterior motive/intents of the dimming projects is to create food crises by replicating the effects of a massive atmospheric disturbances such as volcanic eruptions or the results of meteor strikes as was experienced in the US in 1815, often called “the year without a summer.” At that time there were massive crop failures on a global scale, a return of which would allow our globalist overlords to con people into believing we are experiencing an effect of climate change that would justify rationing food supplies, the introduction of insects as staples in our diets, herding people into 15 minute cities and helping create a global totalitarian regime to run these “responses.” Gates is also buying up huge swaths of farmland, apparently to keep it out of circulation for farming as a means of intensifying the prevalence of starvation as his plot unfolds. He undoubtedly has various nefarious plans in mind to sell this land later, maybe for use by the GovMint to build concentration camps, 15 minute cities, or insects-for-food farming facilities thereon.

The two purposes of chemtrailing are to directly poison humanity and to block out much of the light from the sun. Plants need sunlight to perform photosynthesis and our bodies need Vitamin D, for which sunlight is a prime source, so blocking out the sun could threaten the survival of life on Earth. It could also set off a new ice age, especially if sunspot activity is concurrently decreased, a matter that lessens solar radiation emitted, and happens in cycles. Such a reduction in solar emissions is actually predicted by some scientists to start soon and last into the 2040’s.

Another interesting aspect of this global attack is that the aircraft involved in spraying chemicals into the air over the United Kingdom do not appear on radar. A pilot whistleblower has explained that the software in the transponders have been fixed in these aircraft so that they don’t show up on radar. The whistleblower also has stated that all the pilots involved in the program are ex-Royal Air Force used to performing clandestine operations after having signed an oath that they will not reveal what they are doing. It is not a stretch to expect the same or similar situation/scenario in this country. It always amazes me how many “good,” “decent” patriots are willing to murder their fellow man in the name of obedience to the GuvMint. One must assume that they do not understand that they themselves as well as their loved ones are going to die just like everybody else! This suggests that mind control is already well ensconced in our ruling bodies.

Also, on another front, it’s not a stretch to surmise that the nano-particulates in the chemtrails enhance and synergize the effects of the nano-particles in the COVID-19 vaxx shots and that they work in sync to sink us. There are an unbelievably large variety of infectious pathogens and at least 26 harmful chemicals in the chemtrail fallout. These include nano-particulates of aluminum and barium, and cationic polymer fibers containing unidentified bio-active material. An investigator found over 300 types of virally mutated fungi in the chemtrail fallouts. Drugs including sedatives have also been found in the fallout. These substances could be the cause of the sudden epidemics of brain fog and chronic fatigue syndromes. As well, the very plague of such things as skin diseases and tinnitus indicates that there is more to this matter than that which is obvious. Chemtrail components have been linked indisputably and directly with the previously unknown malady of Morgellons Disease, a condition characterized by blood clots and plaques, problems that are also exacerbated by the COVID vaxxes. There are at least 60,000 known victims of this illness. The Government has not funded any research, since it is probable that they already know all that needs to be known and as far as the victims are concerned, anything that the government does would be putting the fox in charge of the hen-house. The skyrocketing rates of lung cancer, COPD, asthma, and pulmonary and respiratory problems could also be associated with the chemtrail deposits coupled with the deadly vaccine assault.

Whether chemtrail spraying is similar to fluoride contamination in water and toothpastes in creating a more docile, easily dominated, and less intelligent population; a means of dimming both the human intellect and the planet; or outright extermination of its life forms, it goes without saying that it qualifies as a crime against humanity, being that it at least constitutes experimentation without informed consent, a violation of the Nuremberg code, and certainly contrary and destructive of the Constitution, the Bill of Rights and the Bible.

Secessionist sentiment is brewing and coming to a boil in the state of New Hampshire (NH), whose motto is “Live Free or Die” as seen on its vehicle license plates. Due to the publicity surrounding the chemtrail spraying, the state is starting to feel the heat. Recently, a bill began wending its way through the NH legislature calling for a prohibition of weather modification, stratospheric aerosol injection, solar radiation modification and geoengineering in that state or in the skies above it. The sky’s the limit insofar as how far this movement can go. However, we must remember that the sky does not follow earthly boundaries and New Hampshire will not save itself if the rest of us don’t save ourselves!

© 2024 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Kat Stansell

March 1, 2024

When the Plastic Largess Dries Up, The “American Insurrection” Begins

Just a thought here…

Plastic will buy you anything these days. Even a hot war, right here at home.

Every time I hear about the cash cards and goodies being handed out to our invaders, I get angry. Especially, now at tax time, I keep asking myself and anyone else who will listen, WTF?, or my generic version thereof. Money is getting tighter for us all, and those who are being brought here to take us down – societally or militarily – are getting up to $10k/month?? I thought we were told that THEY were paying to come HERE.

The latest stories of this abomination come from (where else?) NYC. Mayor Eric Adams is announcing that every illegal in the city will be given $1000 a month. I know that doesn’t go far in NY, especially with a lot of truckers refusing loads that will make food prices rise. (And. good for them!!)

It seemed, though, that one minute Adams was whining how NYC could not afford the overload of human souls. The next minute, he was giving them money. OK, I know he’s a lefty and they cannot add 1+1, but he is now seemingly ok with it all. The money is coming from somewhere. No more carping.

Remember, too, that TX Governor, Abbott, sent busload after busload to NYC. At first, I thought, “in your face, Lefties”. But then I read something that made me pause. Was he helping to gather the troops? We know Abbott is not exactly “one of us.”

This may all be on purpose. The deactivation of these cash cards will happen when the Marxist madmen in DC want to ignite the violence. Invaders will be left to rampage and plunder. Americans will be forced to fight back, to protect their homes, families and food supplies. THAT will be how they start the “American Insurrection that Obama trained thousands of foreign troops to take down. We Americans and thousands of expendable foreigners will be the victims of this diabolical plot.

I’d thought that, if we just kept our cool, and didn’t let the madmen get to us, we could still keep the peace and those troops, inactive. I get it now. Using cash cards to start a war is a real possibility.

The Burning Platform today, shows us a Tweet from a Matt Bracken, that says the same.

The invaders are being kept happy for a while, or at least fed. Are they here to vote for Biden? Some think so, but In this scenario, it won’t matter who is in 1600. Thirty million people, approximately 10% of our population have been led to the public trough, which will go empty when the cash cards dry up. I think the idea of starving out the invaders, so they will come after us, may be exactly the plan. The Luciferian, hideous Marxist plan.

The cut off of the cash card will start the insurrection regardless of who is in Washington. The difference would be how Trump would deal with it.

Our keeping our powder dry, so to speak, will not prevent us from being attacked. Remember hearing about the underground bunkers being built for our government? Remember about the special emergency phones they’ve been issued? Remember how they cleared out Maui?

Yeah, so do I, and it doesn’t even feel like tin foil on my head anymore. This possibility explains a lot of otherwise random weirdness, including the Democrat Party’s apparent nonchalance about running a pair of idiots who are well underwater in the polls, for a second term

Cloward and Piven, now has a new twist. Cash cards were not a part of their world, so they could never have dreamed of the efficacy of this kind of plan. Some group of Globalist elite thought this one up some time ago. They stole the 2020 election, then President Numbnuts opened the borders wide and messed with our food and fuel supplies. Cash cards were issued, and the plan was in place.

As you prepare – and PLEASE DO – be thinking of all of those “Republicans” you trusted. All of them – Haley, Romney, DeSantis, McConnell and so many more – are part of this plan. We are at the stage where, “if you’re not with us, you’re against us”, and RINO Republicans are certainly NOT with us.

Do whatever you can to stop their legislative attempts to control you, your health, your children, your possessions, your relationship with your God. Guess this is another of my “off the couch and out the door” pleas, with a different more urgent slant. Fend them off, and keep your powder dry. For now.

“The only thing necessary for the triumph of evil is for good men to do nothing.” ~ Edmund Burke​

© 2024 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

March 1, 2024

“Some people say that there’s a woman to blame, but I know, it’s my own damn fault.”  —Jimmy Buffet.  “Margaritaville”

It is always some one else’s fault.  Have you noticed that, here in America?

It’s the refs.  It’s the government.  It’s the schools.  It’s the church.  It’s my pastor.  It’s President Biden.  It’s Donald Trump.  It’s the media. It’s the Left.  It’s the Right.  It’s racism.  It’s the courts.  It’s my spouse.  The Devil made me do it.

It’s the mirror.  That is one place no one wants to look.  What was it Michael Jackson sang…?

I’m starting with the man in the mirror. I’m asking him to change his ways. And no message could have been any clearer. If you wanna make the world a better place. Take a look at yourself and then make a change.

Personal responsibility is a tough pill to swallow.  It is so much more comforting to blame someone else for the mess that we have made of this nation. The church sucks.  The family sucks.  The government sucks.  The schools suck.

Life is about choices.  Some good.  Some bad.  But at the end of the day, WE are all responsible for the choices we make.  Until you accept the fact that it is your own damn fault nothing will ever change. Sorry Flip Wilson, the Devil didn’t make you do it.

No one made you over eat.

No one made you get married.

No one made you send your kids to government schools.

No one made you take the jab.

No one made you buy what you could not afford.

No one made you wear a mask.

No one made you follow the Dr’s orders.

No one made you sit down and shut up.

No one made you believe things that are not true.

No one made you blindly obey the experts.

No one made you lose your courage.

No one made you let the children run the house.

No one made you take drugs.

No one made you start drinking.

No one made you watch porn.

No one made you let your children be educated by non-believing teachers.

No one made you lie.

No one made you believe Dr. Fauci…or Mitch McConnell…or Pelosi.

No one made you identify Bruce Jenner as a woman.

No one made you call abortion “choice.”

No one made you believe that America was a racist nation.

No one made you stop judging right from wrong.

No one made you act politically correct.

No one made you believe illegal immigrants were not criminals.

No one made you believe J6 was an armed insurrection.

No one made you believe Christianity was non-violent.

No one made you take-out those student loans.

No one made you believe 2 planes brought down 3 towers.

No one made you believe that The Patriot Act would make you safer.

No one made you believe that not getting involved was a good idea.

Sorry.  Soooo much of what you have been led to believe simply is not true.

“There are two ways to be fooled. One is to believe what isn’t true; the other is to refuse to believe what is true.”― Soren Kierkegaard

Open your eyes.  Look in the mirror.  Stop blaming others for your own gullibility.  America is a mess.

It’s our own damn fault.

© 2024 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com